Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1153/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With a library of over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you classics, Romantic Novels, and Mystical Fiction stories. Get 3 free audiobooks to start. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and enjoy audiobooks whenever you want. Let the sounds of these wonderful stories accompany you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1153/ en-US All rights reserved Wed, 18 Dec 2024 01:59:23 GMT Wed, 18 Dec 2024 01:59:23 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1153/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1153/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1153/ thebookvoice.com no Mr. Lesley Cremin bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1153/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With a library of over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you classics, Romantic Novels, and Mystical Fiction stories. Get 3 free audiobooks to start. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and enjoy audiobooks whenever you want. Let the sounds of these wonderful stories accompany you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646025 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Language of Flowers Author: Dk Narrator: Lesley Dessalles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 5, 2023 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Discover the uses and symbolic meanings of flowers over the centuries and across the globe. Flowers have been depicted as objects of beauty and wonder in countless paintings and poems, exchanged as tokens of love and affection, and displayed as symbols of both celebration and remembrance - 'saying it with flowers' is truly part of the human experience. But how does the significance of flowers vary across cultures and at different points in history? And what makes certain flowers special? The Secret Language of Flowers explores the meaning of more than 80 flowers, tracing their history as symbols and charting their role in folklore and mythology around the world. Uncover the rich and fascinating histories of individual flowers - the sunflower, for example, which was regarded by the Aztecs as a symbol of war, but became a symbol of devotion in 19th-century painting due to the fact that it 'turns its head' to follow the sun. Learn about the function of flowers in society, from the practical to the playful - flowers have been used as remedies - to soothe burns and aid digestion, for example - and as a means of sending cryptic communications. From the humble marigold to the complex orchid, the flowers in this book are arranged by season. The rose is celebrated in a dedicated chapter, reflecting its popularity in a variety of cultures and societies. Quirky, accessible, and informative, The Secret Language of Flowers is an entertaining guide to the rich stories that lie beyond the seductive aromas and dazzling beauty of flowers of all kinds. © 2023 DK © 2022 DK Audio Dk Thu, 05 Jan 2023 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646025 thebookvoice.com 3:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Language of Flowers Author: Dk Narrator: Lesley Dessalles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 5, 2023 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Discover the uses and symbolic meanings of flowers over the centuries and across the globe. Flowers have been depicted as objects of beauty and wonder in countless paintings and poems, exchanged as tokens of love and affection, and displayed as symbols of both celebration and remembrance - 'saying it with flowers' is truly part of the human experience. But how does the significance of flowers vary across cultures and at different points in history? And what makes certain flowers special? The Secret Language of Flowers explores the meaning of more than 80 flowers, tracing their history as symbols and charting their role in folklore and mythology around the world. Uncover the rich and fascinating histories of individual flowers - the sunflower, for example, which was regarded by the Aztecs as a symbol of war, but became a symbol of devotion in 19th-century painting due to the fact that it 'turns its head' to follow the sun. Learn about the function of flowers in society, from the practical to the playful - flowers have been used as remedies - to soothe burns and aid digestion, for example - and as a means of sending cryptic communications. From the humble marigold to the complex orchid, the flowers in this book are arranged by season. The rose is celebrated in a dedicated chapter, reflecting its popularity in a variety of cultures and societies. Quirky, accessible, and informative, The Secret Language of Flowers is an entertaining guide to the rich stories that lie beyond the seductive aromas and dazzling beauty of flowers of all kinds. © 2023 DK © 2022 DK Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Language of Flowers Author: Dk Narrator: Lesley Dessalles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 5, 2023 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Discover the uses and symbolic meanings of flowers over the centuries and across the globe. Flowers have been depicted as objects of beauty and wonder in countless paintings and poems, exchanged as tokens of love and affection, and displayed as symbols of both celebration and remembrance - 'saying it with flowers' is truly part of the human experience. But how does the significance of flowers vary across cultures and at different points in history? And what makes certain flowers special? The Secret Language of Flowers explores the meaning of more than 80 flowers, tracing their history as symbols and charting their role in folklore and mythology around the world. Uncover the rich and fascinating histories of individual flowers - the sunflower, for example, which was regarded by the Aztecs as a symbol of war, but became a symbol of devotion in 19th-century painting due to the fact that it 'turns its head' to follow the sun. Learn about the function of flowers in society, from the practical to the playful - flowers have been used as remedies - to soothe burns and aid digestion, for example - and as a means of sending cryptic communications. From the humble marigold to the complex orchid, the flowers in this book are arranged by season. The rose is celebrated in a dedicated chapter, reflecting its popularity in a variety of cultures and societies. Quirky, accessible, and informative, The Secret Language of Flowers is an entertaining guide to the rich stories that lie beyond the seductive aromas and dazzling beauty of flowers of all kinds. © 2023 DK © 2022 DK Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634444 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634444]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Once and Future Sex: Going Medieval on Women's Roles in Society Author: Eleanor Janega Narrator: Samara Naeymi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 17, 2023 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A vibrant and illuminating exploration of medieval thinking on women's beauty, sexuality, and behavior. What makes for the ideal woman? How should she look, love, and be? In this high-spirited history, medievalist Eleanor Janega turns to the Middle Ages, the era that bridged the ancient world and modern society, to unfurl its suppositions about women and reveal what's shifted over time—and what hasn't. Enshrined medieval thinkers, almost always male, subscribed to a blend of classical Greek and Roman philosophy and Christian theology for their concepts of the sexes. For the height of female attractiveness, they chose the mythical Helen of Troy, whose imagined pear shape, small breasts, and golden hair served as beauty's epitome. Casting Eve's shadow over medieval women, they derided them as oversexed sinners, inherently lustful, insatiable, and weak. And, unless a nun, a woman was to be the embodiment of perfect motherhood. In The Once and Future Sex, Janega unravels the restricting expectations on medieval women and the ones on women today. She boldly questions why, if our ideas of women have changed drastically over time, we cannot reimagine them now to create a more equitable future. Eleanor Janega Tue, 17 Jan 2023 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634444 thebookvoice.com 7:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634444]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Once and Future Sex: Going Medieval on Women's Roles in Society Author: Eleanor Janega Narrator: Samara Naeymi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 17, 2023 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A vibrant and illuminating exploration of medieval thinking on women's beauty, sexuality, and behavior. What makes for the ideal woman? How should she look, love, and be? In this high-spirited history, medievalist Eleanor Janega turns to the Middle Ages, the era that bridged the ancient world and modern society, to unfurl its suppositions about women and reveal what's shifted over time—and what hasn't. Enshrined medieval thinkers, almost always male, subscribed to a blend of classical Greek and Roman philosophy and Christian theology for their concepts of the sexes. For the height of female attractiveness, they chose the mythical Helen of Troy, whose imagined pear shape, small breasts, and golden hair served as beauty's epitome. Casting Eve's shadow over medieval women, they derided them as oversexed sinners, inherently lustful, insatiable, and weak. And, unless a nun, a woman was to be the embodiment of perfect motherhood. In The Once and Future Sex, Janega unravels the restricting expectations on medieval women and the ones on women today. She boldly questions why, if our ideas of women have changed drastically over time, we cannot reimagine them now to create a more equitable future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634444]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Once and Future Sex: Going Medieval on Women's Roles in Society Author: Eleanor Janega Narrator: Samara Naeymi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 17, 2023 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A vibrant and illuminating exploration of medieval thinking on women's beauty, sexuality, and behavior. What makes for the ideal woman? How should she look, love, and be? In this high-spirited history, medievalist Eleanor Janega turns to the Middle Ages, the era that bridged the ancient world and modern society, to unfurl its suppositions about women and reveal what's shifted over time—and what hasn't. Enshrined medieval thinkers, almost always male, subscribed to a blend of classical Greek and Roman philosophy and Christian theology for their concepts of the sexes. For the height of female attractiveness, they chose the mythical Helen of Troy, whose imagined pear shape, small breasts, and golden hair served as beauty's epitome. Casting Eve's shadow over medieval women, they derided them as oversexed sinners, inherently lustful, insatiable, and weak. And, unless a nun, a woman was to be the embodiment of perfect motherhood. In The Once and Future Sex, Janega unravels the restricting expectations on medieval women and the ones on women today. She boldly questions why, if our ideas of women have changed drastically over time, we cannot reimagine them now to create a more equitable future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633588 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Modern Witchcraft Book of Astrology: Your Complete Guide to Empowering Your Magick with the Energy of the Planets Author: Julia Halina Hadas Narrator: Leslie Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Witchcraft meets astrology in this comprehensive guide to the power of the planets tailored specifically for witches so you can incorporate the celestial study into your spells and magical rituals. This guide to astrology was written just for witches, with information to help you understand how the positions of the celestial bodies can affect your magic and spellcraft—and how you can use a deeper understanding of the zodiac to strengthen your magic by becoming in tune with the planets. The Modern Witchcraft Book of Astrology includes: -Expert information on how to use astrology to strengthen your magic -An index of the magical energies and correspondences for the astrological seasons, houses, the planets, asteroids, and other celestial bodies -Dozens of spells to try, organized by astrological season so you have powerful magic to choose from at every point in the wheel of the year The Modern Witchcraft Book of Astrology is perfect for witches who are just starting out or practiced spellcasters who are looking to deepen their relationship with the stars and planets. Julia Halina Hadas Tue, 24 Jan 2023 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633588 thebookvoice.com 9:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Modern Witchcraft Book of Astrology: Your Complete Guide to Empowering Your Magick with the Energy of the Planets Author: Julia Halina Hadas Narrator: Leslie Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Witchcraft meets astrology in this comprehensive guide to the power of the planets tailored specifically for witches so you can incorporate the celestial study into your spells and magical rituals. This guide to astrology was written just for witches, with information to help you understand how the positions of the celestial bodies can affect your magic and spellcraft—and how you can use a deeper understanding of the zodiac to strengthen your magic by becoming in tune with the planets. The Modern Witchcraft Book of Astrology includes: -Expert information on how to use astrology to strengthen your magic -An index of the magical energies and correspondences for the astrological seasons, houses, the planets, asteroids, and other celestial bodies -Dozens of spells to try, organized by astrological season so you have powerful magic to choose from at every point in the wheel of the year The Modern Witchcraft Book of Astrology is perfect for witches who are just starting out or practiced spellcasters who are looking to deepen their relationship with the stars and planets. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Modern Witchcraft Book of Astrology: Your Complete Guide to Empowering Your Magick with the Energy of the Planets Author: Julia Halina Hadas Narrator: Leslie Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Witchcraft meets astrology in this comprehensive guide to the power of the planets tailored specifically for witches so you can incorporate the celestial study into your spells and magical rituals. This guide to astrology was written just for witches, with information to help you understand how the positions of the celestial bodies can affect your magic and spellcraft—and how you can use a deeper understanding of the zodiac to strengthen your magic by becoming in tune with the planets. The Modern Witchcraft Book of Astrology includes: -Expert information on how to use astrology to strengthen your magic -An index of the magical energies and correspondences for the astrological seasons, houses, the planets, asteroids, and other celestial bodies -Dozens of spells to try, organized by astrological season so you have powerful magic to choose from at every point in the wheel of the year The Modern Witchcraft Book of Astrology is perfect for witches who are just starting out or practiced spellcasters who are looking to deepen their relationship with the stars and planets. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630401 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630401]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Regency Guide to Modern Life: 1800s Advice on 21st Century Love, Friends, Fun and More Author: Carly Lane Narrator: Helen Philips Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 48 minutes Release date: February 2, 2023 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: What would Darcy do? How can you be more Bridgerton? Take the Regency approach and be prepared for anything life throws at you - from dates to duels, manners to matters of the heart. You'll soon find yourself the catch of the season. Sick of indecent proposals from untrustworthy rakes? Be more discerning with your dance card and swipe right on only the most eligible and dashing suitors. Whether you want to avoid scandal, or embrace it, keep your name out of the gossip sheets and group chats with this modern take on the rules of polite society. Putting a fresh spin on real Regency etiquette advice, A Regency Guide to Modern Life is a tongue-in-cheek guide to navigating friendship, dating, work, summer holidays, social events, self-confidence and more - the perfect gift for fans of period dramas and Jane Austen. © 2022 Carly Lane © 2023 DK Audio Carly Lane Thu, 02 Feb 2023 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630401 thebookvoice.com 1:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630401]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Regency Guide to Modern Life: 1800s Advice on 21st Century Love, Friends, Fun and More Author: Carly Lane Narrator: Helen Philips Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 48 minutes Release date: February 2, 2023 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: What would Darcy do? How can you be more Bridgerton? Take the Regency approach and be prepared for anything life throws at you - from dates to duels, manners to matters of the heart. You'll soon find yourself the catch of the season. Sick of indecent proposals from untrustworthy rakes? Be more discerning with your dance card and swipe right on only the most eligible and dashing suitors. Whether you want to avoid scandal, or embrace it, keep your name out of the gossip sheets and group chats with this modern take on the rules of polite society. Putting a fresh spin on real Regency etiquette advice, A Regency Guide to Modern Life is a tongue-in-cheek guide to navigating friendship, dating, work, summer holidays, social events, self-confidence and more - the perfect gift for fans of period dramas and Jane Austen. © 2022 Carly Lane © 2023 DK Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630401]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Regency Guide to Modern Life: 1800s Advice on 21st Century Love, Friends, Fun and More Author: Carly Lane Narrator: Helen Philips Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 48 minutes Release date: February 2, 2023 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: What would Darcy do? How can you be more Bridgerton? Take the Regency approach and be prepared for anything life throws at you - from dates to duels, manners to matters of the heart. You'll soon find yourself the catch of the season. Sick of indecent proposals from untrustworthy rakes? Be more discerning with your dance card and swipe right on only the most eligible and dashing suitors. Whether you want to avoid scandal, or embrace it, keep your name out of the gossip sheets and group chats with this modern take on the rules of polite society. Putting a fresh spin on real Regency etiquette advice, A Regency Guide to Modern Life is a tongue-in-cheek guide to navigating friendship, dating, work, summer holidays, social events, self-confidence and more - the perfect gift for fans of period dramas and Jane Austen. © 2022 Carly Lane © 2023 DK Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618756 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618756]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States of Cryptids: A Tour of American Myths and Monsters Author: J. W. Ocker Narrator: Mark Sanderlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 11, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Come and meet the monsters in our midst, from bigfoot to batsquatch and beyond! Welcome to the United States of Cryptids, where mysterious monsters lurk in the dark forests, deep lakes, and sticky swamps of all fifty states. From the infamous Jersey Devil to the obscure Snallygaster, travel writer and chronicler of the strange J. W. Ocker not only uncovers the bizarre stories of these creatures but investigates the ways in which communities have embraced and celebrated their local cryptids. Readers will learn about: The Mothman of West Virginia, a hybrid monster blamed for a deadly bridge collapse in 1967; The Batsquatch of Washington, a winged bigfoot that is said to have emerged from the eruption of Mount Saint Helens in 1980; The Lizard Man of South Carolina, a reptilian mutant that attacked a teenager in the summer of 1988; The Pope Lick Monster of Kentucky, a goat-man that lures people to their deaths on a train trestle bridge in Louisville; The Nain Rouge of Detroit, a fierce red goblin that has been spotted before every major city disaster; and many more! Whether you believe in bigfoot or not, this compendium is a fun, frightening, and fascinating tour through American folklore and history, exploring the stories we tell about monsters and what those stories say about us. J. W. Ocker Tue, 11 Oct 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618756 thebookvoice.com 6:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618756]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States of Cryptids: A Tour of American Myths and Monsters Author: J. W. Ocker Narrator: Mark Sanderlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 11, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Come and meet the monsters in our midst, from bigfoot to batsquatch and beyond! Welcome to the United States of Cryptids, where mysterious monsters lurk in the dark forests, deep lakes, and sticky swamps of all fifty states. From the infamous Jersey Devil to the obscure Snallygaster, travel writer and chronicler of the strange J. W. Ocker not only uncovers the bizarre stories of these creatures but investigates the ways in which communities have embraced and celebrated their local cryptids. Readers will learn about: The Mothman of West Virginia, a hybrid monster blamed for a deadly bridge collapse in 1967; The Batsquatch of Washington, a winged bigfoot that is said to have emerged from the eruption of Mount Saint Helens in 1980; The Lizard Man of South Carolina, a reptilian mutant that attacked a teenager in the summer of 1988; The Pope Lick Monster of Kentucky, a goat-man that lures people to their deaths on a train trestle bridge in Louisville; The Nain Rouge of Detroit, a fierce red goblin that has been spotted before every major city disaster; and many more! Whether you believe in bigfoot or not, this compendium is a fun, frightening, and fascinating tour through American folklore and history, exploring the stories we tell about monsters and what those stories say about us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618756]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States of Cryptids: A Tour of American Myths and Monsters Author: J. W. Ocker Narrator: Mark Sanderlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 11, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Come and meet the monsters in our midst, from bigfoot to batsquatch and beyond! Welcome to the United States of Cryptids, where mysterious monsters lurk in the dark forests, deep lakes, and sticky swamps of all fifty states. From the infamous Jersey Devil to the obscure Snallygaster, travel writer and chronicler of the strange J. W. Ocker not only uncovers the bizarre stories of these creatures but investigates the ways in which communities have embraced and celebrated their local cryptids. Readers will learn about: The Mothman of West Virginia, a hybrid monster blamed for a deadly bridge collapse in 1967; The Batsquatch of Washington, a winged bigfoot that is said to have emerged from the eruption of Mount Saint Helens in 1980; The Lizard Man of South Carolina, a reptilian mutant that attacked a teenager in the summer of 1988; The Pope Lick Monster of Kentucky, a goat-man that lures people to their deaths on a train trestle bridge in Louisville; The Nain Rouge of Detroit, a fierce red goblin that has been spotted before every major city disaster; and many more! Whether you believe in bigfoot or not, this compendium is a fun, frightening, and fascinating tour through American folklore and history, exploring the stories we tell about monsters and what those stories say about us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/615598 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/615598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Befriend Your Brain: A Young Person's Guide to Dealing with Anxiety, Depression, Anger, Freak-Outs, and Triggers Author: Faith G. Harper Narrator: Faith G. Harper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Do you freak out at small things? Do you yell at people or things when you don’t mean to? Do you you sometime cry or get scared and you aren’t sure why? Does it sometimes feel like your feelings control you? All of these feelings are a normal part of life for everybody but sometimes they’re just too much and it seems like you’re the only one the planet that feels them. Our brains are doing their best to help us out, but sometimes we get hurt instead. And sometimes we hurt people we love, too, because we just don’t know what to do with all of our feelings. With humor and patience, Dr. Faith G. Harper shows you the science behind why your brain is acting up and ideas for new ways to respond when you’re feeling scared, sad, anxious, or angry. You can train your brain to be your friend and help you live a happy, calm, and healthy life. If you have experienced trauma or if you have a hard time feeling good and getting along with other people, this book can help. This is an adaptation of Dr. Faith’s bestselling book (which has an R-rated title), written for tweens, teens, and the adults trying to help them navigate it all. Faith G. Harper Tue, 03 May 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/615598 thebookvoice.com 3:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/615598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Befriend Your Brain: A Young Person's Guide to Dealing with Anxiety, Depression, Anger, Freak-Outs, and Triggers Author: Faith G. Harper Narrator: Faith G. Harper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Do you freak out at small things? Do you yell at people or things when you don’t mean to? Do you you sometime cry or get scared and you aren’t sure why? Does it sometimes feel like your feelings control you? All of these feelings are a normal part of life for everybody but sometimes they’re just too much and it seems like you’re the only one the planet that feels them. Our brains are doing their best to help us out, but sometimes we get hurt instead. And sometimes we hurt people we love, too, because we just don’t know what to do with all of our feelings. With humor and patience, Dr. Faith G. Harper shows you the science behind why your brain is acting up and ideas for new ways to respond when you’re feeling scared, sad, anxious, or angry. You can train your brain to be your friend and help you live a happy, calm, and healthy life. If you have experienced trauma or if you have a hard time feeling good and getting along with other people, this book can help. This is an adaptation of Dr. Faith’s bestselling book (which has an R-rated title), written for tweens, teens, and the adults trying to help them navigate it all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/615598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Befriend Your Brain: A Young Person's Guide to Dealing with Anxiety, Depression, Anger, Freak-Outs, and Triggers Author: Faith G. Harper Narrator: Faith G. Harper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Do you freak out at small things? Do you yell at people or things when you don’t mean to? Do you you sometime cry or get scared and you aren’t sure why? Does it sometimes feel like your feelings control you? All of these feelings are a normal part of life for everybody but sometimes they’re just too much and it seems like you’re the only one the planet that feels them. Our brains are doing their best to help us out, but sometimes we get hurt instead. And sometimes we hurt people we love, too, because we just don’t know what to do with all of our feelings. With humor and patience, Dr. Faith G. Harper shows you the science behind why your brain is acting up and ideas for new ways to respond when you’re feeling scared, sad, anxious, or angry. You can train your brain to be your friend and help you live a happy, calm, and healthy life. If you have experienced trauma or if you have a hard time feeling good and getting along with other people, this book can help. This is an adaptation of Dr. Faith’s bestselling book (which has an R-rated title), written for tweens, teens, and the adults trying to help them navigate it all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612372 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612372]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blackthorn's Botanical Wellness: A Green Witch’s Guide to Self-Care Author: Amy Blackthorn Narrator: Cindy Kay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 1, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: “The best life starts within, looking outward,” writes Amy Blackthorn in this simultaneously practical and personal guide to wellness and healing. Blackthorn, a master herbalist, aromatherapist, and prolific author, explores methods of wellness management using both mystical and mundane tools and techniques. This book features essential oils, plants, meditation, tarot, astrology, and personal sigils tailored to your own specific needs and circumstances. Blackthorn also describes her own journey to well-being and shares the lessons she’s learned, including how to develop healthy mind-body habits and stop relying on fear and shame-based rituals for self-care that ultimately produce results that are the very opposite of what is desired. Instead, Blackthorn’s Botanical Wellness supplies holistic solutions that enable listeners to lead their best lives. Amy Blackthorn Tue, 01 Nov 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612372 thebookvoice.com 8:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612372]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blackthorn's Botanical Wellness: A Green Witch’s Guide to Self-Care Author: Amy Blackthorn Narrator: Cindy Kay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 1, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: “The best life starts within, looking outward,” writes Amy Blackthorn in this simultaneously practical and personal guide to wellness and healing. Blackthorn, a master herbalist, aromatherapist, and prolific author, explores methods of wellness management using both mystical and mundane tools and techniques. This book features essential oils, plants, meditation, tarot, astrology, and personal sigils tailored to your own specific needs and circumstances. Blackthorn also describes her own journey to well-being and shares the lessons she’s learned, including how to develop healthy mind-body habits and stop relying on fear and shame-based rituals for self-care that ultimately produce results that are the very opposite of what is desired. Instead, Blackthorn’s Botanical Wellness supplies holistic solutions that enable listeners to lead their best lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/612372]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blackthorn's Botanical Wellness: A Green Witch’s Guide to Self-Care Author: Amy Blackthorn Narrator: Cindy Kay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 1, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: “The best life starts within, looking outward,” writes Amy Blackthorn in this simultaneously practical and personal guide to wellness and healing. Blackthorn, a master herbalist, aromatherapist, and prolific author, explores methods of wellness management using both mystical and mundane tools and techniques. This book features essential oils, plants, meditation, tarot, astrology, and personal sigils tailored to your own specific needs and circumstances. Blackthorn also describes her own journey to well-being and shares the lessons she’s learned, including how to develop healthy mind-body habits and stop relying on fear and shame-based rituals for self-care that ultimately produce results that are the very opposite of what is desired. Instead, Blackthorn’s Botanical Wellness supplies holistic solutions that enable listeners to lead their best lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603443 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hagitude: Reimagining the Second Half of Life Author: Sharon Blackie Narrator: Sharon Blackie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Unearths the stories of the little-known but powerful elder women in European myth and folklore, inspiring listeners to radically reimagine the last decades of their lives as the most dynamic of all Western folklore and mythology are rife with brilliantly creative, fulfilled, feisty, and furious role models for aging women, despite our culture's focus on youthfulness. In her exciting new book, mythologist and psychologist Sharon Blackie explores these archetypes, presenting them in a way sure to appeal to contemporary women. Drawing inspiration from these examples, women can reclaim midlife as a liberating, alchemical moment rich with possibility and their elder years as a path to dynamic power. After menopause, women can expect to live another forty to fifty years, making this stage of life longer than childbearing years. As Blackie describes it, midlife is the threshold to decades of opportunity and profound transformation, a time to learn, flourish, and claim the desires and identities that are often limited during earlier life stages. This is a time for gaining new perspectives, challenging and evolving our belief systems, exploring our calling, uncovering meaning, and ultimately finding healing for our accumulated wounds. Sharon Blackie Thu, 01 Sep 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603443 thebookvoice.com 10:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hagitude: Reimagining the Second Half of Life Author: Sharon Blackie Narrator: Sharon Blackie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Unearths the stories of the little-known but powerful elder women in European myth and folklore, inspiring listeners to radically reimagine the last decades of their lives as the most dynamic of all Western folklore and mythology are rife with brilliantly creative, fulfilled, feisty, and furious role models for aging women, despite our culture's focus on youthfulness. In her exciting new book, mythologist and psychologist Sharon Blackie explores these archetypes, presenting them in a way sure to appeal to contemporary women. Drawing inspiration from these examples, women can reclaim midlife as a liberating, alchemical moment rich with possibility and their elder years as a path to dynamic power. After menopause, women can expect to live another forty to fifty years, making this stage of life longer than childbearing years. As Blackie describes it, midlife is the threshold to decades of opportunity and profound transformation, a time to learn, flourish, and claim the desires and identities that are often limited during earlier life stages. This is a time for gaining new perspectives, challenging and evolving our belief systems, exploring our calling, uncovering meaning, and ultimately finding healing for our accumulated wounds. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hagitude: Reimagining the Second Half of Life Author: Sharon Blackie Narrator: Sharon Blackie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Unearths the stories of the little-known but powerful elder women in European myth and folklore, inspiring listeners to radically reimagine the last decades of their lives as the most dynamic of all Western folklore and mythology are rife with brilliantly creative, fulfilled, feisty, and furious role models for aging women, despite our culture's focus on youthfulness. In her exciting new book, mythologist and psychologist Sharon Blackie explores these archetypes, presenting them in a way sure to appeal to contemporary women. Drawing inspiration from these examples, women can reclaim midlife as a liberating, alchemical moment rich with possibility and their elder years as a path to dynamic power. After menopause, women can expect to live another forty to fifty years, making this stage of life longer than childbearing years. As Blackie describes it, midlife is the threshold to decades of opportunity and profound transformation, a time to learn, flourish, and claim the desires and identities that are often limited during earlier life stages. This is a time for gaining new perspectives, challenging and evolving our belief systems, exploring our calling, uncovering meaning, and ultimately finding healing for our accumulated wounds. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599877 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599877]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Romaine Wasn't Built in a Day: The Delightful History of Food Language Author: Judith Tschann Narrator: Alejandra Reynoso Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Discover how the food we love shapes the language we use in this sharp, laugh-out-loud story of the etymology of food words. All food has a story, reaching as far back into history as language itself. Throughout time, as languages followed and reflected the tides of civilizations, food language came to represent some of the highs and lows of how humans communicate: from the highbrow "Chateauneuf du Pape," which must be pronounced with a healthy dose of snootiness; to the giggle-inducing yet delicious "nun's farts" of Jamaica (also known as "beignets"); to the fascinating travels of the word "coffee" across centuries and continents, attesting to the undying and unifying allure this drink holds for us. From Spam to amuse-bouches, ciabatta to kombucha, Romaine Wasn’t Built in a Day reveals the delightful history and stories behind the words we use for the foods we love.   In Romaine Wasn’t Built in a Day, linguist Tschann takes us on a journey from the vineyards of Avignon to the shores of Tahiti to the port of Mocha on the Red Sea coast to explore the history of the history of the words we use for the food we eat. Chock full of linguistic did-you-knows and delectable trivia, this is your go-to gift for history buffs, crossword fiends, and Scrabble diehards. This is the surprising and sometimes hilarious history of food, told through the lens of the fascinating evolution of language. All food has a story, reaching as far back into history as language itself. Throughout time, as languages followed and reflected the tides of civilizations, food language came to represent some of the highs and lows of how humans communicate: from the highbrow "Chateauneuf du Pape," which must be pronounced with a healthy dose of snootiness; to the giggle-inducing yet delicious "nun's farts" of Jamaica (also known as "beignets"); to the fascinating travels of the word "coffee" across centuries and continents, attesting to the undying and unifying allure this drink holds for us. From Spam to amuse-bouches, ciabatta to kombucha, Romaine Wasn’t Built in a Day reveals the delightful history and stories behind the words we use for the foods we love.   In Romaine Wasn’t Built in a Day, linguist Tschann takes us on a journey from the vineyards of Avignon to the shores of Tahiti to the port of Mocha on the Red Sea coast to explore the history of the history of the words we use for the food we eat. Chock full of linguistic did-you-knows and delectable trivia, this is your go-to gift for history buffs, crossword fiends, and Scrabble diehards. This is the surprising and sometimes hilarious history of food, told through the lens of the fascinating evolution of language. Judith Tschann Tue, 21 Feb 2023 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599877 thebookvoice.com 3:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599877]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Romaine Wasn't Built in a Day: The Delightful History of Food Language Author: Judith Tschann Narrator: Alejandra Reynoso Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Discover how the food we love shapes the language we use in this sharp, laugh-out-loud story of the etymology of food words. All food has a story, reaching as far back into history as language itself. Throughout time, as languages followed and reflected the tides of civilizations, food language came to represent some of the highs and lows of how humans communicate: from the highbrow "Chateauneuf du Pape," which must be pronounced with a healthy dose of snootiness; to the giggle-inducing yet delicious "nun's farts" of Jamaica (also known as "beignets"); to the fascinating travels of the word "coffee" across centuries and continents, attesting to the undying and unifying allure this drink holds for us. From Spam to amuse-bouches, ciabatta to kombucha, Romaine Wasn’t Built in a Day reveals the delightful history and stories behind the words we use for the foods we love.   In Romaine Wasn’t Built in a Day, linguist Tschann takes us on a journey from the vineyards of Avignon to the shores of Tahiti to the port of Mocha on the Red Sea coast to explore the history of the history of the words we use for the food we eat. Chock full of linguistic did-you-knows and delectable trivia, this is your go-to gift for history buffs, crossword fiends, and Scrabble diehards. This is the surprising and sometimes hilarious history of food, told through the lens of the fascinating evolution of language. All food has a story, reaching as far back into history as language itself. Throughout time, as languages followed and reflected the tides of civilizations, food language came to represent some of the highs and lows of how humans communicate: from the highbrow "Chateauneuf du Pape," which must be pronounced with a healthy dose of snootiness; to the giggle-inducing yet delicious "nun's farts" of Jamaica (also known as "beignets"); to the fascinating travels of the word "coffee" across centuries and continents, attesting to the undying and unifying allure this drink holds for us. From Spam to amuse-bouches, ciabatta to kombucha, Romaine Wasn’t Built in a Day reveals the delightful history and stories behind the words we use for the foods we love.   In Romaine Wasn’t Built in a Day, linguist Tschann takes us on a journey from the vineyards of Avignon to the shores of Tahiti to the port of Mocha on the Red Sea coast to explore the history of the history of the words we use for the food we eat. Chock full of linguistic did-you-knows and delectable trivia, this is your go-to gift for history buffs, crossword fiends, and Scrabble diehards. This is the surprising and sometimes hilarious history of food, told through the lens of the fascinating evolution of language. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599877]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Romaine Wasn't Built in a Day: The Delightful History of Food Language Author: Judith Tschann Narrator: Alejandra Reynoso Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Discover how the food we love shapes the language we use in this sharp, laugh-out-loud story of the etymology of food words. All food has a story, reaching as far back into history as language itself. Throughout time, as languages followed and reflected the tides of civilizations, food language came to represent some of the highs and lows of how humans communicate: from the highbrow "Chateauneuf du Pape," which must be pronounced with a healthy dose of snootiness; to the giggle-inducing yet delicious "nun's farts" of Jamaica (also known as "beignets"); to the fascinating travels of the word "coffee" across centuries and continents, attesting to the undying and unifying allure this drink holds for us. From Spam to amuse-bouches, ciabatta to kombucha, Romaine Wasn’t Built in a Day reveals the delightful history and stories behind the words we use for the foods we love.   In Romaine Wasn’t Built in a Day, linguist Tschann takes us on a journey from the vineyards of Avignon to the shores of Tahiti to the port of Mocha on the Red Sea coast to explore the history of the history of the words we use for the food we eat. Chock full of linguistic did-you-knows and delectable trivia, this is your go-to gift for history buffs, crossword fiends, and Scrabble diehards. This is the surprising and sometimes hilarious history of food, told through the lens of the fascinating evolution of language. All food has a story, reaching as far back into history as language itself. Throughout time, as languages followed and reflected the tides of civilizations, food language came to represent some of the highs and lows of how humans communicate: from the highbrow "Chateauneuf du Pape," which must be pronounced with a healthy dose of snootiness; to the giggle-inducing yet delicious "nun's farts" of Jamaica (also known as "beignets"); to the fascinating travels of the word "coffee" across centuries and continents, attesting to the undying and unifying allure this drink holds for us. From Spam to amuse-bouches, ciabatta to kombucha, Romaine Wasn’t Built in a Day reveals the delightful history and stories behind the words we use for the foods we love.   In Romaine Wasn’t Built in a Day, linguist Tschann takes us on a journey from the vineyards of Avignon to the shores of Tahiti to the port of Mocha on the Red Sea coast to explore the history of the history of the words we use for the food we eat. Chock full of linguistic did-you-knows and delectable trivia, this is your go-to gift for history buffs, crossword fiends, and Scrabble diehards. This is the surprising and sometimes hilarious history of food, told through the lens of the fascinating evolution of language. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599129 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elvis and Me Author: Priscilla Beaulieu Presley Narrator: Priscilla Beaulieu Presley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 23, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.03 of Total 143 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 61 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The inspiration for the major motion picture Priscilla directed by Sofia Coppola, this New York Times bestseller reveals the intimate story of Elvis Presley and Priscilla Presley, told by the woman who lived it. Decades after his death, millions of fans continue to worship Elvis the legend. But very few knew him as Elvis the man. Here in her own words, Priscilla Presley tells the story of their love, revealing the details of their first meeting, their marriage, their affairs, their divorce, and the unbreakable bond that has remained long after his tragic death. A tribute to both the man and the legend, Elvis and Me gives Elvis fans the world over an unprecedented look at the true life of the King of Rock ‘N’ Roll and the woman who loved him. Priscilla Beaulieu Presley Tue, 23 Aug 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599129 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elvis and Me Author: Priscilla Beaulieu Presley Narrator: Priscilla Beaulieu Presley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 23, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.03 of Total 143 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 61 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The inspiration for the major motion picture Priscilla directed by Sofia Coppola, this New York Times bestseller reveals the intimate story of Elvis Presley and Priscilla Presley, told by the woman who lived it. Decades after his death, millions of fans continue to worship Elvis the legend. But very few knew him as Elvis the man. Here in her own words, Priscilla Presley tells the story of their love, revealing the details of their first meeting, their marriage, their affairs, their divorce, and the unbreakable bond that has remained long after his tragic death. A tribute to both the man and the legend, Elvis and Me gives Elvis fans the world over an unprecedented look at the true life of the King of Rock ‘N’ Roll and the woman who loved him. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elvis and Me Author: Priscilla Beaulieu Presley Narrator: Priscilla Beaulieu Presley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 23, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.03 of Total 143 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 61 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The inspiration for the major motion picture Priscilla directed by Sofia Coppola, this New York Times bestseller reveals the intimate story of Elvis Presley and Priscilla Presley, told by the woman who lived it. Decades after his death, millions of fans continue to worship Elvis the legend. But very few knew him as Elvis the man. Here in her own words, Priscilla Presley tells the story of their love, revealing the details of their first meeting, their marriage, their affairs, their divorce, and the unbreakable bond that has remained long after his tragic death. A tribute to both the man and the legend, Elvis and Me gives Elvis fans the world over an unprecedented look at the true life of the King of Rock ‘N’ Roll and the woman who loved him. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597870 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The UFO Hotspot Compendium: All the Places to Visit Before You Die or Are Abducted Author: Craig Campobasso Narrator: David Bendena Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 1, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The UFO Hotspot Compendium will take you on your own bucket list trip to 35 of the most remarkable UFO hotspots, places where aliens and cryptids are spotted, forbidden locations, as well as terrifying places only the brave dare to visit. It shares details on the latest facts behind the legendary UFO cases: the when, where, story, investigations, and things to do when visiting the site. It's based on first-hand information gleaned from MUFON's trained investigators and researchers, interviews with people who have had extraordinary UFO experiences, and the author’s personal travel to many of the locations. Included are MUFON’s Top 25 places known for the most UFO sightings, legendary places known for UFO activity, Alien kitsch sites, sites that have the added benefit of sacred retreats, and places you might not want to visit, but should know about. From the Skinwalker Ranch to Area 51 to Joshua Tree, The UFO Hotspot Compendium will be a hit with true believers, the mildly curious, and those intrigued by all things off-planet. It guides listeners to experience the wonder and terror of an alien abduction, a spaceship crash, or a UFO sighting from the safety of their own home. Craig Campobasso Sat, 01 Oct 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597870 thebookvoice.com 6:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The UFO Hotspot Compendium: All the Places to Visit Before You Die or Are Abducted Author: Craig Campobasso Narrator: David Bendena Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 1, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The UFO Hotspot Compendium will take you on your own bucket list trip to 35 of the most remarkable UFO hotspots, places where aliens and cryptids are spotted, forbidden locations, as well as terrifying places only the brave dare to visit. It shares details on the latest facts behind the legendary UFO cases: the when, where, story, investigations, and things to do when visiting the site. It's based on first-hand information gleaned from MUFON's trained investigators and researchers, interviews with people who have had extraordinary UFO experiences, and the author’s personal travel to many of the locations. Included are MUFON’s Top 25 places known for the most UFO sightings, legendary places known for UFO activity, Alien kitsch sites, sites that have the added benefit of sacred retreats, and places you might not want to visit, but should know about. From the Skinwalker Ranch to Area 51 to Joshua Tree, The UFO Hotspot Compendium will be a hit with true believers, the mildly curious, and those intrigued by all things off-planet. It guides listeners to experience the wonder and terror of an alien abduction, a spaceship crash, or a UFO sighting from the safety of their own home. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The UFO Hotspot Compendium: All the Places to Visit Before You Die or Are Abducted Author: Craig Campobasso Narrator: David Bendena Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 1, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The UFO Hotspot Compendium will take you on your own bucket list trip to 35 of the most remarkable UFO hotspots, places where aliens and cryptids are spotted, forbidden locations, as well as terrifying places only the brave dare to visit. It shares details on the latest facts behind the legendary UFO cases: the when, where, story, investigations, and things to do when visiting the site. It's based on first-hand information gleaned from MUFON's trained investigators and researchers, interviews with people who have had extraordinary UFO experiences, and the author’s personal travel to many of the locations. Included are MUFON’s Top 25 places known for the most UFO sightings, legendary places known for UFO activity, Alien kitsch sites, sites that have the added benefit of sacred retreats, and places you might not want to visit, but should know about. From the Skinwalker Ranch to Area 51 to Joshua Tree, The UFO Hotspot Compendium will be a hit with true believers, the mildly curious, and those intrigued by all things off-planet. It guides listeners to experience the wonder and terror of an alien abduction, a spaceship crash, or a UFO sighting from the safety of their own home. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592461 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Debunked: Separate the Rational from the Irrational in Influential Conspiracy Theories Author: Casey Lytle Narrator: Peter Brook Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 29, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Head down the rabbit hole and feed your fascination for conspiracy and controversy. Conspiracy theories-they're influential and spread to sometimes irrational extremes. Why do people cling to conspiracy theories so powerfully? Is there a way to separate the possible from the impossible? Yes. Enter: Debunked. Conspiracy theories pop up surrounding every major national and global event-some are possible, some are not. TikTok influencer and psychology professor Casey Lytle will teach you how to be an intelligent consumer of 'alternative' theories. Lytle's trademark 'project management approach' will help you discern possible from impossible in the popular and controversial theories surrounding 10 national and global events. 9/11-No fewer than 10 alternative theories have gained traction. But let's evaluate: Did the Twin Towers really look like a controlled demolition? Would jet fuel have to melt steel for the towers to collapse? What would it take in hours and people to secretly plant enough explosives to bring the buildings down without being discovered, and without being set off by the impact and fires from the planes? All this and more in Chapter 7. COVID-19-The vaccine implants a microchip used to track people; the fatality rate has been wildly inflated; oh, and Bill Gates is not only responsible for the virus but also the head of a plot to use the virus as population control. School shooters-why are they so easy to explain, but so hard to predict? In what ways has the profile of a school shooter changed over the last 25 years, and what has caused those changes? Are school shootings a new phenomenon, or does the media simply make us more aware of them when they happen? The chapter will cover Sandy Hook conspiracy theories, as well as the psychology behind 'truthers.' © 2022 Casey Lytle © 2022 DK Audio Casey Lytle Thu, 29 Sep 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592461 thebookvoice.com 5:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Debunked: Separate the Rational from the Irrational in Influential Conspiracy Theories Author: Casey Lytle Narrator: Peter Brook Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 29, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Head down the rabbit hole and feed your fascination for conspiracy and controversy. Conspiracy theories-they're influential and spread to sometimes irrational extremes. Why do people cling to conspiracy theories so powerfully? Is there a way to separate the possible from the impossible? Yes. Enter: Debunked. Conspiracy theories pop up surrounding every major national and global event-some are possible, some are not. TikTok influencer and psychology professor Casey Lytle will teach you how to be an intelligent consumer of 'alternative' theories. Lytle's trademark 'project management approach' will help you discern possible from impossible in the popular and controversial theories surrounding 10 national and global events. 9/11-No fewer than 10 alternative theories have gained traction. But let's evaluate: Did the Twin Towers really look like a controlled demolition? Would jet fuel have to melt steel for the towers to collapse? What would it take in hours and people to secretly plant enough explosives to bring the buildings down without being discovered, and without being set off by the impact and fires from the planes? All this and more in Chapter 7. COVID-19-The vaccine implants a microchip used to track people; the fatality rate has been wildly inflated; oh, and Bill Gates is not only responsible for the virus but also the head of a plot to use the virus as population control. School shooters-why are they so easy to explain, but so hard to predict? In what ways has the profile of a school shooter changed over the last 25 years, and what has caused those changes? Are school shootings a new phenomenon, or does the media simply make us more aware of them when they happen? The chapter will cover Sandy Hook conspiracy theories, as well as the psychology behind 'truthers.' © 2022 Casey Lytle © 2022 DK Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Debunked: Separate the Rational from the Irrational in Influential Conspiracy Theories Author: Casey Lytle Narrator: Peter Brook Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 29, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Head down the rabbit hole and feed your fascination for conspiracy and controversy. Conspiracy theories-they're influential and spread to sometimes irrational extremes. Why do people cling to conspiracy theories so powerfully? Is there a way to separate the possible from the impossible? Yes. Enter: Debunked. Conspiracy theories pop up surrounding every major national and global event-some are possible, some are not. TikTok influencer and psychology professor Casey Lytle will teach you how to be an intelligent consumer of 'alternative' theories. Lytle's trademark 'project management approach' will help you discern possible from impossible in the popular and controversial theories surrounding 10 national and global events. 9/11-No fewer than 10 alternative theories have gained traction. But let's evaluate: Did the Twin Towers really look like a controlled demolition? Would jet fuel have to melt steel for the towers to collapse? What would it take in hours and people to secretly plant enough explosives to bring the buildings down without being discovered, and without being set off by the impact and fires from the planes? All this and more in Chapter 7. COVID-19-The vaccine implants a microchip used to track people; the fatality rate has been wildly inflated; oh, and Bill Gates is not only responsible for the virus but also the head of a plot to use the virus as population control. School shooters-why are they so easy to explain, but so hard to predict? In what ways has the profile of a school shooter changed over the last 25 years, and what has caused those changes? Are school shootings a new phenomenon, or does the media simply make us more aware of them when they happen? The chapter will cover Sandy Hook conspiracy theories, as well as the psychology behind 'truthers.' © 2022 Casey Lytle © 2022 DK Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591133 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591133]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manhattan Cult Story: My Unbelievable True Story of Sex, Crimes, Chaos, and Survival Author: Spencer Schneider Narrator: Austin Rising Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: July 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.68 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 3.7 of Total 10 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Right under the noses of neighbors, clients, spouses, children, and friends, a secret society, simply called School—a cult of snared Manhattan professionals—has been led by the charismatic, sociopathic, and dangerous leader Sharon Gans for decades. Spencer Schneider was recruited in the eighties, and he stayed for more than twenty-three years as his life disintegrated, his self-esteem eroded, and he lined the pockets of Gans and her cult. Cult members met twice weekly, though they never acknowledged one another outside of meetings or gatherings. In the name of inner development, they endured the horrors of mental, sexual, and physical abuse, forced labor, arranged marriages, swindled inheritances and savings, and systematic terrorizing. Some of them broke the law. All for Gans. “During those years,” Schneider writes, “my world was School. That’s what it’s like when you’re in a cult, even one that preys on and caters to New York’s educated elite. This is my story of how I got entangled in School and how I got out.” At its core, Manhattan Cult Story is a cautionary tale of how hundreds of well-educated, savvy, and prosperous New Yorkers became fervent followers of a brilliant but demented cult leader who posed as a teacher of ancient knowledge. It’s about double-lives, the power of group psychology, and how easy it is to be radicalized—all too relevant in today's atmosphere of conspiracy and ideologue worship. Spencer Schneider Tue, 05 Jul 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591133 thebookvoice.com 8:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591133]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manhattan Cult Story: My Unbelievable True Story of Sex, Crimes, Chaos, and Survival Author: Spencer Schneider Narrator: Austin Rising Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: July 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.68 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 3.7 of Total 10 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Right under the noses of neighbors, clients, spouses, children, and friends, a secret society, simply called School—a cult of snared Manhattan professionals—has been led by the charismatic, sociopathic, and dangerous leader Sharon Gans for decades. Spencer Schneider was recruited in the eighties, and he stayed for more than twenty-three years as his life disintegrated, his self-esteem eroded, and he lined the pockets of Gans and her cult. Cult members met twice weekly, though they never acknowledged one another outside of meetings or gatherings. In the name of inner development, they endured the horrors of mental, sexual, and physical abuse, forced labor, arranged marriages, swindled inheritances and savings, and systematic terrorizing. Some of them broke the law. All for Gans. “During those years,” Schneider writes, “my world was School. That’s what it’s like when you’re in a cult, even one that preys on and caters to New York’s educated elite. This is my story of how I got entangled in School and how I got out.” At its core, Manhattan Cult Story is a cautionary tale of how hundreds of well-educated, savvy, and prosperous New Yorkers became fervent followers of a brilliant but demented cult leader who posed as a teacher of ancient knowledge. It’s about double-lives, the power of group psychology, and how easy it is to be radicalized—all too relevant in today's atmosphere of conspiracy and ideologue worship. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591133]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manhattan Cult Story: My Unbelievable True Story of Sex, Crimes, Chaos, and Survival Author: Spencer Schneider Narrator: Austin Rising Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: July 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.68 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 3.7 of Total 10 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Right under the noses of neighbors, clients, spouses, children, and friends, a secret society, simply called School—a cult of snared Manhattan professionals—has been led by the charismatic, sociopathic, and dangerous leader Sharon Gans for decades. Spencer Schneider was recruited in the eighties, and he stayed for more than twenty-three years as his life disintegrated, his self-esteem eroded, and he lined the pockets of Gans and her cult. Cult members met twice weekly, though they never acknowledged one another outside of meetings or gatherings. In the name of inner development, they endured the horrors of mental, sexual, and physical abuse, forced labor, arranged marriages, swindled inheritances and savings, and systematic terrorizing. Some of them broke the law. All for Gans. “During those years,” Schneider writes, “my world was School. That’s what it’s like when you’re in a cult, even one that preys on and caters to New York’s educated elite. This is my story of how I got entangled in School and how I got out.” At its core, Manhattan Cult Story is a cautionary tale of how hundreds of well-educated, savvy, and prosperous New Yorkers became fervent followers of a brilliant but demented cult leader who posed as a teacher of ancient knowledge. It’s about double-lives, the power of group psychology, and how easy it is to be radicalized—all too relevant in today's atmosphere of conspiracy and ideologue worship. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586915 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Happy Rant Author: Ronnie Martin, Barnabas Piper, Ted Kluck Narrator: Ronnie Martin, Barnabas Piper, Ted Kluck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 4, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: From the hive mind behind the popular Happy Rant podcast comes this cornucopia of humorous and thought-provoking critiques of Christian culture. Come for the good-natured cynicism. Stay for the enlightenment. Ted Kluck, Ronnie Martin, and Barnabas Piper, hosts of the Happy Rant podcast, take their faith-based back-and-forth from the recording booth to the book page with this collection of insightful and often hilarious takedowns of pastor trends, personality tests, political engagement, and more. The Happy Rant crew have a lot of strong opinions, and occasionally they even agree with each other! Always candid and frequently compelling, Ted, Ronnie, and Barnabas tackle everything from the divisive, hot-button issues within the church to more lighthearted fare that reminds us never to take ourselves too seriously. As entertaining as it is engaging, The Happy Rant will help you to think more critically about the world around you and enjoy a laugh or two (or maybe three) along the way. Ronnie Martin, Barnabas Piper, Ted Kluck Tue, 04 Oct 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586915 thebookvoice.com 5:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Happy Rant Author: Ronnie Martin, Barnabas Piper, Ted Kluck Narrator: Ronnie Martin, Barnabas Piper, Ted Kluck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 4, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: From the hive mind behind the popular Happy Rant podcast comes this cornucopia of humorous and thought-provoking critiques of Christian culture. Come for the good-natured cynicism. Stay for the enlightenment. Ted Kluck, Ronnie Martin, and Barnabas Piper, hosts of the Happy Rant podcast, take their faith-based back-and-forth from the recording booth to the book page with this collection of insightful and often hilarious takedowns of pastor trends, personality tests, political engagement, and more. The Happy Rant crew have a lot of strong opinions, and occasionally they even agree with each other! Always candid and frequently compelling, Ted, Ronnie, and Barnabas tackle everything from the divisive, hot-button issues within the church to more lighthearted fare that reminds us never to take ourselves too seriously. As entertaining as it is engaging, The Happy Rant will help you to think more critically about the world around you and enjoy a laugh or two (or maybe three) along the way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Happy Rant Author: Ronnie Martin, Barnabas Piper, Ted Kluck Narrator: Ronnie Martin, Barnabas Piper, Ted Kluck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 4, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: From the hive mind behind the popular Happy Rant podcast comes this cornucopia of humorous and thought-provoking critiques of Christian culture. Come for the good-natured cynicism. Stay for the enlightenment. Ted Kluck, Ronnie Martin, and Barnabas Piper, hosts of the Happy Rant podcast, take their faith-based back-and-forth from the recording booth to the book page with this collection of insightful and often hilarious takedowns of pastor trends, personality tests, political engagement, and more. The Happy Rant crew have a lot of strong opinions, and occasionally they even agree with each other! Always candid and frequently compelling, Ted, Ronnie, and Barnabas tackle everything from the divisive, hot-button issues within the church to more lighthearted fare that reminds us never to take ourselves too seriously. As entertaining as it is engaging, The Happy Rant will help you to think more critically about the world around you and enjoy a laugh or two (or maybe three) along the way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578129 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tweet of the Day: A Year of Bird Lovers Author: Dermot O’leary, Will Young, Sue Perkins, Chris Packham, Monty Don, Michael Morpurgo Narrator: Dermot O’leary, Will Young, Sue Perkins, Chris Packham, Greta Scacchi, Alison Steadman, Monty Don, Michael Morpurgo, Samuel West, Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 26, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Bird lovers including Will Young, Samuel West, Dermot O'Leary, Greta Scacchi and Sue Perkins introduce us to their favourite birds - plus, Alison Steadman presents The Twelve Tweets of Christmas Since 2013, Tweet of the Day has been a daily delight for early risers, with its 90 seconds of beautiful birdsong and fascinating ornithological stories. But what of the people who tune in to this avian chorus? In this collection, we bring to the airwaves the conversational voices of an array of wildlife enthusiasts, all eager to recount their encounters with birds - among them 'Birdgirl' Mya-Rose Craig, writers Joe Harkness, Amy Liptrot, Melissa Harrison and Mark Cocker, Springwatch host Lindsey Chapman and the staff at Slimbridge Wetland Centre, the RSPB, BirdLife International and the British Trust for Ornithology. Together, they guide us through the year, from May to March, and introduce us to the birds that have inspired them. We also hear from some unexpected celebrity sources, who share stories of the birds that catch their eyes - and their ears. Will Young tells us about seeing a Woodland Kingfisher as a child in South Africa; Sue Perkins recalls coming face to face with a Great Horned Owl and Greta Scacchi reveals her fondness for the magnificent Goldfinch. Other famous names include Samuel West, who counts the turkey-like Capercaillie and the dapper, white-bibbed Dipper among his ten picks; and Dermot O'Leary, whose five choices include 'the Alsatian of the skies', the Greater Black-Backed Gull. Jimi Goodwin, the lead singer in Doves, swerves his band's titular bird in favour of the Cuckoo and the Mallard; while musician Fyfe Dangerfield celebrates the two birds that gave his bands their names - Guillemots and Gannets - along with eight others, and uses his own birdsong recordings to experiment in music. Also featured is The Twelve Tweets of Christmas, in which Alison Steadman provides a selection of festive editions inspired by the well-known carol 'The Twelve Days of Christmas'. Production credits Produced by Maggie Ayre, Miles Warde, Tom Bonnett, Eliza Lomas, Mark Ward, Karen Gregor, Tim Dee, Sarah Blunt and Andrew Dawes © 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. (P) 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. Dermot O’leary, Will Young, Sue Perkins, Chris Packham, Monty Don, Michael Morpurgo Thu, 26 May 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578129 thebookvoice.com 5:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tweet of the Day: A Year of Bird Lovers Author: Dermot O’leary, Will Young, Sue Perkins, Chris Packham, Monty Don, Michael Morpurgo Narrator: Dermot O’leary, Will Young, Sue Perkins, Chris Packham, Greta Scacchi, Alison Steadman, Monty Don, Michael Morpurgo, Samuel West, Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 26, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Bird lovers including Will Young, Samuel West, Dermot O'Leary, Greta Scacchi and Sue Perkins introduce us to their favourite birds - plus, Alison Steadman presents The Twelve Tweets of Christmas Since 2013, Tweet of the Day has been a daily delight for early risers, with its 90 seconds of beautiful birdsong and fascinating ornithological stories. But what of the people who tune in to this avian chorus? In this collection, we bring to the airwaves the conversational voices of an array of wildlife enthusiasts, all eager to recount their encounters with birds - among them 'Birdgirl' Mya-Rose Craig, writers Joe Harkness, Amy Liptrot, Melissa Harrison and Mark Cocker, Springwatch host Lindsey Chapman and the staff at Slimbridge Wetland Centre, the RSPB, BirdLife International and the British Trust for Ornithology. Together, they guide us through the year, from May to March, and introduce us to the birds that have inspired them. We also hear from some unexpected celebrity sources, who share stories of the birds that catch their eyes - and their ears. Will Young tells us about seeing a Woodland Kingfisher as a child in South Africa; Sue Perkins recalls coming face to face with a Great Horned Owl and Greta Scacchi reveals her fondness for the magnificent Goldfinch. Other famous names include Samuel West, who counts the turkey-like Capercaillie and the dapper, white-bibbed Dipper among his ten picks; and Dermot O'Leary, whose five choices include 'the Alsatian of the skies', the Greater Black-Backed Gull. Jimi Goodwin, the lead singer in Doves, swerves his band's titular bird in favour of the Cuckoo and the Mallard; while musician Fyfe Dangerfield celebrates the two birds that gave his bands their names - Guillemots and Gannets - along with eight others, and uses his own birdsong recordings to experiment in music. Also featured is The Twelve Tweets of Christmas, in which Alison Steadman provides a selection of festive editions inspired by the well-known carol 'The Twelve Days of Christmas'. Production credits Produced by Maggie Ayre, Miles Warde, Tom Bonnett, Eliza Lomas, Mark Ward, Karen Gregor, Tim Dee, Sarah Blunt and Andrew Dawes © 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. (P) 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tweet of the Day: A Year of Bird Lovers Author: Dermot O’leary, Will Young, Sue Perkins, Chris Packham, Monty Don, Michael Morpurgo Narrator: Dermot O’leary, Will Young, Sue Perkins, Chris Packham, Greta Scacchi, Alison Steadman, Monty Don, Michael Morpurgo, Samuel West, Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 26, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Bird lovers including Will Young, Samuel West, Dermot O'Leary, Greta Scacchi and Sue Perkins introduce us to their favourite birds - plus, Alison Steadman presents The Twelve Tweets of Christmas Since 2013, Tweet of the Day has been a daily delight for early risers, with its 90 seconds of beautiful birdsong and fascinating ornithological stories. But what of the people who tune in to this avian chorus? In this collection, we bring to the airwaves the conversational voices of an array of wildlife enthusiasts, all eager to recount their encounters with birds - among them 'Birdgirl' Mya-Rose Craig, writers Joe Harkness, Amy Liptrot, Melissa Harrison and Mark Cocker, Springwatch host Lindsey Chapman and the staff at Slimbridge Wetland Centre, the RSPB, BirdLife International and the British Trust for Ornithology. Together, they guide us through the year, from May to March, and introduce us to the birds that have inspired them. We also hear from some unexpected celebrity sources, who share stories of the birds that catch their eyes - and their ears. Will Young tells us about seeing a Woodland Kingfisher as a child in South Africa; Sue Perkins recalls coming face to face with a Great Horned Owl and Greta Scacchi reveals her fondness for the magnificent Goldfinch. Other famous names include Samuel West, who counts the turkey-like Capercaillie and the dapper, white-bibbed Dipper among his ten picks; and Dermot O'Leary, whose five choices include 'the Alsatian of the skies', the Greater Black-Backed Gull. Jimi Goodwin, the lead singer in Doves, swerves his band's titular bird in favour of the Cuckoo and the Mallard; while musician Fyfe Dangerfield celebrates the two birds that gave his bands their names - Guillemots and Gannets - along with eight others, and uses his own birdsong recordings to experiment in music. Also featured is The Twelve Tweets of Christmas, in which Alison Steadman provides a selection of festive editions inspired by the well-known carol 'The Twelve Days of Christmas'. Production credits Produced by Maggie Ayre, Miles Warde, Tom Bonnett, Eliza Lomas, Mark Ward, Karen Gregor, Tim Dee, Sarah Blunt and Andrew Dawes © 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. (P) 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577567 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577567]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Spells: 150 Magickal Ways to Achieve Your Heart’s Desire Author: Ella Harrison Narrator: Robyn Holdaway Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release date: June 2, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The complete practical guide to spellcraft, bringing the ancient wisdom of witches to the modern world Connect with the mystical energies of the universe and turn your dreams and desires into powerful intentions. This beautiful audiobook will help you to manifest your hopes and desires, embrace your spiritual strength, and fulfil your own awesome potential. Discover spells, incantations, and potions for every situation where you can use the power of magical intention to enhance and transform your life. Cast candle, ribbon, and herbal spells; use crystals, gemstones, amulets, and talismans; make magical potions and practise empowering rituals to turn your wishes into the focused intentions that are at the heart of successful spell-casting. This audiobook tells you how you can activate and shape natural energy to achieve your goals. Each spell is set out in simple, easy-to-follow steps, ideal for those beginning their witchcraft journey. This audiobook tells you how to give yourself the one gift everyone wants to receive: the tools and the wisdom to harness and use your own limitless, mystical gifts. Ella Harrison is a hereditary witch who aspires to inspire and educate people about witchcraft and pagan practices. Ella was born in New Zealand and raised in a German family of members who practice various aspects of witchcraft. She holds a bachelor in social and cultural anthropology and creates content on YouTube, Instagram and recently TikTok. Ella and her fiancé Karlis co-own a small crystal shop called Silverfern Crystals (ekstones.com). They now live together with their puppies Chip and Bennie in New Zealand. Ella Harrison Thu, 02 Jun 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577567 thebookvoice.com 3:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577567]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Spells: 150 Magickal Ways to Achieve Your Heart’s Desire Author: Ella Harrison Narrator: Robyn Holdaway Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release date: June 2, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The complete practical guide to spellcraft, bringing the ancient wisdom of witches to the modern world Connect with the mystical energies of the universe and turn your dreams and desires into powerful intentions. This beautiful audiobook will help you to manifest your hopes and desires, embrace your spiritual strength, and fulfil your own awesome potential. Discover spells, incantations, and potions for every situation where you can use the power of magical intention to enhance and transform your life. Cast candle, ribbon, and herbal spells; use crystals, gemstones, amulets, and talismans; make magical potions and practise empowering rituals to turn your wishes into the focused intentions that are at the heart of successful spell-casting. This audiobook tells you how you can activate and shape natural energy to achieve your goals. Each spell is set out in simple, easy-to-follow steps, ideal for those beginning their witchcraft journey. This audiobook tells you how to give yourself the one gift everyone wants to receive: the tools and the wisdom to harness and use your own limitless, mystical gifts. Ella Harrison is a hereditary witch who aspires to inspire and educate people about witchcraft and pagan practices. Ella was born in New Zealand and raised in a German family of members who practice various aspects of witchcraft. She holds a bachelor in social and cultural anthropology and creates content on YouTube, Instagram and recently TikTok. Ella and her fiancé Karlis co-own a small crystal shop called Silverfern Crystals (ekstones.com). They now live together with their puppies Chip and Bennie in New Zealand. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577567]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Spells: 150 Magickal Ways to Achieve Your Heart’s Desire Author: Ella Harrison Narrator: Robyn Holdaway Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release date: June 2, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The complete practical guide to spellcraft, bringing the ancient wisdom of witches to the modern world Connect with the mystical energies of the universe and turn your dreams and desires into powerful intentions. This beautiful audiobook will help you to manifest your hopes and desires, embrace your spiritual strength, and fulfil your own awesome potential. Discover spells, incantations, and potions for every situation where you can use the power of magical intention to enhance and transform your life. Cast candle, ribbon, and herbal spells; use crystals, gemstones, amulets, and talismans; make magical potions and practise empowering rituals to turn your wishes into the focused intentions that are at the heart of successful spell-casting. This audiobook tells you how you can activate and shape natural energy to achieve your goals. Each spell is set out in simple, easy-to-follow steps, ideal for those beginning their witchcraft journey. This audiobook tells you how to give yourself the one gift everyone wants to receive: the tools and the wisdom to harness and use your own limitless, mystical gifts. Ella Harrison is a hereditary witch who aspires to inspire and educate people about witchcraft and pagan practices. Ella was born in New Zealand and raised in a German family of members who practice various aspects of witchcraft. She holds a bachelor in social and cultural anthropology and creates content on YouTube, Instagram and recently TikTok. Ella and her fiancé Karlis co-own a small crystal shop called Silverfern Crystals (ekstones.com). They now live together with their puppies Chip and Bennie in New Zealand. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576073 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wilderness Cure Author: Mo Wilde Narrator: Mo Wilde Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 23, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Winner of the John Avery Award at the André Simon Awards 2022 'This special and magical book has changed the way I see the world' Dan Saladino 'Inspiration and delight sparkle from every page … This book [is] a revelation of joy to the general reader for whom wild food is another country'John Wright, author of the River Cottage handbooks   A captivating and lyrical journey into our ancestral past, through what and how we eat. Mo Wilde made a quiet but radical pledge: to live only off free, foraged food for an entire year. In a world disconnected from its roots, eating wild food is both culinary and healing, social and political. Ultimately, it is an act of love and community. Using her expert knowledge of botany and mycology, Mo follows the seasons to find nutritious food from hundreds of species of plants, fungi and seaweeds, and in the process learns not just how to survive, but how to thrive. Nourishing her body and mind deepens her connection with the earth – a connection that we have become estranged from but which we all, deep down, hunger for. This hunger is about much more than food. It is about accepting and understanding our place in a natural network that is both staggeringly complex and beautifully simple. THE WILDERNESS CURE is a diary of a wild experiment; a timely and inspiring memoir which explores a deeper relationship between humans and nature, and reminds us of the important lost lessons from our past. Mo Wilde Thu, 23 Jun 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576073 thebookvoice.com 9:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wilderness Cure Author: Mo Wilde Narrator: Mo Wilde Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 23, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Winner of the John Avery Award at the André Simon Awards 2022 'This special and magical book has changed the way I see the world' Dan Saladino 'Inspiration and delight sparkle from every page … This book [is] a revelation of joy to the general reader for whom wild food is another country'John Wright, author of the River Cottage handbooks   A captivating and lyrical journey into our ancestral past, through what and how we eat. Mo Wilde made a quiet but radical pledge: to live only off free, foraged food for an entire year. In a world disconnected from its roots, eating wild food is both culinary and healing, social and political. Ultimately, it is an act of love and community. Using her expert knowledge of botany and mycology, Mo follows the seasons to find nutritious food from hundreds of species of plants, fungi and seaweeds, and in the process learns not just how to survive, but how to thrive. Nourishing her body and mind deepens her connection with the earth – a connection that we have become estranged from but which we all, deep down, hunger for. This hunger is about much more than food. It is about accepting and understanding our place in a natural network that is both staggeringly complex and beautifully simple. THE WILDERNESS CURE is a diary of a wild experiment; a timely and inspiring memoir which explores a deeper relationship between humans and nature, and reminds us of the important lost lessons from our past. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wilderness Cure Author: Mo Wilde Narrator: Mo Wilde Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 23, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Winner of the John Avery Award at the André Simon Awards 2022 'This special and magical book has changed the way I see the world' Dan Saladino 'Inspiration and delight sparkle from every page … This book [is] a revelation of joy to the general reader for whom wild food is another country'John Wright, author of the River Cottage handbooks   A captivating and lyrical journey into our ancestral past, through what and how we eat. Mo Wilde made a quiet but radical pledge: to live only off free, foraged food for an entire year. In a world disconnected from its roots, eating wild food is both culinary and healing, social and political. Ultimately, it is an act of love and community. Using her expert knowledge of botany and mycology, Mo follows the seasons to find nutritious food from hundreds of species of plants, fungi and seaweeds, and in the process learns not just how to survive, but how to thrive. Nourishing her body and mind deepens her connection with the earth – a connection that we have become estranged from but which we all, deep down, hunger for. This hunger is about much more than food. It is about accepting and understanding our place in a natural network that is both staggeringly complex and beautifully simple. THE WILDERNESS CURE is a diary of a wild experiment; a timely and inspiring memoir which explores a deeper relationship between humans and nature, and reminds us of the important lost lessons from our past. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576001 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576001]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Speak Whale: A Voyage into the Future of Animal Communication Author: Tom Mustill Narrator: Tom Mustill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 6, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: What if animals and humans could speak to one another? Tom Mustill—the nature documentarian who went viral when a thirty‑ton humpback whale breached onto his kayak—asks this question in his thrilling investigation into whale science and animal communication. “When a whale is in the water, it is like an iceberg: you only see a fraction of it and have no conception of its size.”   On September 12, 2015, Tom Mustill was paddling in a two-person kayak with a friend just off the coast of California. It was cold, but idyllic—until a humpback whale breached, landing on top of them, releasing the energy equivalent of forty hand grenades. He was certain he was about to die, but they both survived, miraculously unscathed. In the interviews that followed the incident, Mustill was left with one question: What could this astonishing encounter teach us?   Drawing from his experience as a naturalist and wildlife filmmaker, Mustill started investigating human–whale interactions around the world when he met two tech entrepreneurs who wanted to use artificial intelligence (AI)—originally designed to translate human languages—to discover patterns in the conversations of animals and decode them. As he embarked on a journey into animal eavesdropping technologies, where big data meets big beasts, Mustill discovered that there is a revolution taking place in biology, as the technologies developed to explore our own languages are turned to nature.   From seventeenth-century Dutch inventors, to the whaling industry of the nineteenth century, to the cutting edge of Silicon Valley, How to Speak Whale examines how scientists and start-ups around the world are decoding animal communications. Whales, with their giant mammalian brains, virtuoso voices, and long, highly social lives, offer one of the most realistic opportunities for this to happen. But what would the consequences of such human animal interaction be? We’re about to find out. Tom Mustill Tue, 06 Sep 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576001 thebookvoice.com 9:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576001]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Speak Whale: A Voyage into the Future of Animal Communication Author: Tom Mustill Narrator: Tom Mustill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 6, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: What if animals and humans could speak to one another? Tom Mustill—the nature documentarian who went viral when a thirty‑ton humpback whale breached onto his kayak—asks this question in his thrilling investigation into whale science and animal communication. “When a whale is in the water, it is like an iceberg: you only see a fraction of it and have no conception of its size.”   On September 12, 2015, Tom Mustill was paddling in a two-person kayak with a friend just off the coast of California. It was cold, but idyllic—until a humpback whale breached, landing on top of them, releasing the energy equivalent of forty hand grenades. He was certain he was about to die, but they both survived, miraculously unscathed. In the interviews that followed the incident, Mustill was left with one question: What could this astonishing encounter teach us?   Drawing from his experience as a naturalist and wildlife filmmaker, Mustill started investigating human–whale interactions around the world when he met two tech entrepreneurs who wanted to use artificial intelligence (AI)—originally designed to translate human languages—to discover patterns in the conversations of animals and decode them. As he embarked on a journey into animal eavesdropping technologies, where big data meets big beasts, Mustill discovered that there is a revolution taking place in biology, as the technologies developed to explore our own languages are turned to nature.   From seventeenth-century Dutch inventors, to the whaling industry of the nineteenth century, to the cutting edge of Silicon Valley, How to Speak Whale examines how scientists and start-ups around the world are decoding animal communications. Whales, with their giant mammalian brains, virtuoso voices, and long, highly social lives, offer one of the most realistic opportunities for this to happen. But what would the consequences of such human animal interaction be? We’re about to find out. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576001]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Speak Whale: A Voyage into the Future of Animal Communication Author: Tom Mustill Narrator: Tom Mustill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 6, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: What if animals and humans could speak to one another? Tom Mustill—the nature documentarian who went viral when a thirty‑ton humpback whale breached onto his kayak—asks this question in his thrilling investigation into whale science and animal communication. “When a whale is in the water, it is like an iceberg: you only see a fraction of it and have no conception of its size.”   On September 12, 2015, Tom Mustill was paddling in a two-person kayak with a friend just off the coast of California. It was cold, but idyllic—until a humpback whale breached, landing on top of them, releasing the energy equivalent of forty hand grenades. He was certain he was about to die, but they both survived, miraculously unscathed. In the interviews that followed the incident, Mustill was left with one question: What could this astonishing encounter teach us?   Drawing from his experience as a naturalist and wildlife filmmaker, Mustill started investigating human–whale interactions around the world when he met two tech entrepreneurs who wanted to use artificial intelligence (AI)—originally designed to translate human languages—to discover patterns in the conversations of animals and decode them. As he embarked on a journey into animal eavesdropping technologies, where big data meets big beasts, Mustill discovered that there is a revolution taking place in biology, as the technologies developed to explore our own languages are turned to nature.   From seventeenth-century Dutch inventors, to the whaling industry of the nineteenth century, to the cutting edge of Silicon Valley, How to Speak Whale examines how scientists and start-ups around the world are decoding animal communications. Whales, with their giant mammalian brains, virtuoso voices, and long, highly social lives, offer one of the most realistic opportunities for this to happen. But what would the consequences of such human animal interaction be? We’re about to find out. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575260 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575260]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Vibes Only: (and Other Things I Bring to the Table) Author: Nora Mcinerny Narrator: Nora Mcinerny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 11, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER From the host of the podcast Terrible, Thanks for Asking—called “a gift” by The New York Times—a raw and humorous essay collection in the spirit of Jenny Lawson and Samantha Irby. Nora McInerny does not dance like no one is watching. In fact, she dances like everyone is watching, which is to say, she does not dance at all. A bestselling author and host of the beloved podcast Terrible, Thanks for Asking, she has captured the hearts of millions with her disarming and earnest approach to discussing grief and loss. Now, with Bad Vibes Only, she turns her eye on our aggressively, oppressively optimistic culture, our obsession with self-improvement, and what it really means to live authentically in the online age. In essays that revisit her cringey past and anticipate her rapidly approaching, early middle-aged future, McInerny lays bare her own chaos, inviting us to drop the façade of perfection and embrace the truth: that we are all—at best—slightly unhinged. Socrates claimed that the unexamined life is not worth living. Bad Vibes Only is for people who have taken that dictum a bit too far—the overthinkers, the analyzers, the recovering Girl Bosses, and the burned-out personal brand—reminding us that a life worth living is about more than just “good vibes.” Nora Mcinerny Tue, 11 Oct 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575260 thebookvoice.com 5:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575260]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Vibes Only: (and Other Things I Bring to the Table) Author: Nora Mcinerny Narrator: Nora Mcinerny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 11, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER From the host of the podcast Terrible, Thanks for Asking—called “a gift” by The New York Times—a raw and humorous essay collection in the spirit of Jenny Lawson and Samantha Irby. Nora McInerny does not dance like no one is watching. In fact, she dances like everyone is watching, which is to say, she does not dance at all. A bestselling author and host of the beloved podcast Terrible, Thanks for Asking, she has captured the hearts of millions with her disarming and earnest approach to discussing grief and loss. Now, with Bad Vibes Only, she turns her eye on our aggressively, oppressively optimistic culture, our obsession with self-improvement, and what it really means to live authentically in the online age. In essays that revisit her cringey past and anticipate her rapidly approaching, early middle-aged future, McInerny lays bare her own chaos, inviting us to drop the façade of perfection and embrace the truth: that we are all—at best—slightly unhinged. Socrates claimed that the unexamined life is not worth living. Bad Vibes Only is for people who have taken that dictum a bit too far—the overthinkers, the analyzers, the recovering Girl Bosses, and the burned-out personal brand—reminding us that a life worth living is about more than just “good vibes.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575260]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Vibes Only: (and Other Things I Bring to the Table) Author: Nora Mcinerny Narrator: Nora Mcinerny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 11, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER From the host of the podcast Terrible, Thanks for Asking—called “a gift” by The New York Times—a raw and humorous essay collection in the spirit of Jenny Lawson and Samantha Irby. Nora McInerny does not dance like no one is watching. In fact, she dances like everyone is watching, which is to say, she does not dance at all. A bestselling author and host of the beloved podcast Terrible, Thanks for Asking, she has captured the hearts of millions with her disarming and earnest approach to discussing grief and loss. Now, with Bad Vibes Only, she turns her eye on our aggressively, oppressively optimistic culture, our obsession with self-improvement, and what it really means to live authentically in the online age. In essays that revisit her cringey past and anticipate her rapidly approaching, early middle-aged future, McInerny lays bare her own chaos, inviting us to drop the façade of perfection and embrace the truth: that we are all—at best—slightly unhinged. Socrates claimed that the unexamined life is not worth living. Bad Vibes Only is for people who have taken that dictum a bit too far—the overthinkers, the analyzers, the recovering Girl Bosses, and the burned-out personal brand—reminding us that a life worth living is about more than just “good vibes.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570201 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Rootwork: A Beginner's Guide to Hoodoo--Including Candle Magic, Rituals, Crystals, Herbs, and More Author: Paris Ajana Narrator: Ella Turenne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Rootwork, also known as hoodoo or conjure, is an African American folk magic influenced by a blend of African beliefs, traditions, and cultures. This book includes step-by-step guidance for over 80 rituals, spells, and techniques that can help manifest your goals and transform your life. Written by a descendant of African American and Filipino rootworkers, Paris Ajana (also known as the Hoodoo Goddess) guides you on a spiritual journey, teaching skills such as these: - Altar and sacred space preparation - Crystal spells, herb magic, and candle creation - Mojo bags, doll babies, and honey jars construction - And much more! Learn to connect with the spirits of your ancestors to invigorate your mind, body, and soul as you delve into the mystical world of rootwork. Paris Ajana Tue, 12 Apr 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570201 thebookvoice.com 5:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Rootwork: A Beginner's Guide to Hoodoo--Including Candle Magic, Rituals, Crystals, Herbs, and More Author: Paris Ajana Narrator: Ella Turenne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Rootwork, also known as hoodoo or conjure, is an African American folk magic influenced by a blend of African beliefs, traditions, and cultures. This book includes step-by-step guidance for over 80 rituals, spells, and techniques that can help manifest your goals and transform your life. Written by a descendant of African American and Filipino rootworkers, Paris Ajana (also known as the Hoodoo Goddess) guides you on a spiritual journey, teaching skills such as these: - Altar and sacred space preparation - Crystal spells, herb magic, and candle creation - Mojo bags, doll babies, and honey jars construction - And much more! Learn to connect with the spirits of your ancestors to invigorate your mind, body, and soul as you delve into the mystical world of rootwork. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Rootwork: A Beginner's Guide to Hoodoo--Including Candle Magic, Rituals, Crystals, Herbs, and More Author: Paris Ajana Narrator: Ella Turenne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Rootwork, also known as hoodoo or conjure, is an African American folk magic influenced by a blend of African beliefs, traditions, and cultures. This book includes step-by-step guidance for over 80 rituals, spells, and techniques that can help manifest your goals and transform your life. Written by a descendant of African American and Filipino rootworkers, Paris Ajana (also known as the Hoodoo Goddess) guides you on a spiritual journey, teaching skills such as these: - Altar and sacred space preparation - Crystal spells, herb magic, and candle creation - Mojo bags, doll babies, and honey jars construction - And much more! Learn to connect with the spirits of your ancestors to invigorate your mind, body, and soul as you delve into the mystical world of rootwork. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570116 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What If? 2: Additional Serious Scientific Answers to Absurd Hypothetical Questions Author: Randall Munroe Narrator: Wil Wheaton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestselling author of What If? and How To answers more of the weirdest questions you never thought to ask   The millions of people around the world who read and loved What If? still have questions, and those questions are getting stranger. Thank goodness xkcd creator Randall Munroe is here to help. Planning to ride a fire pole from the Moon back to Earth? The hardest part is sticking the landing. Hoping to cool the atmosphere by opening everyone’s freezer door at the same time? Maybe it’s time for a brief introduction to thermodynamics. Want to know what would happen if you rode a helicopter blade, built a billion-story building, made a lava lamp out of lava, or jumped on a geyser as it erupted? Okay, if you insist. Before you go on a cosmic road trip, feed the residents of New York City to a T. rex, or fill every church with bananas, be sure to consult this practical guide for impractical ideas. Unfazed by absurdity, Munroe consults the latest research on everything from swing-set physics to airliner catapult–design to answer his readers’ questions, clearly and concisely. As he consistently demonstrates, you can learn a lot from examining how the world might work in very specific extreme circumstances. Randall Munroe Tue, 13 Sep 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570116 thebookvoice.com 6:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What If? 2: Additional Serious Scientific Answers to Absurd Hypothetical Questions Author: Randall Munroe Narrator: Wil Wheaton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestselling author of What If? and How To answers more of the weirdest questions you never thought to ask   The millions of people around the world who read and loved What If? still have questions, and those questions are getting stranger. Thank goodness xkcd creator Randall Munroe is here to help. Planning to ride a fire pole from the Moon back to Earth? The hardest part is sticking the landing. Hoping to cool the atmosphere by opening everyone’s freezer door at the same time? Maybe it’s time for a brief introduction to thermodynamics. Want to know what would happen if you rode a helicopter blade, built a billion-story building, made a lava lamp out of lava, or jumped on a geyser as it erupted? Okay, if you insist. Before you go on a cosmic road trip, feed the residents of New York City to a T. rex, or fill every church with bananas, be sure to consult this practical guide for impractical ideas. Unfazed by absurdity, Munroe consults the latest research on everything from swing-set physics to airliner catapult–design to answer his readers’ questions, clearly and concisely. As he consistently demonstrates, you can learn a lot from examining how the world might work in very specific extreme circumstances. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What If? 2: Additional Serious Scientific Answers to Absurd Hypothetical Questions Author: Randall Munroe Narrator: Wil Wheaton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestselling author of What If? and How To answers more of the weirdest questions you never thought to ask   The millions of people around the world who read and loved What If? still have questions, and those questions are getting stranger. Thank goodness xkcd creator Randall Munroe is here to help. Planning to ride a fire pole from the Moon back to Earth? The hardest part is sticking the landing. Hoping to cool the atmosphere by opening everyone’s freezer door at the same time? Maybe it’s time for a brief introduction to thermodynamics. Want to know what would happen if you rode a helicopter blade, built a billion-story building, made a lava lamp out of lava, or jumped on a geyser as it erupted? Okay, if you insist. Before you go on a cosmic road trip, feed the residents of New York City to a T. rex, or fill every church with bananas, be sure to consult this practical guide for impractical ideas. Unfazed by absurdity, Munroe consults the latest research on everything from swing-set physics to airliner catapult–design to answer his readers’ questions, clearly and concisely. As he consistently demonstrates, you can learn a lot from examining how the world might work in very specific extreme circumstances. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567021]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chasing Ghosts: A Tour of Our Fascination with Spirits and the Supernatural Author: Marc Hartzman Narrator: Keith Szarabajka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Take a spirited tour through the supernatural history of America, from its haunted sites to its famous ghosts to its ghost-obsessed pop culture. Ghosts are everywhere—whether you believe in them or not. Every town has its local legends, and countless books, movies, and television shows are haunted by their presence. But our obsession with ghosts runs deeper than we know—and is embedded in the very fabric of American history. Writer and historian Marc Hartzman dons the mantle of tour guide, taking listeners on a fascinating journey through supernatural history, including: The Fox sisters and the rise of spiritualism, The supernatural obsessions of famous figures like Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, Famous haunted sites like the Eastern State Penitentiary in Philadelphia and the LaLaurie House in New Orleans, Famous ghosts like the Bell Witch of Tennessee and the Greenbrier Ghost of West Virginia, and Paranormal investigators like Ed and Lorraine Warren. Deeply researched and highly entertaining, Chasing Ghosts will satisfy believers and skeptics alike. Marc Hartzman Tue, 28 Sep 2021 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567021 thebookvoice.com 7:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567021]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chasing Ghosts: A Tour of Our Fascination with Spirits and the Supernatural Author: Marc Hartzman Narrator: Keith Szarabajka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Take a spirited tour through the supernatural history of America, from its haunted sites to its famous ghosts to its ghost-obsessed pop culture. Ghosts are everywhere—whether you believe in them or not. Every town has its local legends, and countless books, movies, and television shows are haunted by their presence. But our obsession with ghosts runs deeper than we know—and is embedded in the very fabric of American history. Writer and historian Marc Hartzman dons the mantle of tour guide, taking listeners on a fascinating journey through supernatural history, including: The Fox sisters and the rise of spiritualism, The supernatural obsessions of famous figures like Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, Famous haunted sites like the Eastern State Penitentiary in Philadelphia and the LaLaurie House in New Orleans, Famous ghosts like the Bell Witch of Tennessee and the Greenbrier Ghost of West Virginia, and Paranormal investigators like Ed and Lorraine Warren. Deeply researched and highly entertaining, Chasing Ghosts will satisfy believers and skeptics alike. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567021]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chasing Ghosts: A Tour of Our Fascination with Spirits and the Supernatural Author: Marc Hartzman Narrator: Keith Szarabajka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Take a spirited tour through the supernatural history of America, from its haunted sites to its famous ghosts to its ghost-obsessed pop culture. Ghosts are everywhere—whether you believe in them or not. Every town has its local legends, and countless books, movies, and television shows are haunted by their presence. But our obsession with ghosts runs deeper than we know—and is embedded in the very fabric of American history. Writer and historian Marc Hartzman dons the mantle of tour guide, taking listeners on a fascinating journey through supernatural history, including: The Fox sisters and the rise of spiritualism, The supernatural obsessions of famous figures like Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, Famous haunted sites like the Eastern State Penitentiary in Philadelphia and the LaLaurie House in New Orleans, Famous ghosts like the Bell Witch of Tennessee and the Greenbrier Ghost of West Virginia, and Paranormal investigators like Ed and Lorraine Warren. Deeply researched and highly entertaining, Chasing Ghosts will satisfy believers and skeptics alike. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565552 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565552]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flush: The Remarkable Science of an Unlikely Treasure Author: Bryn Nelson Narrator: Fred Berman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: For readers of Giulia Enders’ Gut and Bill Bryson’s The Body, a surprising, witty and sparkling exploration of the teeming microbiome of possibility in human feces from microbiologist and science journalist Bryn Nelson. The future is sh*t: the literal kind. For most of human history we’ve been, well, disinclined to take a closer look at our body’s natural product—the complex antihero of this story—save for gleaning some prophecy of our own health. But if we were to take more than a passing look at our poop, we would spy a veritable cornucopia of possibilities. We would see potent medicine, sustainable power, and natural fertilizer to restore the world’s depleted lands. We would spy a time capsule of evidence for understanding past lives and murderous ends. We would glimpse effective ways of measuring and improving human health from the cradle to the grave, early warnings of community outbreaks like Covid-19, and new means of identifying environmental harm—and then reversing it. Flush is both an urgent exploration of the world’s single most squandered natural resource, and a cri de coeur (or cri de colon?) for the vast, hidden value in our “waste.” Award-winning journalist and microbiologist Bryn Nelson, PhD, leads readers through the colon and beyond with infectious enthusiasm, helping to usher in a necessary mental shift that could restore our balance with the rest of the planet and save us from ourselves. Unlocking poop’s enormous potential will require us to overcome our shame and disgust and embrace our role as the producers and architects of a more circular economy in which lowly byproducts become our species’ salvation. Locked within you is a medicine cabinet, a biogas pipeline, a glass of drinking water, a mound of fuel briquettes; it’s time to open the doors (carefully!). A dose of medicine, a glass of water, a gallon of rocket fuel, an acre of soil: sometimes hope arrives in surprising packages. Bryn Nelson Tue, 13 Sep 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565552 thebookvoice.com 13:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565552]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flush: The Remarkable Science of an Unlikely Treasure Author: Bryn Nelson Narrator: Fred Berman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: For readers of Giulia Enders’ Gut and Bill Bryson’s The Body, a surprising, witty and sparkling exploration of the teeming microbiome of possibility in human feces from microbiologist and science journalist Bryn Nelson. The future is sh*t: the literal kind. For most of human history we’ve been, well, disinclined to take a closer look at our body’s natural product—the complex antihero of this story—save for gleaning some prophecy of our own health. But if we were to take more than a passing look at our poop, we would spy a veritable cornucopia of possibilities. We would see potent medicine, sustainable power, and natural fertilizer to restore the world’s depleted lands. We would spy a time capsule of evidence for understanding past lives and murderous ends. We would glimpse effective ways of measuring and improving human health from the cradle to the grave, early warnings of community outbreaks like Covid-19, and new means of identifying environmental harm—and then reversing it. Flush is both an urgent exploration of the world’s single most squandered natural resource, and a cri de coeur (or cri de colon?) for the vast, hidden value in our “waste.” Award-winning journalist and microbiologist Bryn Nelson, PhD, leads readers through the colon and beyond with infectious enthusiasm, helping to usher in a necessary mental shift that could restore our balance with the rest of the planet and save us from ourselves. Unlocking poop’s enormous potential will require us to overcome our shame and disgust and embrace our role as the producers and architects of a more circular economy in which lowly byproducts become our species’ salvation. Locked within you is a medicine cabinet, a biogas pipeline, a glass of drinking water, a mound of fuel briquettes; it’s time to open the doors (carefully!). A dose of medicine, a glass of water, a gallon of rocket fuel, an acre of soil: sometimes hope arrives in surprising packages. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565552]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flush: The Remarkable Science of an Unlikely Treasure Author: Bryn Nelson Narrator: Fred Berman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: For readers of Giulia Enders’ Gut and Bill Bryson’s The Body, a surprising, witty and sparkling exploration of the teeming microbiome of possibility in human feces from microbiologist and science journalist Bryn Nelson. The future is sh*t: the literal kind. For most of human history we’ve been, well, disinclined to take a closer look at our body’s natural product—the complex antihero of this story—save for gleaning some prophecy of our own health. But if we were to take more than a passing look at our poop, we would spy a veritable cornucopia of possibilities. We would see potent medicine, sustainable power, and natural fertilizer to restore the world’s depleted lands. We would spy a time capsule of evidence for understanding past lives and murderous ends. We would glimpse effective ways of measuring and improving human health from the cradle to the grave, early warnings of community outbreaks like Covid-19, and new means of identifying environmental harm—and then reversing it. Flush is both an urgent exploration of the world’s single most squandered natural resource, and a cri de coeur (or cri de colon?) for the vast, hidden value in our “waste.” Award-winning journalist and microbiologist Bryn Nelson, PhD, leads readers through the colon and beyond with infectious enthusiasm, helping to usher in a necessary mental shift that could restore our balance with the rest of the planet and save us from ourselves. Unlocking poop’s enormous potential will require us to overcome our shame and disgust and embrace our role as the producers and architects of a more circular economy in which lowly byproducts become our species’ salvation. Locked within you is a medicine cabinet, a biogas pipeline, a glass of drinking water, a mound of fuel briquettes; it’s time to open the doors (carefully!). A dose of medicine, a glass of water, a gallon of rocket fuel, an acre of soil: sometimes hope arrives in surprising packages. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565508 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565508]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blackthorn's Protection Magic: A Witch’s Guide to Mental and Physical Self-Defense Author: Amy Blackthorn Narrator: Gail Shalan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 1, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Blackthorn's Protection Magic guides listeners through the realm of the green witch to a glade filled with options for your protection. Amy Blackthorn discusses spiritual, emotional, and physical security in an easy-to-understand way. She provides an overview of what protection means to witches and then explores practices in more depth, including the following: Essential oils for protection magic The role plant allies play in both protecting and healing What tarot can teach us about our strengths and weaknesses Oracle spell work as a potent source of protection As a witch who has worked in executive security for nearly fifteen years, Amy possesses the botanical spirit of an animist witch, able to see the inherent spirit in plants, as well as a keen eye on ways to make a home feel safer and more secure, on the magical and the mundane levels. For example, holly trees provide magical protection from lightning and make a prickly barrier outside the home to keep burglars from lurking in the shadows. Amy Blackthorn Tue, 01 Mar 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565508 thebookvoice.com 4:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565508]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blackthorn's Protection Magic: A Witch’s Guide to Mental and Physical Self-Defense Author: Amy Blackthorn Narrator: Gail Shalan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 1, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Blackthorn's Protection Magic guides listeners through the realm of the green witch to a glade filled with options for your protection. Amy Blackthorn discusses spiritual, emotional, and physical security in an easy-to-understand way. She provides an overview of what protection means to witches and then explores practices in more depth, including the following: Essential oils for protection magic The role plant allies play in both protecting and healing What tarot can teach us about our strengths and weaknesses Oracle spell work as a potent source of protection As a witch who has worked in executive security for nearly fifteen years, Amy possesses the botanical spirit of an animist witch, able to see the inherent spirit in plants, as well as a keen eye on ways to make a home feel safer and more secure, on the magical and the mundane levels. For example, holly trees provide magical protection from lightning and make a prickly barrier outside the home to keep burglars from lurking in the shadows. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565508]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blackthorn's Protection Magic: A Witch’s Guide to Mental and Physical Self-Defense Author: Amy Blackthorn Narrator: Gail Shalan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 1, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Blackthorn's Protection Magic guides listeners through the realm of the green witch to a glade filled with options for your protection. Amy Blackthorn discusses spiritual, emotional, and physical security in an easy-to-understand way. She provides an overview of what protection means to witches and then explores practices in more depth, including the following: Essential oils for protection magic The role plant allies play in both protecting and healing What tarot can teach us about our strengths and weaknesses Oracle spell work as a potent source of protection As a witch who has worked in executive security for nearly fifteen years, Amy possesses the botanical spirit of an animist witch, able to see the inherent spirit in plants, as well as a keen eye on ways to make a home feel safer and more secure, on the magical and the mundane levels. For example, holly trees provide magical protection from lightning and make a prickly barrier outside the home to keep burglars from lurking in the shadows. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557752 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557752]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Keep House While Drowning: A Gentle Approach to Cleaning and Organizing Author: Kc Davis Narrator: Dr. Raquel Martin, Kc Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 57 Ratings of Narrator: 4.87 of Total 31 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: An NPR Best Book of 2022 USA TODAY Bestseller This revolutionary approach to cleaning and organizing helps free you from feeling ashamed or overwhelmed by a messy home. If you’re struggling to stay on top of your to-do list, you probably have a good reason: anxiety, fatigue, depression, ADHD, or lack of support. For therapist KC Davis, the birth of her second child triggered a stress-mess cycle. The more behind she felt, the less motivated she was to start. She didn’t fold a single piece of laundry for seven months. One life-changing realization restored her sanity—and the functionality of her home: You don’t work for your home; your home works for you. In other words, messiness is not a moral failing. A new sense of calm washed over her as she let go of the shame-based messaging that interpreted a pile of dirty laundry as “I can never keep up” and a chaotic kitchen as “I’m a bad mother.” Instead, she looked at unwashed clothes and thought, “I am alive,” and at stacks of dishes and thought, “I cooked my family dinner three nights in a row.” Building on this foundation of self-compassion, KC devised the powerful practical approach that has exploded in popularity through her TikTok account, @domesticblisters. The secret is to simplify your to-do list and to find creative workarounds that accommodate your limited time and energy. In this book, you’ll learn exactly how to customize your cleaning strategy and rebuild your relationship with your home, including: -How to see chores as kindnesses to your future self, not as a reflection of your worth -How to start by setting priorities -How to stagger tasks so you won’t procrastinate -How to clean in quick bursts within your existing daily routine -How to use creative shortcuts to transform a room from messy to functional With KC’s help, your home will feel like a sanctuary again. It will become a place to rest, even when things aren’t finished. You will move with ease, and peace and calm will edge out guilt, self-criticism, and endless checklists. They have no place here. Kc Davis Tue, 26 Apr 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557752 thebookvoice.com 3:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557752]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Keep House While Drowning: A Gentle Approach to Cleaning and Organizing Author: Kc Davis Narrator: Dr. Raquel Martin, Kc Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 57 Ratings of Narrator: 4.87 of Total 31 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: An NPR Best Book of 2022 USA TODAY Bestseller This revolutionary approach to cleaning and organizing helps free you from feeling ashamed or overwhelmed by a messy home. If you’re struggling to stay on top of your to-do list, you probably have a good reason: anxiety, fatigue, depression, ADHD, or lack of support. For therapist KC Davis, the birth of her second child triggered a stress-mess cycle. The more behind she felt, the less motivated she was to start. She didn’t fold a single piece of laundry for seven months. One life-changing realization restored her sanity—and the functionality of her home: You don’t work for your home; your home works for you. In other words, messiness is not a moral failing. A new sense of calm washed over her as she let go of the shame-based messaging that interpreted a pile of dirty laundry as “I can never keep up” and a chaotic kitchen as “I’m a bad mother.” Instead, she looked at unwashed clothes and thought, “I am alive,” and at stacks of dishes and thought, “I cooked my family dinner three nights in a row.” Building on this foundation of self-compassion, KC devised the powerful practical approach that has exploded in popularity through her TikTok account, @domesticblisters. The secret is to simplify your to-do list and to find creative workarounds that accommodate your limited time and energy. In this book, you’ll learn exactly how to customize your cleaning strategy and rebuild your relationship with your home, including: -How to see chores as kindnesses to your future self, not as a reflection of your worth -How to start by setting priorities -How to stagger tasks so you won’t procrastinate -How to clean in quick bursts within your existing daily routine -How to use creative shortcuts to transform a room from messy to functional With KC’s help, your home will feel like a sanctuary again. It will become a place to rest, even when things aren’t finished. You will move with ease, and peace and calm will edge out guilt, self-criticism, and endless checklists. They have no place here. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557752]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Keep House While Drowning: A Gentle Approach to Cleaning and Organizing Author: Kc Davis Narrator: Dr. Raquel Martin, Kc Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 57 Ratings of Narrator: 4.87 of Total 31 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: An NPR Best Book of 2022 USA TODAY Bestseller This revolutionary approach to cleaning and organizing helps free you from feeling ashamed or overwhelmed by a messy home. If you’re struggling to stay on top of your to-do list, you probably have a good reason: anxiety, fatigue, depression, ADHD, or lack of support. For therapist KC Davis, the birth of her second child triggered a stress-mess cycle. The more behind she felt, the less motivated she was to start. She didn’t fold a single piece of laundry for seven months. One life-changing realization restored her sanity—and the functionality of her home: You don’t work for your home; your home works for you. In other words, messiness is not a moral failing. A new sense of calm washed over her as she let go of the shame-based messaging that interpreted a pile of dirty laundry as “I can never keep up” and a chaotic kitchen as “I’m a bad mother.” Instead, she looked at unwashed clothes and thought, “I am alive,” and at stacks of dishes and thought, “I cooked my family dinner three nights in a row.” Building on this foundation of self-compassion, KC devised the powerful practical approach that has exploded in popularity through her TikTok account, @domesticblisters. The secret is to simplify your to-do list and to find creative workarounds that accommodate your limited time and energy. In this book, you’ll learn exactly how to customize your cleaning strategy and rebuild your relationship with your home, including: -How to see chores as kindnesses to your future self, not as a reflection of your worth -How to start by setting priorities -How to stagger tasks so you won’t procrastinate -How to clean in quick bursts within your existing daily routine -How to use creative shortcuts to transform a room from messy to functional With KC’s help, your home will feel like a sanctuary again. It will become a place to rest, even when things aren’t finished. You will move with ease, and peace and calm will edge out guilt, self-criticism, and endless checklists. They have no place here. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552933 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552933]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Rascal: How Jay Gould Built Wall Street's Biggest Fortune Author: Greg Steinmetz Narrator: Feodor Chin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A gripping, “rollicking” (John Carreyrou, New York Times bestselling author of Bad Blood) biography of Jay Gould, the greatest of the 19th-century robber barons, whose brilliance, greed, and bare-knuckled tactics made him richer than Rockefeller and led Wall Street to institute its first financial reforms. Had Jay Gould put his name on a university or concert hall, he would undoubtedly have been a household name today. The son of a poor farmer whose early life was marked by tragedy, Gould saw money as the means to give his family a better life…even if, to do so, he had to pull a fast one on everyone else. After entering Wall Street at the age of twenty-four, he quickly became notorious when he paralyzed the economy and nearly toppled President Ulysses S. Grant in the Black Friday market collapse of 1869 in an attempt to corner the market on gold—an event that remains among the darkest days in Wall Street history. Through clever financial maneuvers, he gained control over one of every six miles of the country’s rapidly expanding network for railroad tracks—coming close to creating the first truly transcontinental railroad and making himself one of the richest men in America. American Rascal shows Gould’s complex, quirky character. He was at once praised for his brilliance by Rockefeller and Vanderbilt and condemned for forever destroying American business values by Mark Twain. He lived a colorful life, trading jokes with Thomas Edison, figuring Thomas Nast’s best sketches, paying Boss Tweed’s bail, and commuting to work in a 200-foot yacht. Gould thrived in an expanding, industrial economy in which authorities tolerated inside trading and stock price manipulation because they believed regulation would stifle the progress. But by taking these practices to new levels, Gould showed how unbridled capitalism was, in fact, dangerous for the American economy. This “gripping biography” (Fortune) explores how Gould’s audacious exploitation of economic freedom triggered the first public demands for financial reforms—a call that still resonates today. Greg Steinmetz Tue, 30 Aug 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552933 thebookvoice.com 8:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552933]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Rascal: How Jay Gould Built Wall Street's Biggest Fortune Author: Greg Steinmetz Narrator: Feodor Chin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A gripping, “rollicking” (John Carreyrou, New York Times bestselling author of Bad Blood) biography of Jay Gould, the greatest of the 19th-century robber barons, whose brilliance, greed, and bare-knuckled tactics made him richer than Rockefeller and led Wall Street to institute its first financial reforms. Had Jay Gould put his name on a university or concert hall, he would undoubtedly have been a household name today. The son of a poor farmer whose early life was marked by tragedy, Gould saw money as the means to give his family a better life…even if, to do so, he had to pull a fast one on everyone else. After entering Wall Street at the age of twenty-four, he quickly became notorious when he paralyzed the economy and nearly toppled President Ulysses S. Grant in the Black Friday market collapse of 1869 in an attempt to corner the market on gold—an event that remains among the darkest days in Wall Street history. Through clever financial maneuvers, he gained control over one of every six miles of the country’s rapidly expanding network for railroad tracks—coming close to creating the first truly transcontinental railroad and making himself one of the richest men in America. American Rascal shows Gould’s complex, quirky character. He was at once praised for his brilliance by Rockefeller and Vanderbilt and condemned for forever destroying American business values by Mark Twain. He lived a colorful life, trading jokes with Thomas Edison, figuring Thomas Nast’s best sketches, paying Boss Tweed’s bail, and commuting to work in a 200-foot yacht. Gould thrived in an expanding, industrial economy in which authorities tolerated inside trading and stock price manipulation because they believed regulation would stifle the progress. But by taking these practices to new levels, Gould showed how unbridled capitalism was, in fact, dangerous for the American economy. This “gripping biography” (Fortune) explores how Gould’s audacious exploitation of economic freedom triggered the first public demands for financial reforms—a call that still resonates today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552933]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Rascal: How Jay Gould Built Wall Street's Biggest Fortune Author: Greg Steinmetz Narrator: Feodor Chin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A gripping, “rollicking” (John Carreyrou, New York Times bestselling author of Bad Blood) biography of Jay Gould, the greatest of the 19th-century robber barons, whose brilliance, greed, and bare-knuckled tactics made him richer than Rockefeller and led Wall Street to institute its first financial reforms. Had Jay Gould put his name on a university or concert hall, he would undoubtedly have been a household name today. The son of a poor farmer whose early life was marked by tragedy, Gould saw money as the means to give his family a better life…even if, to do so, he had to pull a fast one on everyone else. After entering Wall Street at the age of twenty-four, he quickly became notorious when he paralyzed the economy and nearly toppled President Ulysses S. Grant in the Black Friday market collapse of 1869 in an attempt to corner the market on gold—an event that remains among the darkest days in Wall Street history. Through clever financial maneuvers, he gained control over one of every six miles of the country’s rapidly expanding network for railroad tracks—coming close to creating the first truly transcontinental railroad and making himself one of the richest men in America. American Rascal shows Gould’s complex, quirky character. He was at once praised for his brilliance by Rockefeller and Vanderbilt and condemned for forever destroying American business values by Mark Twain. He lived a colorful life, trading jokes with Thomas Edison, figuring Thomas Nast’s best sketches, paying Boss Tweed’s bail, and commuting to work in a 200-foot yacht. Gould thrived in an expanding, industrial economy in which authorities tolerated inside trading and stock price manipulation because they believed regulation would stifle the progress. But by taking these practices to new levels, Gould showed how unbridled capitalism was, in fact, dangerous for the American economy. This “gripping biography” (Fortune) explores how Gould’s audacious exploitation of economic freedom triggered the first public demands for financial reforms—a call that still resonates today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552931 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 12-Hour Walk: Invest One Day, Unlock Your Best Life Author: Colin O'brady Narrator: Colin O'brady Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: “A master class in athleticism, resilience, and human potential.” —Hoda Kotb, Today From the New York Times bestselling author of The Impossible First, an inspiring blend of riveting adventure stories and life-changing wisdom that teaches us how to embark on a transformative one-day journey that will unlock our best lives. Millions of people dream of living a more fulfilling life, yet many settle for a life of comfortable complacency, allowing excuses and negative thoughts to invade their minds. I don’t have enough time…I don’t have enough money…I’m afraid to fail...I don’t have what it takes—we allow these limiting beliefs to control us. Now, The 12-Hour Walk provides the inspiration—and catalyst—for getting unstuck and realizing your full potential. Featuring life lessons from explorer, endurance athlete, and entrepreneur Colin O’Brady—whose adventures in such extreme places as Antarctica and the perilous Drake Passage and on the peaks of Mount Everest and K2 have seen him establish ten world records—this book’s vivid narrative and powerful insight will show you how you can embark on your own life-changing journey. With Colin as your guide, The 12-Hour Walk asks you to invest one day in yourself. By walking alone, unplugging, listening to the voice within, and rewriting the limiting beliefs etched into your psyche, you can break free of the patterns holding you back and learn how to cultivate a “Possible Mindset”—an empowered way of thinking that unlocks a life of limitless possibilities. The reward: being the hero of your own destiny. Colin O'brady Tue, 02 Aug 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552931 thebookvoice.com 5:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 12-Hour Walk: Invest One Day, Unlock Your Best Life Author: Colin O'brady Narrator: Colin O'brady Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: “A master class in athleticism, resilience, and human potential.” —Hoda Kotb, Today From the New York Times bestselling author of The Impossible First, an inspiring blend of riveting adventure stories and life-changing wisdom that teaches us how to embark on a transformative one-day journey that will unlock our best lives. Millions of people dream of living a more fulfilling life, yet many settle for a life of comfortable complacency, allowing excuses and negative thoughts to invade their minds. I don’t have enough time…I don’t have enough money…I’m afraid to fail...I don’t have what it takes—we allow these limiting beliefs to control us. Now, The 12-Hour Walk provides the inspiration—and catalyst—for getting unstuck and realizing your full potential. Featuring life lessons from explorer, endurance athlete, and entrepreneur Colin O’Brady—whose adventures in such extreme places as Antarctica and the perilous Drake Passage and on the peaks of Mount Everest and K2 have seen him establish ten world records—this book’s vivid narrative and powerful insight will show you how you can embark on your own life-changing journey. With Colin as your guide, The 12-Hour Walk asks you to invest one day in yourself. By walking alone, unplugging, listening to the voice within, and rewriting the limiting beliefs etched into your psyche, you can break free of the patterns holding you back and learn how to cultivate a “Possible Mindset”—an empowered way of thinking that unlocks a life of limitless possibilities. The reward: being the hero of your own destiny. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 12-Hour Walk: Invest One Day, Unlock Your Best Life Author: Colin O'brady Narrator: Colin O'brady Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: “A master class in athleticism, resilience, and human potential.” —Hoda Kotb, Today From the New York Times bestselling author of The Impossible First, an inspiring blend of riveting adventure stories and life-changing wisdom that teaches us how to embark on a transformative one-day journey that will unlock our best lives. Millions of people dream of living a more fulfilling life, yet many settle for a life of comfortable complacency, allowing excuses and negative thoughts to invade their minds. I don’t have enough time…I don’t have enough money…I’m afraid to fail...I don’t have what it takes—we allow these limiting beliefs to control us. Now, The 12-Hour Walk provides the inspiration—and catalyst—for getting unstuck and realizing your full potential. Featuring life lessons from explorer, endurance athlete, and entrepreneur Colin O’Brady—whose adventures in such extreme places as Antarctica and the perilous Drake Passage and on the peaks of Mount Everest and K2 have seen him establish ten world records—this book’s vivid narrative and powerful insight will show you how you can embark on your own life-changing journey. With Colin as your guide, The 12-Hour Walk asks you to invest one day in yourself. By walking alone, unplugging, listening to the voice within, and rewriting the limiting beliefs etched into your psyche, you can break free of the patterns holding you back and learn how to cultivate a “Possible Mindset”—an empowered way of thinking that unlocks a life of limitless possibilities. The reward: being the hero of your own destiny. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552352 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Botanical Curses and Poisons: The Shadow-Lives of Plants Author: Fez Inkwright Narrator: Leslie Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 7, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Discover the folklore and history of our most toxic plants. 'If you drink much from a bottle marked 'poison,' it is almost certain to disagree with you, sooner or later.'—Lewis Carroll, Alice in Wonderland In both history and fiction, some of the most dramatic, notorious deaths have been through poisonings. Concealed and deliberate, it's a crime that requires advance planning and that for many centuries could go virtually undetected. And yet there is a fine line between healing and killing: the difference lies only in the dosage! In Botanical Curses and Poisons, Fez Inkwright returns to folkloric and historical archives to reveal the fascinating, untold stories behind a variety of lethal plants, witching herbs, and funghi. Going from A to Z, she covers everything from apple (think of the poisoned fruit in 'Snow White') and the hallucinogenic angel's trumpet to laurel, which emits toxic fumes, to oleander (a deadly ornamental shrub), with each plant beautifully illustrated by the author herself. This enthralling treasury is packed with insight, lore, and the revealed mysteries of everyday flora—including the prevalence of poisoning in ancient Rome, its use in religion and magic, and common antidotes—making this perfect for gardeners, writers, folklorists, witches, and scientists alike! Fez Inkwright Tue, 07 Dec 2021 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552352 thebookvoice.com 7:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Botanical Curses and Poisons: The Shadow-Lives of Plants Author: Fez Inkwright Narrator: Leslie Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 7, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Discover the folklore and history of our most toxic plants. 'If you drink much from a bottle marked 'poison,' it is almost certain to disagree with you, sooner or later.'—Lewis Carroll, Alice in Wonderland In both history and fiction, some of the most dramatic, notorious deaths have been through poisonings. Concealed and deliberate, it's a crime that requires advance planning and that for many centuries could go virtually undetected. And yet there is a fine line between healing and killing: the difference lies only in the dosage! In Botanical Curses and Poisons, Fez Inkwright returns to folkloric and historical archives to reveal the fascinating, untold stories behind a variety of lethal plants, witching herbs, and funghi. Going from A to Z, she covers everything from apple (think of the poisoned fruit in 'Snow White') and the hallucinogenic angel's trumpet to laurel, which emits toxic fumes, to oleander (a deadly ornamental shrub), with each plant beautifully illustrated by the author herself. This enthralling treasury is packed with insight, lore, and the revealed mysteries of everyday flora—including the prevalence of poisoning in ancient Rome, its use in religion and magic, and common antidotes—making this perfect for gardeners, writers, folklorists, witches, and scientists alike! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Botanical Curses and Poisons: The Shadow-Lives of Plants Author: Fez Inkwright Narrator: Leslie Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 7, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Discover the folklore and history of our most toxic plants. 'If you drink much from a bottle marked 'poison,' it is almost certain to disagree with you, sooner or later.'—Lewis Carroll, Alice in Wonderland In both history and fiction, some of the most dramatic, notorious deaths have been through poisonings. Concealed and deliberate, it's a crime that requires advance planning and that for many centuries could go virtually undetected. And yet there is a fine line between healing and killing: the difference lies only in the dosage! In Botanical Curses and Poisons, Fez Inkwright returns to folkloric and historical archives to reveal the fascinating, untold stories behind a variety of lethal plants, witching herbs, and funghi. Going from A to Z, she covers everything from apple (think of the poisoned fruit in 'Snow White') and the hallucinogenic angel's trumpet to laurel, which emits toxic fumes, to oleander (a deadly ornamental shrub), with each plant beautifully illustrated by the author herself. This enthralling treasury is packed with insight, lore, and the revealed mysteries of everyday flora—including the prevalence of poisoning in ancient Rome, its use in religion and magic, and common antidotes—making this perfect for gardeners, writers, folklorists, witches, and scientists alike! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550473 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550473]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Tomatoes that Changed the World: A History Author: William Alexander Narrator: Paul Bellantoni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author William Alexander takes readers on the surprisingly twisty journey of the beloved tomato in this fascinating and erudite microhistory. The tomato gets no respect. Never has. Lost in the dustbin of history for centuries, accused of being vile and poisonous, subjected to being picked hard-green and gassed, even used as a projectile, the poor tomato has become the avatar for our disaffection with industrial foods — while becoming the most popular vegetable in America (and, in fact, the world). Each summer, tomato festivals crop up across the country; the Heinz ketchup bottle, instantly recognizable, has earned a spot in the Smithsonian; and now the tomato is redefining the very nature of farming, moving from fields into climate-controlled mega-greenhouses the size of New England villages.  Supported by meticulous research and told in a lively, accessible voice, Ten Tomatoes That Changed the World seamlessly weaves travel, history, humor, and a little adventure (and misadventure) to follow the tomato's trail through history. A fascinating story complete with heroes, con artists, conquistadors, and—no surprise—the Mafia, this book is a mouth-watering, informative, and entertaining guide to the food that has captured our hearts for generations. William Alexander Tue, 07 Jun 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550473 thebookvoice.com 9:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550473]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Tomatoes that Changed the World: A History Author: William Alexander Narrator: Paul Bellantoni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author William Alexander takes readers on the surprisingly twisty journey of the beloved tomato in this fascinating and erudite microhistory. The tomato gets no respect. Never has. Lost in the dustbin of history for centuries, accused of being vile and poisonous, subjected to being picked hard-green and gassed, even used as a projectile, the poor tomato has become the avatar for our disaffection with industrial foods — while becoming the most popular vegetable in America (and, in fact, the world). Each summer, tomato festivals crop up across the country; the Heinz ketchup bottle, instantly recognizable, has earned a spot in the Smithsonian; and now the tomato is redefining the very nature of farming, moving from fields into climate-controlled mega-greenhouses the size of New England villages.  Supported by meticulous research and told in a lively, accessible voice, Ten Tomatoes That Changed the World seamlessly weaves travel, history, humor, and a little adventure (and misadventure) to follow the tomato's trail through history. A fascinating story complete with heroes, con artists, conquistadors, and—no surprise—the Mafia, this book is a mouth-watering, informative, and entertaining guide to the food that has captured our hearts for generations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550473]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Tomatoes that Changed the World: A History Author: William Alexander Narrator: Paul Bellantoni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author William Alexander takes readers on the surprisingly twisty journey of the beloved tomato in this fascinating and erudite microhistory. The tomato gets no respect. Never has. Lost in the dustbin of history for centuries, accused of being vile and poisonous, subjected to being picked hard-green and gassed, even used as a projectile, the poor tomato has become the avatar for our disaffection with industrial foods — while becoming the most popular vegetable in America (and, in fact, the world). Each summer, tomato festivals crop up across the country; the Heinz ketchup bottle, instantly recognizable, has earned a spot in the Smithsonian; and now the tomato is redefining the very nature of farming, moving from fields into climate-controlled mega-greenhouses the size of New England villages.  Supported by meticulous research and told in a lively, accessible voice, Ten Tomatoes That Changed the World seamlessly weaves travel, history, humor, and a little adventure (and misadventure) to follow the tomato's trail through history. A fascinating story complete with heroes, con artists, conquistadors, and—no surprise—the Mafia, this book is a mouth-watering, informative, and entertaining guide to the food that has captured our hearts for generations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549786 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Loves: Enduring • Forbidden • Tragic • Unforgettable Author: Dk Narrator: Emma Hignett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 6, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A moving account of history's most passionate and enduring love stories. For centuries, human history has been shaped by politics, power, and war - but what about love? Mark Antony's love for Cleopatra led to war between Rome and Egypt; Emperor Xuanzang of Tang relinquished the Mandate of Heaven for Yang Guifei; and the English Reformation was borne out of Henry VIII's passion for Anne Boleyn. Over the centuries since, these great loves - and many others - have been celebrated, recorded, and memorialized to stand alongside the annals of war, peace, and politics that have moulded today's world. Great Loves celebrates history's most famous romances - the joyful, the tragic, and the epic - in one stunning guide, showing that, regardless of age, race, gender, or orientation, love has always been a force to be reckoned with. This title presents a diverse range of stories from around the world, including many relationships that defied the conventions of their day, and features romantic quotes from personal correspondence, poetry, and fiction. Dk Thu, 06 Jan 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549786 thebookvoice.com 3:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Loves: Enduring • Forbidden • Tragic • Unforgettable Author: Dk Narrator: Emma Hignett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 6, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A moving account of history's most passionate and enduring love stories. For centuries, human history has been shaped by politics, power, and war - but what about love? Mark Antony's love for Cleopatra led to war between Rome and Egypt; Emperor Xuanzang of Tang relinquished the Mandate of Heaven for Yang Guifei; and the English Reformation was borne out of Henry VIII's passion for Anne Boleyn. Over the centuries since, these great loves - and many others - have been celebrated, recorded, and memorialized to stand alongside the annals of war, peace, and politics that have moulded today's world. Great Loves celebrates history's most famous romances - the joyful, the tragic, and the epic - in one stunning guide, showing that, regardless of age, race, gender, or orientation, love has always been a force to be reckoned with. This title presents a diverse range of stories from around the world, including many relationships that defied the conventions of their day, and features romantic quotes from personal correspondence, poetry, and fiction. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Loves: Enduring • Forbidden • Tragic • Unforgettable Author: Dk Narrator: Emma Hignett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 6, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A moving account of history's most passionate and enduring love stories. For centuries, human history has been shaped by politics, power, and war - but what about love? Mark Antony's love for Cleopatra led to war between Rome and Egypt; Emperor Xuanzang of Tang relinquished the Mandate of Heaven for Yang Guifei; and the English Reformation was borne out of Henry VIII's passion for Anne Boleyn. Over the centuries since, these great loves - and many others - have been celebrated, recorded, and memorialized to stand alongside the annals of war, peace, and politics that have moulded today's world. Great Loves celebrates history's most famous romances - the joyful, the tragic, and the epic - in one stunning guide, showing that, regardless of age, race, gender, or orientation, love has always been a force to be reckoned with. This title presents a diverse range of stories from around the world, including many relationships that defied the conventions of their day, and features romantic quotes from personal correspondence, poetry, and fiction. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549009 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549009]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Welcome to the United States of Anxiety: Observations from a Reforming Neurotic Author: Jen Lancaster Narrator: Jen Lancaster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 1, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A Wall Street Journal bestseller. New York Times bestselling author Jen Lancaster is here to help you chill the hell out. When did USA become shorthand for the United States of Anxiety? From the moment Americans wake up, we’re bombarded with all-new terrifying news about crime, the environment, politics, and stroke-inducing foods we’ve been enjoying for years. We’re judged by social media’s faceless masses, pressured into maintaining a Pinterest-perfect home, and expected to base our self-worth on retweets, faves, likes, and followers. Our collective FOMO, and the disparity between the ideal and reality, is leading us to spend more and feel worse. No wonder we’re getting twitchy. Save for an Independence Day–style alien invasion, how do we begin to escape from the stressors that make up our days? Jen Lancaster is here to take a hard look at our elevating anxieties, and with self-deprecating wit and levelheaded wisdom, she charts a path out of the quagmire that keeps us frightened of the future and ashamed of our imperfectly perfect human lives. Take a deep breath, and her advice, and you just might get through a holiday dinner without wanting to disown your uncle. Jen Lancaster Thu, 01 Oct 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549009 thebookvoice.com 8:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549009]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Welcome to the United States of Anxiety: Observations from a Reforming Neurotic Author: Jen Lancaster Narrator: Jen Lancaster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 1, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A Wall Street Journal bestseller. New York Times bestselling author Jen Lancaster is here to help you chill the hell out. When did USA become shorthand for the United States of Anxiety? From the moment Americans wake up, we’re bombarded with all-new terrifying news about crime, the environment, politics, and stroke-inducing foods we’ve been enjoying for years. We’re judged by social media’s faceless masses, pressured into maintaining a Pinterest-perfect home, and expected to base our self-worth on retweets, faves, likes, and followers. Our collective FOMO, and the disparity between the ideal and reality, is leading us to spend more and feel worse. No wonder we’re getting twitchy. Save for an Independence Day–style alien invasion, how do we begin to escape from the stressors that make up our days? Jen Lancaster is here to take a hard look at our elevating anxieties, and with self-deprecating wit and levelheaded wisdom, she charts a path out of the quagmire that keeps us frightened of the future and ashamed of our imperfectly perfect human lives. Take a deep breath, and her advice, and you just might get through a holiday dinner without wanting to disown your uncle. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549009]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Welcome to the United States of Anxiety: Observations from a Reforming Neurotic Author: Jen Lancaster Narrator: Jen Lancaster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 1, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A Wall Street Journal bestseller. New York Times bestselling author Jen Lancaster is here to help you chill the hell out. When did USA become shorthand for the United States of Anxiety? From the moment Americans wake up, we’re bombarded with all-new terrifying news about crime, the environment, politics, and stroke-inducing foods we’ve been enjoying for years. We’re judged by social media’s faceless masses, pressured into maintaining a Pinterest-perfect home, and expected to base our self-worth on retweets, faves, likes, and followers. Our collective FOMO, and the disparity between the ideal and reality, is leading us to spend more and feel worse. No wonder we’re getting twitchy. Save for an Independence Day–style alien invasion, how do we begin to escape from the stressors that make up our days? Jen Lancaster is here to take a hard look at our elevating anxieties, and with self-deprecating wit and levelheaded wisdom, she charts a path out of the quagmire that keeps us frightened of the future and ashamed of our imperfectly perfect human lives. Take a deep breath, and her advice, and you just might get through a holiday dinner without wanting to disown your uncle. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548833 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surrounded by Narcissists: Or, How to Stop Other People's Egos Ruining Your Life Author: Thomas Erikson Narrator: David John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 21, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From the Sunday Times bestselling author of Surrounded by Idiots Are you overshadowed by the narcissists in your life? Are you worn out by their constant demands for attention, their absolute belief they are right (even when clearly they are not), their determination to do what they want (regardless of impact), and their baffling need to control everyone and everything around them? In this thought-provoking, sanity-saving book, Thomas Erikson helps you understand what makes narcissists tick and, crucially, how to handle them without wearing yourself out in the process. With the help of the behavioural model made famous in Surrounded by Idiots, Erikson provides all the tools you need to manage not just the narcissists around you but everyday narcissism as well - itself becoming more widespread in this age of social media. Engaging and practical, Surrounded by Narcissists will help you free yourself from narcissistic agendas so you can pursue a happier, more fulfilling and successful life. © Thomas Erikson 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Thomas Erikson Tue, 21 Jun 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548833 thebookvoice.com 11:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surrounded by Narcissists: Or, How to Stop Other People's Egos Ruining Your Life Author: Thomas Erikson Narrator: David John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 21, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From the Sunday Times bestselling author of Surrounded by Idiots Are you overshadowed by the narcissists in your life? Are you worn out by their constant demands for attention, their absolute belief they are right (even when clearly they are not), their determination to do what they want (regardless of impact), and their baffling need to control everyone and everything around them? In this thought-provoking, sanity-saving book, Thomas Erikson helps you understand what makes narcissists tick and, crucially, how to handle them without wearing yourself out in the process. With the help of the behavioural model made famous in Surrounded by Idiots, Erikson provides all the tools you need to manage not just the narcissists around you but everyday narcissism as well - itself becoming more widespread in this age of social media. Engaging and practical, Surrounded by Narcissists will help you free yourself from narcissistic agendas so you can pursue a happier, more fulfilling and successful life. © Thomas Erikson 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surrounded by Narcissists: Or, How to Stop Other People's Egos Ruining Your Life Author: Thomas Erikson Narrator: David John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 21, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From the Sunday Times bestselling author of Surrounded by Idiots Are you overshadowed by the narcissists in your life? Are you worn out by their constant demands for attention, their absolute belief they are right (even when clearly they are not), their determination to do what they want (regardless of impact), and their baffling need to control everyone and everything around them? In this thought-provoking, sanity-saving book, Thomas Erikson helps you understand what makes narcissists tick and, crucially, how to handle them without wearing yourself out in the process. With the help of the behavioural model made famous in Surrounded by Idiots, Erikson provides all the tools you need to manage not just the narcissists around you but everyday narcissism as well - itself becoming more widespread in this age of social media. Engaging and practical, Surrounded by Narcissists will help you free yourself from narcissistic agendas so you can pursue a happier, more fulfilling and successful life. © Thomas Erikson 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548602 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bear, Lion or Wolf: How Understanding Your Sleep Type Could Change Your Life Author: Olivia Arezzolo Narrator: Olivia Arezzolo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: February 3, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Are you a bear, lion or wolf? Learn your sleep profile and get your best night's rest with Australia's leading sleep expert Olivia Arezzolo. Lion: you are an early riser, furiously working in the morning, tailing off after midday and going to bed just as the wolves are coming out to play. Wolf: you get up late and are more energetic at night. Bear: you rise with the sun and wind down in the evening, and tend to dip immediately after lunch! Do you struggle to fall asleep, stay asleep or find yourself exhausted during the day? Olivia's straightforward, science-based tips will enable you to get the sleep you really need - not only will you sleep better, you'll be more productive, less stressed and able to function at your absolute best. Whether you're an early-rising lion, ready to tackle the day before the rest of the herd is up; a hardworking bear who always slumps around 3pm; or a night-loving wolf, who seems to have more energy as the day goes on, Olivia has the exact tips and tricks you need to sleep properly - so that you can live your best life. Olivia Arezzolo Thu, 03 Feb 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548602 thebookvoice.com 5:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bear, Lion or Wolf: How Understanding Your Sleep Type Could Change Your Life Author: Olivia Arezzolo Narrator: Olivia Arezzolo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: February 3, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Are you a bear, lion or wolf? Learn your sleep profile and get your best night's rest with Australia's leading sleep expert Olivia Arezzolo. Lion: you are an early riser, furiously working in the morning, tailing off after midday and going to bed just as the wolves are coming out to play. Wolf: you get up late and are more energetic at night. Bear: you rise with the sun and wind down in the evening, and tend to dip immediately after lunch! Do you struggle to fall asleep, stay asleep or find yourself exhausted during the day? Olivia's straightforward, science-based tips will enable you to get the sleep you really need - not only will you sleep better, you'll be more productive, less stressed and able to function at your absolute best. Whether you're an early-rising lion, ready to tackle the day before the rest of the herd is up; a hardworking bear who always slumps around 3pm; or a night-loving wolf, who seems to have more energy as the day goes on, Olivia has the exact tips and tricks you need to sleep properly - so that you can live your best life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bear, Lion or Wolf: How Understanding Your Sleep Type Could Change Your Life Author: Olivia Arezzolo Narrator: Olivia Arezzolo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: February 3, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Are you a bear, lion or wolf? Learn your sleep profile and get your best night's rest with Australia's leading sleep expert Olivia Arezzolo. Lion: you are an early riser, furiously working in the morning, tailing off after midday and going to bed just as the wolves are coming out to play. Wolf: you get up late and are more energetic at night. Bear: you rise with the sun and wind down in the evening, and tend to dip immediately after lunch! Do you struggle to fall asleep, stay asleep or find yourself exhausted during the day? Olivia's straightforward, science-based tips will enable you to get the sleep you really need - not only will you sleep better, you'll be more productive, less stressed and able to function at your absolute best. Whether you're an early-rising lion, ready to tackle the day before the rest of the herd is up; a hardworking bear who always slumps around 3pm; or a night-loving wolf, who seems to have more energy as the day goes on, Olivia has the exact tips and tricks you need to sleep properly - so that you can live your best life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545776 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545776]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fairies: A Guide to the Celtic Fair Folk Author: Morgan Daimler Narrator: Chloe Cannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The subject of fairies in Celtic cultures is a complex one that seems to endlessly intrigue people. What exactly are fairies? What can they do? How can we interact with them? Answering these questions becomes even harder in a world that is disconnected from the traditional folklore and flooded with modern sources that are often vastly at odds with the older beliefs. This book aims to present listeners with a straightforward guide to the older fairy beliefs, covering everything from Fairyland itself to details about the beings within it. The Otherworld is full of dangers and blessings, and this guidebook will help you navigate a safe course among the Good People. Morgan Daimler Tue, 26 Oct 2021 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545776 thebookvoice.com 8:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545776]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fairies: A Guide to the Celtic Fair Folk Author: Morgan Daimler Narrator: Chloe Cannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The subject of fairies in Celtic cultures is a complex one that seems to endlessly intrigue people. What exactly are fairies? What can they do? How can we interact with them? Answering these questions becomes even harder in a world that is disconnected from the traditional folklore and flooded with modern sources that are often vastly at odds with the older beliefs. This book aims to present listeners with a straightforward guide to the older fairy beliefs, covering everything from Fairyland itself to details about the beings within it. The Otherworld is full of dangers and blessings, and this guidebook will help you navigate a safe course among the Good People. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545776]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fairies: A Guide to the Celtic Fair Folk Author: Morgan Daimler Narrator: Chloe Cannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The subject of fairies in Celtic cultures is a complex one that seems to endlessly intrigue people. What exactly are fairies? What can they do? How can we interact with them? Answering these questions becomes even harder in a world that is disconnected from the traditional folklore and flooded with modern sources that are often vastly at odds with the older beliefs. This book aims to present listeners with a straightforward guide to the older fairy beliefs, covering everything from Fairyland itself to details about the beings within it. The Otherworld is full of dangers and blessings, and this guidebook will help you navigate a safe course among the Good People. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545707 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hunt for the Silver Killer: The Shocking True Story of a Murderer who Remains at Large Author: David Collins Narrator: Nick Biadon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 26, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: *HIGHLY COMMENDED FOR BEST AUDIOBOOK OF THE YEAR AT THE TRUE CRIME AWARDS 2023* 'A truly astonishing murder mystery – this is proper journalism' Jeremy Clarkson Following a long investigation by the world-famous Sunday Times Insight team, David Collins tells the truly unique story of a string of murder-suicides in north-west England and poses the terrifying question: are they the work of a serial killer who has been operating undetected since the mid-nineties? In 1996 and 1999, two elderly couples died in the small town of Wilmslow, Cheshire. In each case the husband was blamed for turning berserk and killing his wife using a horrifying level of violence. The police failed to make a link between the deaths – despite the similarities. That might have been the end of the matter. But when two coroner's officers began to piece together the evidence, it revealed a pattern which may prove the existence of a sadistic attacker known as 'the silver killer'. Using interviews with dozens of witnesses, including police investigators, forensic and crime scene experts, coroner's officers and family members, the author pieces together the clues in an attempt to solve the mystery of what really happened.   A gripping true-crime investigation, the book reveals how suspicions were aroused and set investigators on a new trail to uncover the truth. Collins, whose reporting helped the police to convict the serial killer Levi Bellfield of killing Milly Dowler, has written a brilliant account of a crime that nearly went undiscovered which is sure to become a classic of the genre. David Collins Thu, 26 May 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545707 thebookvoice.com 7:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hunt for the Silver Killer: The Shocking True Story of a Murderer who Remains at Large Author: David Collins Narrator: Nick Biadon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 26, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: *HIGHLY COMMENDED FOR BEST AUDIOBOOK OF THE YEAR AT THE TRUE CRIME AWARDS 2023* 'A truly astonishing murder mystery – this is proper journalism' Jeremy Clarkson Following a long investigation by the world-famous Sunday Times Insight team, David Collins tells the truly unique story of a string of murder-suicides in north-west England and poses the terrifying question: are they the work of a serial killer who has been operating undetected since the mid-nineties? In 1996 and 1999, two elderly couples died in the small town of Wilmslow, Cheshire. In each case the husband was blamed for turning berserk and killing his wife using a horrifying level of violence. The police failed to make a link between the deaths – despite the similarities. That might have been the end of the matter. But when two coroner's officers began to piece together the evidence, it revealed a pattern which may prove the existence of a sadistic attacker known as 'the silver killer'. Using interviews with dozens of witnesses, including police investigators, forensic and crime scene experts, coroner's officers and family members, the author pieces together the clues in an attempt to solve the mystery of what really happened.   A gripping true-crime investigation, the book reveals how suspicions were aroused and set investigators on a new trail to uncover the truth. Collins, whose reporting helped the police to convict the serial killer Levi Bellfield of killing Milly Dowler, has written a brilliant account of a crime that nearly went undiscovered which is sure to become a classic of the genre. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hunt for the Silver Killer: The Shocking True Story of a Murderer who Remains at Large Author: David Collins Narrator: Nick Biadon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 26, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: *HIGHLY COMMENDED FOR BEST AUDIOBOOK OF THE YEAR AT THE TRUE CRIME AWARDS 2023* 'A truly astonishing murder mystery – this is proper journalism' Jeremy Clarkson Following a long investigation by the world-famous Sunday Times Insight team, David Collins tells the truly unique story of a string of murder-suicides in north-west England and poses the terrifying question: are they the work of a serial killer who has been operating undetected since the mid-nineties? In 1996 and 1999, two elderly couples died in the small town of Wilmslow, Cheshire. In each case the husband was blamed for turning berserk and killing his wife using a horrifying level of violence. The police failed to make a link between the deaths – despite the similarities. That might have been the end of the matter. But when two coroner's officers began to piece together the evidence, it revealed a pattern which may prove the existence of a sadistic attacker known as 'the silver killer'. Using interviews with dozens of witnesses, including police investigators, forensic and crime scene experts, coroner's officers and family members, the author pieces together the clues in an attempt to solve the mystery of what really happened.   A gripping true-crime investigation, the book reveals how suspicions were aroused and set investigators on a new trail to uncover the truth. Collins, whose reporting helped the police to convict the serial killer Levi Bellfield of killing Milly Dowler, has written a brilliant account of a crime that nearly went undiscovered which is sure to become a classic of the genre. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536549 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fry's Ties: Discover the life and ties of Stephen Fry Author: Stephen Fry Narrator: Juliet Stevenson, Stephen Fry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Every single one of Stephen Fry's ties - whether floral, fluorescent, football themed; striped or spotty, outrageous or simply debonair - tells an intimate tale about a moment in Stephen's life. Inspired by Stephen's hugely popular Instagram posts, this book will celebrate his expansive collection of man's greatest clothing companion: The Tie, in all it's sophisticated glory. Distinctively funny and offering witty asides, facts and personal stories, this book will make the perfect gift for anyone who has ever worn a tie. © Stephen Fry 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Stephen Fry Thu, 11 Nov 2021 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536549 thebookvoice.com 4:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fry's Ties: Discover the life and ties of Stephen Fry Author: Stephen Fry Narrator: Juliet Stevenson, Stephen Fry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Every single one of Stephen Fry's ties - whether floral, fluorescent, football themed; striped or spotty, outrageous or simply debonair - tells an intimate tale about a moment in Stephen's life. Inspired by Stephen's hugely popular Instagram posts, this book will celebrate his expansive collection of man's greatest clothing companion: The Tie, in all it's sophisticated glory. Distinctively funny and offering witty asides, facts and personal stories, this book will make the perfect gift for anyone who has ever worn a tie. © Stephen Fry 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fry's Ties: Discover the life and ties of Stephen Fry Author: Stephen Fry Narrator: Juliet Stevenson, Stephen Fry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Every single one of Stephen Fry's ties - whether floral, fluorescent, football themed; striped or spotty, outrageous or simply debonair - tells an intimate tale about a moment in Stephen's life. Inspired by Stephen's hugely popular Instagram posts, this book will celebrate his expansive collection of man's greatest clothing companion: The Tie, in all it's sophisticated glory. Distinctively funny and offering witty asides, facts and personal stories, this book will make the perfect gift for anyone who has ever worn a tie. © Stephen Fry 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528424 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528424]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Man Who Tasted Words: Inside the Strange and Startling World of Our Senses Author: Guy Leschziner Narrator: Guy Leschziner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 3, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: *As featured on Steven Bartlett’s Diary of a CEO podcast* ‘From the opening paragraph, I was spellbound, entranced. Through real stories about what happens when our fragile perception of the world around us and within us is severed, Guy Leschziner connects us back to our senses.’ Professor Alice Roberts Where are you now? Look around you; what can you see? Close your eyes and think of a loved one – do you see their face? Stretch out a hand; what can you feel with your fingertips, your palm, the soft underside of your wrist? What can you hear – nearby and far away?   The information you receive from your senses makes up your world. But that world does not exist. What we perceive to be the absolute truth of the world around us is a complex reconstruction, a virtual reality created by the complex machinations of our minds in tandem with the wiring of our nervous systems. But what happens if that wiring goes awry? What happens if connections falter, or new and unexpected connections are made? Tiny shifts in the microbiology of our nervous systems can cause the world around us to shift and mutate, to become alien and unfamiliar. In The Man Who Tasted Words, consultant neurologist Guy Leschziner takes us on a journey through the senses, exploring how each one shapes our experience of the world. And investigating what happens when they deviate from the norm. Along the way we meet a number of extraordinary individuals and step through the looking glass and into their worlds. Worlds where hot and cold are reversed, where a person with no sight sees fantastical visions, or where words have a taste and sounds create sensations. But while fascinating, their experiences are more than simply curiosities. They teach us about our own perception of the world, forcing us to question the idea of ‘normal’ senses, and whether such a thing even exists. Does blue look the same to you and me? Does grass smell the same? Or sugar taste as sweet? Do we even have the same understanding of what ‘sweet’ is? The Man Who Tasted Words unpacks the science behind your senses and challenges you to try and see the world through another’s eyes – and ears, and nose and mouth. It will illuminate, it will surprise, and it will leave your world just a little bit changed. ‘A truly astonishing book – from the story of the man who tasted words to that of Paul who could pull out his own teeth and break his legs yet feel no pain. These are beautifully and engagingly written stories of how our senses tell us about the reality of the world – or, sometimes, don’t.’ Gavin Esler, author of How Britain Ends ‘Stories of people who experience the world differently show us what it means to be human. This is a deeply moving and powerful book, full of provocative ideas about human perception and the way we construct reality.’ Daniel M. Davis, author of The Secret Body and The Beautiful Cure Guy Leschziner Thu, 03 Feb 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528424 thebookvoice.com 9:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528424]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Man Who Tasted Words: Inside the Strange and Startling World of Our Senses Author: Guy Leschziner Narrator: Guy Leschziner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 3, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: *As featured on Steven Bartlett’s Diary of a CEO podcast* ‘From the opening paragraph, I was spellbound, entranced. Through real stories about what happens when our fragile perception of the world around us and within us is severed, Guy Leschziner connects us back to our senses.’ Professor Alice Roberts Where are you now? Look around you; what can you see? Close your eyes and think of a loved one – do you see their face? Stretch out a hand; what can you feel with your fingertips, your palm, the soft underside of your wrist? What can you hear – nearby and far away?   The information you receive from your senses makes up your world. But that world does not exist. What we perceive to be the absolute truth of the world around us is a complex reconstruction, a virtual reality created by the complex machinations of our minds in tandem with the wiring of our nervous systems. But what happens if that wiring goes awry? What happens if connections falter, or new and unexpected connections are made? Tiny shifts in the microbiology of our nervous systems can cause the world around us to shift and mutate, to become alien and unfamiliar. In The Man Who Tasted Words, consultant neurologist Guy Leschziner takes us on a journey through the senses, exploring how each one shapes our experience of the world. And investigating what happens when they deviate from the norm. Along the way we meet a number of extraordinary individuals and step through the looking glass and into their worlds. Worlds where hot and cold are reversed, where a person with no sight sees fantastical visions, or where words have a taste and sounds create sensations. But while fascinating, their experiences are more than simply curiosities. They teach us about our own perception of the world, forcing us to question the idea of ‘normal’ senses, and whether such a thing even exists. Does blue look the same to you and me? Does grass smell the same? Or sugar taste as sweet? Do we even have the same understanding of what ‘sweet’ is? The Man Who Tasted Words unpacks the science behind your senses and challenges you to try and see the world through another’s eyes – and ears, and nose and mouth. It will illuminate, it will surprise, and it will leave your world just a little bit changed. ‘A truly astonishing book – from the story of the man who tasted words to that of Paul who could pull out his own teeth and break his legs yet feel no pain. These are beautifully and engagingly written stories of how our senses tell us about the reality of the world – or, sometimes, don’t.’ Gavin Esler, author of How Britain Ends ‘Stories of people who experience the world differently show us what it means to be human. This is a deeply moving and powerful book, full of provocative ideas about human perception and the way we construct reality.’ Daniel M. Davis, author of The Secret Body and The Beautiful Cure Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528424]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Man Who Tasted Words: Inside the Strange and Startling World of Our Senses Author: Guy Leschziner Narrator: Guy Leschziner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 3, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: *As featured on Steven Bartlett’s Diary of a CEO podcast* ‘From the opening paragraph, I was spellbound, entranced. Through real stories about what happens when our fragile perception of the world around us and within us is severed, Guy Leschziner connects us back to our senses.’ Professor Alice Roberts Where are you now? Look around you; what can you see? Close your eyes and think of a loved one – do you see their face? Stretch out a hand; what can you feel with your fingertips, your palm, the soft underside of your wrist? What can you hear – nearby and far away?   The information you receive from your senses makes up your world. But that world does not exist. What we perceive to be the absolute truth of the world around us is a complex reconstruction, a virtual reality created by the complex machinations of our minds in tandem with the wiring of our nervous systems. But what happens if that wiring goes awry? What happens if connections falter, or new and unexpected connections are made? Tiny shifts in the microbiology of our nervous systems can cause the world around us to shift and mutate, to become alien and unfamiliar. In The Man Who Tasted Words, consultant neurologist Guy Leschziner takes us on a journey through the senses, exploring how each one shapes our experience of the world. And investigating what happens when they deviate from the norm. Along the way we meet a number of extraordinary individuals and step through the looking glass and into their worlds. Worlds where hot and cold are reversed, where a person with no sight sees fantastical visions, or where words have a taste and sounds create sensations. But while fascinating, their experiences are more than simply curiosities. They teach us about our own perception of the world, forcing us to question the idea of ‘normal’ senses, and whether such a thing even exists. Does blue look the same to you and me? Does grass smell the same? Or sugar taste as sweet? Do we even have the same understanding of what ‘sweet’ is? The Man Who Tasted Words unpacks the science behind your senses and challenges you to try and see the world through another’s eyes – and ears, and nose and mouth. It will illuminate, it will surprise, and it will leave your world just a little bit changed. ‘A truly astonishing book – from the story of the man who tasted words to that of Paul who could pull out his own teeth and break his legs yet feel no pain. These are beautifully and engagingly written stories of how our senses tell us about the reality of the world – or, sometimes, don’t.’ Gavin Esler, author of How Britain Ends ‘Stories of people who experience the world differently show us what it means to be human. This is a deeply moving and powerful book, full of provocative ideas about human perception and the way we construct reality.’ Daniel M. Davis, author of The Secret Body and The Beautiful Cure https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524947 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Haunting of Borley Rectory: The Story of a Ghost Story Author: Sean O'connor Narrator: Richard Attlee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 13, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Marianne Foyster, Harry Price and the most haunted house in England - the perfect read for Halloween.   In 1928, Eric and Mabel Smith took over a lonely parish on the northern border of Essex. When they moved into Borley Rectory, Mrs Smith made a gruesome discovery in a cupboard: a human skull.Soon the house was electric with ghosts. Within the year, the Smiths had abandoned it and the Rectory became notorious as the ‘most haunted house in England’. When Reverend Lionel Foyster moved in he experienced a further explosion of poltergeist activity with an increasing violence directed at his attractive young wife. Marianne was a passionate and sensuous woman isolated in a village haunted by ancient superstition and deep-rooted prejudice. She would be accused not only of faking the ghosts but of adultery, bigamy ... and even murder. The haunting, sensationally reported in the tabloid press, gripped the nation. It was investigated by Harry Price, a self-made ‘psychic detective’. This was the case that would make Price’s name as the most celebrated ghost-hunter of the age. He recorded the evidence of 200 witnesses to over 2,000 supernatural incidents. This surely confirmed that not only did ghosts exist but, finally, here was proof of life after death.   With the tension of a thriller and the uncanny chills of a classic English ghost story, Sean O’Connor brings the story of Borley Rectory to vivid life as an allegory for an age fraught with anxiety, haunted by the shadow of the Great War and terrified of the apocalypse to come. ‘Borley Rectory is perhaps the definition of an old haunt, still exerting an extraordinary grip on the popular imagination… Balanced, surprising and strangely moving’  Mark Gatiss Sean O'connor Thu, 13 Oct 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524947 thebookvoice.com 14:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Haunting of Borley Rectory: The Story of a Ghost Story Author: Sean O'connor Narrator: Richard Attlee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 13, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Marianne Foyster, Harry Price and the most haunted house in England - the perfect read for Halloween.   In 1928, Eric and Mabel Smith took over a lonely parish on the northern border of Essex. When they moved into Borley Rectory, Mrs Smith made a gruesome discovery in a cupboard: a human skull.Soon the house was electric with ghosts. Within the year, the Smiths had abandoned it and the Rectory became notorious as the ‘most haunted house in England’. When Reverend Lionel Foyster moved in he experienced a further explosion of poltergeist activity with an increasing violence directed at his attractive young wife. Marianne was a passionate and sensuous woman isolated in a village haunted by ancient superstition and deep-rooted prejudice. She would be accused not only of faking the ghosts but of adultery, bigamy ... and even murder. The haunting, sensationally reported in the tabloid press, gripped the nation. It was investigated by Harry Price, a self-made ‘psychic detective’. This was the case that would make Price’s name as the most celebrated ghost-hunter of the age. He recorded the evidence of 200 witnesses to over 2,000 supernatural incidents. This surely confirmed that not only did ghosts exist but, finally, here was proof of life after death.   With the tension of a thriller and the uncanny chills of a classic English ghost story, Sean O’Connor brings the story of Borley Rectory to vivid life as an allegory for an age fraught with anxiety, haunted by the shadow of the Great War and terrified of the apocalypse to come. ‘Borley Rectory is perhaps the definition of an old haunt, still exerting an extraordinary grip on the popular imagination… Balanced, surprising and strangely moving’  Mark Gatiss Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Haunting of Borley Rectory: The Story of a Ghost Story Author: Sean O'connor Narrator: Richard Attlee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 13, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Marianne Foyster, Harry Price and the most haunted house in England - the perfect read for Halloween.   In 1928, Eric and Mabel Smith took over a lonely parish on the northern border of Essex. When they moved into Borley Rectory, Mrs Smith made a gruesome discovery in a cupboard: a human skull.Soon the house was electric with ghosts. Within the year, the Smiths had abandoned it and the Rectory became notorious as the ‘most haunted house in England’. When Reverend Lionel Foyster moved in he experienced a further explosion of poltergeist activity with an increasing violence directed at his attractive young wife. Marianne was a passionate and sensuous woman isolated in a village haunted by ancient superstition and deep-rooted prejudice. She would be accused not only of faking the ghosts but of adultery, bigamy ... and even murder. The haunting, sensationally reported in the tabloid press, gripped the nation. It was investigated by Harry Price, a self-made ‘psychic detective’. This was the case that would make Price’s name as the most celebrated ghost-hunter of the age. He recorded the evidence of 200 witnesses to over 2,000 supernatural incidents. This surely confirmed that not only did ghosts exist but, finally, here was proof of life after death.   With the tension of a thriller and the uncanny chills of a classic English ghost story, Sean O’Connor brings the story of Borley Rectory to vivid life as an allegory for an age fraught with anxiety, haunted by the shadow of the Great War and terrified of the apocalypse to come. ‘Borley Rectory is perhaps the definition of an old haunt, still exerting an extraordinary grip on the popular imagination… Balanced, surprising and strangely moving’  Mark Gatiss https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523133 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523133]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He's Making You Crazy: How to Get the Guy, Get Even, and Get Over It Author: Kristen Doute Narrator: Kristen Doute Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: 'If there's one thing I know, it's crazy. A lot of people have called me crazy. Crazy Kristen! For a while there, it was practically my name. Women all over the world get called crazy every day. But we weren’t born crazy—we were made crazy.” Unpacking the ups and downs of Kristen’s laugh-out-loud funny, sometimes cringe-worthy dating history, He’s Making You Crazy will hold your hand through deep self-reflection—while giving you that push to put on your detective’s hat and hack your man’s email account if you need to. From trapping your boyfriend in ridiculous lies to gathering all your crush’s security question answers on the first date, Kristen shares her no-holds-barred, hysterically funny, and hard-earned advice on men, love, and modern dating. He’s Making You Crazy will give you the motivation you need to get out of an unhealthy relationship (the one that’s making you crazy!), the wisdom to step up and admit when you’re the one in the wrong, and the courage to keep your heart open through it all. Kristen Doute Tue, 02 Jun 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523133 thebookvoice.com 4:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523133]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He's Making You Crazy: How to Get the Guy, Get Even, and Get Over It Author: Kristen Doute Narrator: Kristen Doute Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: 'If there's one thing I know, it's crazy. A lot of people have called me crazy. Crazy Kristen! For a while there, it was practically my name. Women all over the world get called crazy every day. But we weren’t born crazy—we were made crazy.” Unpacking the ups and downs of Kristen’s laugh-out-loud funny, sometimes cringe-worthy dating history, He’s Making You Crazy will hold your hand through deep self-reflection—while giving you that push to put on your detective’s hat and hack your man’s email account if you need to. From trapping your boyfriend in ridiculous lies to gathering all your crush’s security question answers on the first date, Kristen shares her no-holds-barred, hysterically funny, and hard-earned advice on men, love, and modern dating. He’s Making You Crazy will give you the motivation you need to get out of an unhealthy relationship (the one that’s making you crazy!), the wisdom to step up and admit when you’re the one in the wrong, and the courage to keep your heart open through it all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523133]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He's Making You Crazy: How to Get the Guy, Get Even, and Get Over It Author: Kristen Doute Narrator: Kristen Doute Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: 'If there's one thing I know, it's crazy. A lot of people have called me crazy. Crazy Kristen! For a while there, it was practically my name. Women all over the world get called crazy every day. But we weren’t born crazy—we were made crazy.” Unpacking the ups and downs of Kristen’s laugh-out-loud funny, sometimes cringe-worthy dating history, He’s Making You Crazy will hold your hand through deep self-reflection—while giving you that push to put on your detective’s hat and hack your man’s email account if you need to. From trapping your boyfriend in ridiculous lies to gathering all your crush’s security question answers on the first date, Kristen shares her no-holds-barred, hysterically funny, and hard-earned advice on men, love, and modern dating. He’s Making You Crazy will give you the motivation you need to get out of an unhealthy relationship (the one that’s making you crazy!), the wisdom to step up and admit when you’re the one in the wrong, and the courage to keep your heart open through it all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523098 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What's My Cat Thinking?: Understand What Makes Your Cat Tick And Deepen The Bond Between You Author: Jo Lewis Narrator: Charlotte Randle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 21, 2021 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Unlock the secret code of cats for a deeper connection with the feline in your life. Why does my cat always sleep on my keyboard? How can I stop them bullying the dog? Why will they only drink from the bathroom tap? Do they even like me? If you've ever wondered, as they sit on your head at 4am, what's going on behind your cat's inscrutable gaze, this audiobook has the answers. Drawing on animal behaviour, psychology and the latest research, it reveals what's really behind the amusing, endearing, or downright weird things cats do. Cats may not telegraph their emotions (unlike the dogs they look down on!) but they do show their feelings, often quite subtly. This audiobook helps you to interpret your cat's body language and behaviours, so you'll know when they're confident and contented, and when they're telling you that something's not right. Advanced Catwatching features put the spotlight on key behaviours such as sofa-scratching, while Survival Guides offer top tips for managing challenges such as moving house, or introducing a new cat into the family. What's My Cat Thinking? will deepen your understanding of your cat and strengthen the unique connection between you. So when they give you that 4am wake-up call, at least you'll know why. Dr Jo Lewis is an award-winning Veterinary Surgeon and director of The Cat Vet. With a lifelong love of cats, Jo has more than 20 years experience and is an active member of the International Society of Feline Medicine (ISFM). She set up The Cat Vet to promote the health and wellbeing of cats by taking routine veterinary care to the place where cats feel most at ease - their own home. Jo Lewis Thu, 21 Oct 2021 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523098 thebookvoice.com 4:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What's My Cat Thinking?: Understand What Makes Your Cat Tick And Deepen The Bond Between You Author: Jo Lewis Narrator: Charlotte Randle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 21, 2021 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Unlock the secret code of cats for a deeper connection with the feline in your life. Why does my cat always sleep on my keyboard? How can I stop them bullying the dog? Why will they only drink from the bathroom tap? Do they even like me? If you've ever wondered, as they sit on your head at 4am, what's going on behind your cat's inscrutable gaze, this audiobook has the answers. Drawing on animal behaviour, psychology and the latest research, it reveals what's really behind the amusing, endearing, or downright weird things cats do. Cats may not telegraph their emotions (unlike the dogs they look down on!) but they do show their feelings, often quite subtly. This audiobook helps you to interpret your cat's body language and behaviours, so you'll know when they're confident and contented, and when they're telling you that something's not right. Advanced Catwatching features put the spotlight on key behaviours such as sofa-scratching, while Survival Guides offer top tips for managing challenges such as moving house, or introducing a new cat into the family. What's My Cat Thinking? will deepen your understanding of your cat and strengthen the unique connection between you. So when they give you that 4am wake-up call, at least you'll know why. Dr Jo Lewis is an award-winning Veterinary Surgeon and director of The Cat Vet. With a lifelong love of cats, Jo has more than 20 years experience and is an active member of the International Society of Feline Medicine (ISFM). She set up The Cat Vet to promote the health and wellbeing of cats by taking routine veterinary care to the place where cats feel most at ease - their own home. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What's My Cat Thinking?: Understand What Makes Your Cat Tick And Deepen The Bond Between You Author: Jo Lewis Narrator: Charlotte Randle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 21, 2021 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Unlock the secret code of cats for a deeper connection with the feline in your life. Why does my cat always sleep on my keyboard? How can I stop them bullying the dog? Why will they only drink from the bathroom tap? Do they even like me? If you've ever wondered, as they sit on your head at 4am, what's going on behind your cat's inscrutable gaze, this audiobook has the answers. Drawing on animal behaviour, psychology and the latest research, it reveals what's really behind the amusing, endearing, or downright weird things cats do. Cats may not telegraph their emotions (unlike the dogs they look down on!) but they do show their feelings, often quite subtly. This audiobook helps you to interpret your cat's body language and behaviours, so you'll know when they're confident and contented, and when they're telling you that something's not right. Advanced Catwatching features put the spotlight on key behaviours such as sofa-scratching, while Survival Guides offer top tips for managing challenges such as moving house, or introducing a new cat into the family. What's My Cat Thinking? will deepen your understanding of your cat and strengthen the unique connection between you. So when they give you that 4am wake-up call, at least you'll know why. Dr Jo Lewis is an award-winning Veterinary Surgeon and director of The Cat Vet. With a lifelong love of cats, Jo has more than 20 years experience and is an active member of the International Society of Feline Medicine (ISFM). She set up The Cat Vet to promote the health and wellbeing of cats by taking routine veterinary care to the place where cats feel most at ease - their own home. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523099 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What's My Dog Thinking?: Understand Your Dog To Give Them A Happy Life Author: Hannah Molloy Narrator: Hannah Molloy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Learn to recognise what's on your dog's mind. What does it really mean when they roll over and show you their tummy? And why do they sometimes chase their own tails? Drawing on the latest research in dog psychology, this audiobook reveals the secret meanings behind more than 80 canine behaviours, including the seven types of dog greeting and why some dogs just won't play fetch! The meaning(s) and root of each behaviour are explained, picking out the subtle body language so you can learn to interpret what your dog is thinking. Practical tips follow, for how to respond to what your dog is telling you, guiding their behaviour through positive reinforcement techniques, if needed. Advanced Dogwatching features help you explore key behaviours in greater depth, such as the 'prey drive' instinct that can set your dog off chasing. And strategic Survival Guides give you the top 5 best tips for successfully navigating everyday situations, such as playing in the park or visiting the vet. With What's My Dog Thinking you can put yourself in their paws and keep your canine companion happy, stimulated, well-behaved - and adorable! Hannah Molloy is a leading behaviour expert on the Channel 4 TV show Puppy School. With a BSc in Animal Behaviour and over 15 years experience in the field, Hannah is director of the Pawfect Dogsense training school in Birmingham. Hannah Molloy Thu, 21 Oct 2021 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523099 thebookvoice.com 4:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What's My Dog Thinking?: Understand Your Dog To Give Them A Happy Life Author: Hannah Molloy Narrator: Hannah Molloy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Learn to recognise what's on your dog's mind. What does it really mean when they roll over and show you their tummy? And why do they sometimes chase their own tails? Drawing on the latest research in dog psychology, this audiobook reveals the secret meanings behind more than 80 canine behaviours, including the seven types of dog greeting and why some dogs just won't play fetch! The meaning(s) and root of each behaviour are explained, picking out the subtle body language so you can learn to interpret what your dog is thinking. Practical tips follow, for how to respond to what your dog is telling you, guiding their behaviour through positive reinforcement techniques, if needed. Advanced Dogwatching features help you explore key behaviours in greater depth, such as the 'prey drive' instinct that can set your dog off chasing. And strategic Survival Guides give you the top 5 best tips for successfully navigating everyday situations, such as playing in the park or visiting the vet. With What's My Dog Thinking you can put yourself in their paws and keep your canine companion happy, stimulated, well-behaved - and adorable! Hannah Molloy is a leading behaviour expert on the Channel 4 TV show Puppy School. With a BSc in Animal Behaviour and over 15 years experience in the field, Hannah is director of the Pawfect Dogsense training school in Birmingham. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What's My Dog Thinking?: Understand Your Dog To Give Them A Happy Life Author: Hannah Molloy Narrator: Hannah Molloy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Learn to recognise what's on your dog's mind. What does it really mean when they roll over and show you their tummy? And why do they sometimes chase their own tails? Drawing on the latest research in dog psychology, this audiobook reveals the secret meanings behind more than 80 canine behaviours, including the seven types of dog greeting and why some dogs just won't play fetch! The meaning(s) and root of each behaviour are explained, picking out the subtle body language so you can learn to interpret what your dog is thinking. Practical tips follow, for how to respond to what your dog is telling you, guiding their behaviour through positive reinforcement techniques, if needed. Advanced Dogwatching features help you explore key behaviours in greater depth, such as the 'prey drive' instinct that can set your dog off chasing. And strategic Survival Guides give you the top 5 best tips for successfully navigating everyday situations, such as playing in the park or visiting the vet. With What's My Dog Thinking you can put yourself in their paws and keep your canine companion happy, stimulated, well-behaved - and adorable! Hannah Molloy is a leading behaviour expert on the Channel 4 TV show Puppy School. With a BSc in Animal Behaviour and over 15 years experience in the field, Hannah is director of the Pawfect Dogsense training school in Birmingham. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520269 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520269]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Index, A History of the Author: Dennis Duncan Narrator: Neil Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 2, 2021 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Most of us give little thought to the back of the book - it's just where you go to look things up. But here, hiding in plain sight, is an unlikely realm of ambition and obsession, sparring and politicking, pleasure and play. Here we might find Butchers, to be avoided, or Cows that sh-te Fire, or even catch Calvin in his chamber with a Nonne. This is the secret world of the index: an unsung but extraordinary everyday tool, with an illustrious but little-known past. Here, for the first time, its story is told. Charting its curious path from the monasteries and universities of thirteenth-century Europe to Silicon Valley in the twenty-first, Dennis Duncan reveals how the index has saved heretics from the stake, kept politicians from high office and made us all into the readers we are today. We follow it through German print shops and Enlightenment coffee houses, novelists' living rooms and university laboratories, encountering emperors and popes, philosophers and prime ministers, poets, librarians and - of course - indexers along the way. Revealing its vast role in our evolving literary and intellectual culture, Duncan shows that, for all our anxieties about the Age of Search, we are all index-rakers at heart, and we have been for eight hundred years. © Dennis Duncan 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Dennis Duncan Thu, 02 Sep 2021 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520269 thebookvoice.com 8:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520269]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Index, A History of the Author: Dennis Duncan Narrator: Neil Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 2, 2021 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Most of us give little thought to the back of the book - it's just where you go to look things up. But here, hiding in plain sight, is an unlikely realm of ambition and obsession, sparring and politicking, pleasure and play. Here we might find Butchers, to be avoided, or Cows that sh-te Fire, or even catch Calvin in his chamber with a Nonne. This is the secret world of the index: an unsung but extraordinary everyday tool, with an illustrious but little-known past. Here, for the first time, its story is told. Charting its curious path from the monasteries and universities of thirteenth-century Europe to Silicon Valley in the twenty-first, Dennis Duncan reveals how the index has saved heretics from the stake, kept politicians from high office and made us all into the readers we are today. We follow it through German print shops and Enlightenment coffee houses, novelists' living rooms and university laboratories, encountering emperors and popes, philosophers and prime ministers, poets, librarians and - of course - indexers along the way. Revealing its vast role in our evolving literary and intellectual culture, Duncan shows that, for all our anxieties about the Age of Search, we are all index-rakers at heart, and we have been for eight hundred years. © Dennis Duncan 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520269]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Index, A History of the Author: Dennis Duncan Narrator: Neil Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 2, 2021 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Most of us give little thought to the back of the book - it's just where you go to look things up. But here, hiding in plain sight, is an unlikely realm of ambition and obsession, sparring and politicking, pleasure and play. Here we might find Butchers, to be avoided, or Cows that sh-te Fire, or even catch Calvin in his chamber with a Nonne. This is the secret world of the index: an unsung but extraordinary everyday tool, with an illustrious but little-known past. Here, for the first time, its story is told. Charting its curious path from the monasteries and universities of thirteenth-century Europe to Silicon Valley in the twenty-first, Dennis Duncan reveals how the index has saved heretics from the stake, kept politicians from high office and made us all into the readers we are today. We follow it through German print shops and Enlightenment coffee houses, novelists' living rooms and university laboratories, encountering emperors and popes, philosophers and prime ministers, poets, librarians and - of course - indexers along the way. Revealing its vast role in our evolving literary and intellectual culture, Duncan shows that, for all our anxieties about the Age of Search, we are all index-rakers at heart, and we have been for eight hundred years. © Dennis Duncan 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/512683 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/512683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Brujeria: Modern Mexican-American Folk Magic Author: J. Allen Cross Narrator: Cynthia Farrell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: American Brujeria is about the fascinating blend of American and Mexican folk magic currently used by those living in the US but whose roots are steeped in Mexican culture. This type of Mexican-American folk magic, which the author calls “American brujeria,” features its own unique saints and spirits as well as familiar ones, such as the infamous Santa Muerte. American Brujeria includes stories from Mexico (folk saints, the story of Guadalupe), the influence of Catholicism, the art of limpias (traditional folk healing methods), spell casting, oil crafting, praying the rosary (in English and Spanish), making an altar to Guadalupe, using novena candle magic, making protective charms from saints’ medals, and more. There’s even a whole section on creative uses for Vicks VapoRub, a staple in Mexican-American folk healing. American brujeria is extremely close to conjure traditions of the American South and, in fact, shares a lot of crossover, demonstrating how these traditions have influenced one another. J. Allen Cross Sat, 01 May 2021 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/512683 thebookvoice.com 6:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/512683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Brujeria: Modern Mexican-American Folk Magic Author: J. Allen Cross Narrator: Cynthia Farrell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: American Brujeria is about the fascinating blend of American and Mexican folk magic currently used by those living in the US but whose roots are steeped in Mexican culture. This type of Mexican-American folk magic, which the author calls “American brujeria,” features its own unique saints and spirits as well as familiar ones, such as the infamous Santa Muerte. American Brujeria includes stories from Mexico (folk saints, the story of Guadalupe), the influence of Catholicism, the art of limpias (traditional folk healing methods), spell casting, oil crafting, praying the rosary (in English and Spanish), making an altar to Guadalupe, using novena candle magic, making protective charms from saints’ medals, and more. There’s even a whole section on creative uses for Vicks VapoRub, a staple in Mexican-American folk healing. American brujeria is extremely close to conjure traditions of the American South and, in fact, shares a lot of crossover, demonstrating how these traditions have influenced one another. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/512683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Brujeria: Modern Mexican-American Folk Magic Author: J. Allen Cross Narrator: Cynthia Farrell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: American Brujeria is about the fascinating blend of American and Mexican folk magic currently used by those living in the US but whose roots are steeped in Mexican culture. This type of Mexican-American folk magic, which the author calls “American brujeria,” features its own unique saints and spirits as well as familiar ones, such as the infamous Santa Muerte. American Brujeria includes stories from Mexico (folk saints, the story of Guadalupe), the influence of Catholicism, the art of limpias (traditional folk healing methods), spell casting, oil crafting, praying the rosary (in English and Spanish), making an altar to Guadalupe, using novena candle magic, making protective charms from saints’ medals, and more. There’s even a whole section on creative uses for Vicks VapoRub, a staple in Mexican-American folk healing. American brujeria is extremely close to conjure traditions of the American South and, in fact, shares a lot of crossover, demonstrating how these traditions have influenced one another. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505828 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Druidry Handbook: Spiritual Practice Rooted in the Living Earth Author: John Michael Greer Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 1, 2021 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A living tradition of nature spirituality rooted in Celtic antiquity and revived to meet the challenges of contemporary life, Druidry offers people a path of harmony through reconnection with the green Earth. The Druidry Handbook is the first hands-on manual of traditional British Druid practice that explores the Sun Path of seasonal celebration, the Moon Path of meditation, and the Earth Path of living in harmony with nature as tools for crafting an earth-honoring life here and now. From ritual and meditation to nature awareness and ecological action, John Michael Greer opens the door to a spirituality rooted in the living Earth. Featuring a mix of philosophy, rituals, spiritual practice, and lifestyle issues, The Druidry Handbook is one-stop shopping for those seriously interested in practicing a traditional form of Druidry. It offers equal value to eclectics and solitary practitioners eager to incorporate more earth spirituality into their own belief system and also appeals to the merely curious. John Michael Greer Thu, 01 Apr 2021 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505828 thebookvoice.com 7:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Druidry Handbook: Spiritual Practice Rooted in the Living Earth Author: John Michael Greer Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 1, 2021 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A living tradition of nature spirituality rooted in Celtic antiquity and revived to meet the challenges of contemporary life, Druidry offers people a path of harmony through reconnection with the green Earth. The Druidry Handbook is the first hands-on manual of traditional British Druid practice that explores the Sun Path of seasonal celebration, the Moon Path of meditation, and the Earth Path of living in harmony with nature as tools for crafting an earth-honoring life here and now. From ritual and meditation to nature awareness and ecological action, John Michael Greer opens the door to a spirituality rooted in the living Earth. Featuring a mix of philosophy, rituals, spiritual practice, and lifestyle issues, The Druidry Handbook is one-stop shopping for those seriously interested in practicing a traditional form of Druidry. It offers equal value to eclectics and solitary practitioners eager to incorporate more earth spirituality into their own belief system and also appeals to the merely curious. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Druidry Handbook: Spiritual Practice Rooted in the Living Earth Author: John Michael Greer Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 1, 2021 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A living tradition of nature spirituality rooted in Celtic antiquity and revived to meet the challenges of contemporary life, Druidry offers people a path of harmony through reconnection with the green Earth. The Druidry Handbook is the first hands-on manual of traditional British Druid practice that explores the Sun Path of seasonal celebration, the Moon Path of meditation, and the Earth Path of living in harmony with nature as tools for crafting an earth-honoring life here and now. From ritual and meditation to nature awareness and ecological action, John Michael Greer opens the door to a spirituality rooted in the living Earth. Featuring a mix of philosophy, rituals, spiritual practice, and lifestyle issues, The Druidry Handbook is one-stop shopping for those seriously interested in practicing a traditional form of Druidry. It offers equal value to eclectics and solitary practitioners eager to incorporate more earth spirituality into their own belief system and also appeals to the merely curious. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500589 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500589]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lady Killers: Deadly Women Throughout History Author: Tori Telfer Narrator: Jaime Lamchick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Inspired by author Tori Telfer's Jezebel column “Lady Killers,” this thrilling and entertaining compendium investigates female serial killers and their crimes through the ages. When you think of serial killers throughout history, the names that come to mind are ones like Jack the Ripper, John Wayne Gacy, and Ted Bundy. But what about Tillie Klimek, Moulay Hassan, Kate Bender? The narrative we’re comfortable with is the one where women are the victims of violent crime, not the perpetrators. In fact, serial killers are thought to be so universally, overwhelmingly male that in 1998, FBI profiler Roy Hazelwood infamously declared in a homicide conference, “There are no female serial killers.” Lady Killers, based on the popular online series that appeared on Jezebel and The Hairpin, disputes that claim and offers fourteen gruesome examples as evidence. Though largely forgotten by history, female serial killers such as Erzsébet Báthory, Nannie Doss, Mary Ann Cotton, and Darya Nikolayevna Saltykova rival their male counterparts in cunning, cruelty, and appetite for destruction. Each chapter explores the crimes and history of a different subject, and then proceeds to unpack her legacy and her portrayal in the media, as well as the stereotypes and sexist clichés that inevitably surround her. The first book to examine female serial killers through a feminist lens with a witty and dryly humorous tone, Lady Killers dismisses easy explanations (she was hormonal, she did it for love, a man made her do it) and tired tropes (she was a femme fatale, a black widow, a witch), delving into the complex reality of female aggression and predation. Lady Killers is a bloodcurdling, insightful, and irresistible journey into the heart of darkness. Tori Telfer Tue, 18 May 2021 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500589 thebookvoice.com 8:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500589]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lady Killers: Deadly Women Throughout History Author: Tori Telfer Narrator: Jaime Lamchick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Inspired by author Tori Telfer's Jezebel column “Lady Killers,” this thrilling and entertaining compendium investigates female serial killers and their crimes through the ages. When you think of serial killers throughout history, the names that come to mind are ones like Jack the Ripper, John Wayne Gacy, and Ted Bundy. But what about Tillie Klimek, Moulay Hassan, Kate Bender? The narrative we’re comfortable with is the one where women are the victims of violent crime, not the perpetrators. In fact, serial killers are thought to be so universally, overwhelmingly male that in 1998, FBI profiler Roy Hazelwood infamously declared in a homicide conference, “There are no female serial killers.” Lady Killers, based on the popular online series that appeared on Jezebel and The Hairpin, disputes that claim and offers fourteen gruesome examples as evidence. Though largely forgotten by history, female serial killers such as Erzsébet Báthory, Nannie Doss, Mary Ann Cotton, and Darya Nikolayevna Saltykova rival their male counterparts in cunning, cruelty, and appetite for destruction. Each chapter explores the crimes and history of a different subject, and then proceeds to unpack her legacy and her portrayal in the media, as well as the stereotypes and sexist clichés that inevitably surround her. The first book to examine female serial killers through a feminist lens with a witty and dryly humorous tone, Lady Killers dismisses easy explanations (she was hormonal, she did it for love, a man made her do it) and tired tropes (she was a femme fatale, a black widow, a witch), delving into the complex reality of female aggression and predation. Lady Killers is a bloodcurdling, insightful, and irresistible journey into the heart of darkness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500589]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lady Killers: Deadly Women Throughout History Author: Tori Telfer Narrator: Jaime Lamchick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Inspired by author Tori Telfer's Jezebel column “Lady Killers,” this thrilling and entertaining compendium investigates female serial killers and their crimes through the ages. When you think of serial killers throughout history, the names that come to mind are ones like Jack the Ripper, John Wayne Gacy, and Ted Bundy. But what about Tillie Klimek, Moulay Hassan, Kate Bender? The narrative we’re comfortable with is the one where women are the victims of violent crime, not the perpetrators. In fact, serial killers are thought to be so universally, overwhelmingly male that in 1998, FBI profiler Roy Hazelwood infamously declared in a homicide conference, “There are no female serial killers.” Lady Killers, based on the popular online series that appeared on Jezebel and The Hairpin, disputes that claim and offers fourteen gruesome examples as evidence. Though largely forgotten by history, female serial killers such as Erzsébet Báthory, Nannie Doss, Mary Ann Cotton, and Darya Nikolayevna Saltykova rival their male counterparts in cunning, cruelty, and appetite for destruction. Each chapter explores the crimes and history of a different subject, and then proceeds to unpack her legacy and her portrayal in the media, as well as the stereotypes and sexist clichés that inevitably surround her. The first book to examine female serial killers through a feminist lens with a witty and dryly humorous tone, Lady Killers dismisses easy explanations (she was hormonal, she did it for love, a man made her do it) and tired tropes (she was a femme fatale, a black widow, a witch), delving into the complex reality of female aggression and predation. Lady Killers is a bloodcurdling, insightful, and irresistible journey into the heart of darkness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500219 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Nerd Problems: Essays Author: William Evans, Omar Holmon Narrator: Omar Holmon, William Evans Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The creators of the popular website Black Nerd Problems bring their witty and unflinching insight to this engaging collection of pop culture essays—on everything from Mario Kart to issues of representation—that “will fill you with joy and give you hope for the future of geek culture” (Ernest Cline, #1 New York Times bestselling author). When William Evans and Omar Holmon founded Black Nerd Problems, they had no idea whether anyone beyond their small circle of friends would be interested in their little corner of the internet. But soon after launching, they were surprised to find out that there was a wide community of people who hungered for fresh perspectives on all things nerdy. In the years since, Evans and Holmon have built a large, dedicated fanbase eager for their brand of cultural critiques, whether in the form of a laugh-out-loud, raucous Game of Thrones episode recap or an eloquent essay on dealing with grief through stand-up comedy. Now, they are ready to take the next step with this vibrant and hilarious essay collection, which covers everything from X-Men to Breonna Taylor with “alternately hilarious, thought-provoking, and passionate” (School Library Journal) insight and intelligence. A much needed and fresh pop culture critique from the perspective of people of color, “this hugely entertaining, eminently thoughtful collection is a master class in how powerful—and fun—cultural criticism can be” (Publishers Weekly, starred review). William Evans, Omar Holmon Tue, 14 Sep 2021 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500219 thebookvoice.com 7:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Nerd Problems: Essays Author: William Evans, Omar Holmon Narrator: Omar Holmon, William Evans Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The creators of the popular website Black Nerd Problems bring their witty and unflinching insight to this engaging collection of pop culture essays—on everything from Mario Kart to issues of representation—that “will fill you with joy and give you hope for the future of geek culture” (Ernest Cline, #1 New York Times bestselling author). When William Evans and Omar Holmon founded Black Nerd Problems, they had no idea whether anyone beyond their small circle of friends would be interested in their little corner of the internet. But soon after launching, they were surprised to find out that there was a wide community of people who hungered for fresh perspectives on all things nerdy. In the years since, Evans and Holmon have built a large, dedicated fanbase eager for their brand of cultural critiques, whether in the form of a laugh-out-loud, raucous Game of Thrones episode recap or an eloquent essay on dealing with grief through stand-up comedy. Now, they are ready to take the next step with this vibrant and hilarious essay collection, which covers everything from X-Men to Breonna Taylor with “alternately hilarious, thought-provoking, and passionate” (School Library Journal) insight and intelligence. A much needed and fresh pop culture critique from the perspective of people of color, “this hugely entertaining, eminently thoughtful collection is a master class in how powerful—and fun—cultural criticism can be” (Publishers Weekly, starred review). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Nerd Problems: Essays Author: William Evans, Omar Holmon Narrator: Omar Holmon, William Evans Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The creators of the popular website Black Nerd Problems bring their witty and unflinching insight to this engaging collection of pop culture essays—on everything from Mario Kart to issues of representation—that “will fill you with joy and give you hope for the future of geek culture” (Ernest Cline, #1 New York Times bestselling author). When William Evans and Omar Holmon founded Black Nerd Problems, they had no idea whether anyone beyond their small circle of friends would be interested in their little corner of the internet. But soon after launching, they were surprised to find out that there was a wide community of people who hungered for fresh perspectives on all things nerdy. In the years since, Evans and Holmon have built a large, dedicated fanbase eager for their brand of cultural critiques, whether in the form of a laugh-out-loud, raucous Game of Thrones episode recap or an eloquent essay on dealing with grief through stand-up comedy. Now, they are ready to take the next step with this vibrant and hilarious essay collection, which covers everything from X-Men to Breonna Taylor with “alternately hilarious, thought-provoking, and passionate” (School Library Journal) insight and intelligence. A much needed and fresh pop culture critique from the perspective of people of color, “this hugely entertaining, eminently thoughtful collection is a master class in how powerful—and fun—cultural criticism can be” (Publishers Weekly, starred review). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498706 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498706]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - 100 historias secretas de la Segunda Guerra Mundial Author: Jesús Hernández Narrator: Arturo Valdemar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 22, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: La Segunda Guerra Mundial encierra todavía muchos secretos. Millones de documentos esperan todavía a ser desclasificados, pero poco a poco vamos conociendo historias impactantes y sorprendentes que se han mantenido ocultas durante décadas. En esta obra, el lector podrá conocer los planes aliados para secuestrar a Hitler, asesinar científicos enemigos o atacar las ciudades alemanas con bombas bacteriológicas. También descubrirá los esfuerzos realizados para esconder de la luz pública accidentes y tragedias que se saldaron con centenares de muertos, así como el turbio pasado de colaboración con el régimen nazi de marcas comerciales que hoy gozan de un gran prestigio. Un velo de silencio cayó también sobre la vida personal de los grandes protagonistas de la contienda; la imagen virtuosa de Roosevelt, Eisenhower o Patton quedó salvaguardada durante años al encubrir sus relaciones extramatrimoniales. Pero en otros casos menos frívolos, como las muertes de Mussolini o Himmler, el misterio sobre las extrañas circunstancias en que se produjeron- y que siguen archivadas bajo el sello de alto secreto- continúan alimentando todo tipo de especulaciones.... Grabado en español ibérico (España). Jesús Hernández Wed, 22 Jan 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498706 thebookvoice.com 14:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498706]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - 100 historias secretas de la Segunda Guerra Mundial Author: Jesús Hernández Narrator: Arturo Valdemar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 22, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: La Segunda Guerra Mundial encierra todavía muchos secretos. Millones de documentos esperan todavía a ser desclasificados, pero poco a poco vamos conociendo historias impactantes y sorprendentes que se han mantenido ocultas durante décadas. En esta obra, el lector podrá conocer los planes aliados para secuestrar a Hitler, asesinar científicos enemigos o atacar las ciudades alemanas con bombas bacteriológicas. También descubrirá los esfuerzos realizados para esconder de la luz pública accidentes y tragedias que se saldaron con centenares de muertos, así como el turbio pasado de colaboración con el régimen nazi de marcas comerciales que hoy gozan de un gran prestigio. Un velo de silencio cayó también sobre la vida personal de los grandes protagonistas de la contienda; la imagen virtuosa de Roosevelt, Eisenhower o Patton quedó salvaguardada durante años al encubrir sus relaciones extramatrimoniales. Pero en otros casos menos frívolos, como las muertes de Mussolini o Himmler, el misterio sobre las extrañas circunstancias en que se produjeron- y que siguen archivadas bajo el sello de alto secreto- continúan alimentando todo tipo de especulaciones.... Grabado en español ibérico (España). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498706]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - 100 historias secretas de la Segunda Guerra Mundial Author: Jesús Hernández Narrator: Arturo Valdemar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 22, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: La Segunda Guerra Mundial encierra todavía muchos secretos. Millones de documentos esperan todavía a ser desclasificados, pero poco a poco vamos conociendo historias impactantes y sorprendentes que se han mantenido ocultas durante décadas. En esta obra, el lector podrá conocer los planes aliados para secuestrar a Hitler, asesinar científicos enemigos o atacar las ciudades alemanas con bombas bacteriológicas. También descubrirá los esfuerzos realizados para esconder de la luz pública accidentes y tragedias que se saldaron con centenares de muertos, así como el turbio pasado de colaboración con el régimen nazi de marcas comerciales que hoy gozan de un gran prestigio. Un velo de silencio cayó también sobre la vida personal de los grandes protagonistas de la contienda; la imagen virtuosa de Roosevelt, Eisenhower o Patton quedó salvaguardada durante años al encubrir sus relaciones extramatrimoniales. Pero en otros casos menos frívolos, como las muertes de Mussolini o Himmler, el misterio sobre las extrañas circunstancias en que se produjeron- y que siguen archivadas bajo el sello de alto secreto- continúan alimentando todo tipo de especulaciones.... Grabado en español ibérico (España). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491858 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491858]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Extraterrestrial Species Almanac: The Ultimate Guide to Greys, Reptilians, Hybrids, and Nordics Author: Craig Campobasso Narrator: David Bendena Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: January 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: This is the ultimate field guide to the eighty-two extraterrestrial species that populate the universe. ET enthusiast Craig Campobasso explores the origins, physical characteristics, technological and consciousness abilities, dimensional capacities, belief systems, and cosmic agendas of each species. The species fall into two categories: 1) benevolent races, which function as the guardians of humanity, whose goals include protecting people, helping people overcome duality, and healing them; and 2) malevolent races, which are responsible for abductions, cloning, and domination. This intergalactic exposé will entertain all those interested in UFOs, aliens, and ETs. Sci-fi and fantasy fans of universes such as Marvel, Star Trek, Star Wars, and Roswell are prime targets for this book that delves deep into who the real extraterrestrials are and what they want with the people of Earth. Craig Campobasso Fri, 01 Jan 2021 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491858 thebookvoice.com 6:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491858]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Extraterrestrial Species Almanac: The Ultimate Guide to Greys, Reptilians, Hybrids, and Nordics Author: Craig Campobasso Narrator: David Bendena Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: January 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: This is the ultimate field guide to the eighty-two extraterrestrial species that populate the universe. ET enthusiast Craig Campobasso explores the origins, physical characteristics, technological and consciousness abilities, dimensional capacities, belief systems, and cosmic agendas of each species. The species fall into two categories: 1) benevolent races, which function as the guardians of humanity, whose goals include protecting people, helping people overcome duality, and healing them; and 2) malevolent races, which are responsible for abductions, cloning, and domination. This intergalactic exposé will entertain all those interested in UFOs, aliens, and ETs. Sci-fi and fantasy fans of universes such as Marvel, Star Trek, Star Wars, and Roswell are prime targets for this book that delves deep into who the real extraterrestrials are and what they want with the people of Earth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491858]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Extraterrestrial Species Almanac: The Ultimate Guide to Greys, Reptilians, Hybrids, and Nordics Author: Craig Campobasso Narrator: David Bendena Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: January 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: This is the ultimate field guide to the eighty-two extraterrestrial species that populate the universe. ET enthusiast Craig Campobasso explores the origins, physical characteristics, technological and consciousness abilities, dimensional capacities, belief systems, and cosmic agendas of each species. The species fall into two categories: 1) benevolent races, which function as the guardians of humanity, whose goals include protecting people, helping people overcome duality, and healing them; and 2) malevolent races, which are responsible for abductions, cloning, and domination. This intergalactic exposé will entertain all those interested in UFOs, aliens, and ETs. Sci-fi and fantasy fans of universes such as Marvel, Star Trek, Star Wars, and Roswell are prime targets for this book that delves deep into who the real extraterrestrials are and what they want with the people of Earth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486028 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hell's Half Acre Author: Susan Jonusas Narrator: Lee Osorio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: May 26, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A suspense filled tale of murder on the American frontier—shedding new light on a family of serial killers in Kansas, whose horrifying crimes gripped the attention of a nation still reeling from war. In 1873 the people of Labette County, Kansas made a grisly discovery. Buried by a trailside cabin beneath an orchard of young apple trees were the remains of countless bodies. Below the cabin itself was a cellar stained with blood. The Benders, the family of four who once resided on the property were nowhere to be found. The discovery sent the local community and national newspapers into a frenzy that continued for decades, sparking an epic manhunt for the Benders.   The idea that a family of seemingly respectable homesteaders—one among the thousands relocating farther west in search of land and opportunity after the Civil War—were capable of operating "a human slaughter pen" appalled and fascinated the nation. But who the Benders really were, why they committed such a vicious killing spree and whether justice ever caught up to them is a mystery that remains unsolved to this day. Set against the backdrop of postbellum America, Hell’s Half-Acre explores the environment capable of allowing such horrors to take place. Drawing on extensive original archival material, Susan Jonusas introduces us to a fascinating cast of characters, many of whom have been previously missing from the story. Among them are the families of the victims, the hapless detectives who lost the trail, and the fugitives that helped the murderers escape.   Hell’s Half-Acre is a journey into the turbulent heart of nineteenth century America, a place where modernity stalks across the landscape, violently displacing existing populations and building new ones. It is a world where folklore can quickly become fact and an entire family of criminals can slip through a community’s fingers, only to reappear in the most unexpected of places. Susan Jonusas Thu, 26 May 2022 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486028 thebookvoice.com 9:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hell's Half Acre Author: Susan Jonusas Narrator: Lee Osorio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: May 26, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A suspense filled tale of murder on the American frontier—shedding new light on a family of serial killers in Kansas, whose horrifying crimes gripped the attention of a nation still reeling from war. In 1873 the people of Labette County, Kansas made a grisly discovery. Buried by a trailside cabin beneath an orchard of young apple trees were the remains of countless bodies. Below the cabin itself was a cellar stained with blood. The Benders, the family of four who once resided on the property were nowhere to be found. The discovery sent the local community and national newspapers into a frenzy that continued for decades, sparking an epic manhunt for the Benders.   The idea that a family of seemingly respectable homesteaders—one among the thousands relocating farther west in search of land and opportunity after the Civil War—were capable of operating "a human slaughter pen" appalled and fascinated the nation. But who the Benders really were, why they committed such a vicious killing spree and whether justice ever caught up to them is a mystery that remains unsolved to this day. Set against the backdrop of postbellum America, Hell’s Half-Acre explores the environment capable of allowing such horrors to take place. Drawing on extensive original archival material, Susan Jonusas introduces us to a fascinating cast of characters, many of whom have been previously missing from the story. Among them are the families of the victims, the hapless detectives who lost the trail, and the fugitives that helped the murderers escape.   Hell’s Half-Acre is a journey into the turbulent heart of nineteenth century America, a place where modernity stalks across the landscape, violently displacing existing populations and building new ones. It is a world where folklore can quickly become fact and an entire family of criminals can slip through a community’s fingers, only to reappear in the most unexpected of places. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hell's Half Acre Author: Susan Jonusas Narrator: Lee Osorio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: May 26, 2022 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A suspense filled tale of murder on the American frontier—shedding new light on a family of serial killers in Kansas, whose horrifying crimes gripped the attention of a nation still reeling from war. In 1873 the people of Labette County, Kansas made a grisly discovery. Buried by a trailside cabin beneath an orchard of young apple trees were the remains of countless bodies. Below the cabin itself was a cellar stained with blood. The Benders, the family of four who once resided on the property were nowhere to be found. The discovery sent the local community and national newspapers into a frenzy that continued for decades, sparking an epic manhunt for the Benders.   The idea that a family of seemingly respectable homesteaders—one among the thousands relocating farther west in search of land and opportunity after the Civil War—were capable of operating "a human slaughter pen" appalled and fascinated the nation. But who the Benders really were, why they committed such a vicious killing spree and whether justice ever caught up to them is a mystery that remains unsolved to this day. Set against the backdrop of postbellum America, Hell’s Half-Acre explores the environment capable of allowing such horrors to take place. Drawing on extensive original archival material, Susan Jonusas introduces us to a fascinating cast of characters, many of whom have been previously missing from the story. Among them are the families of the victims, the hapless detectives who lost the trail, and the fugitives that helped the murderers escape.   Hell’s Half-Acre is a journey into the turbulent heart of nineteenth century America, a place where modernity stalks across the landscape, violently displacing existing populations and building new ones. It is a world where folklore can quickly become fact and an entire family of criminals can slip through a community’s fingers, only to reappear in the most unexpected of places. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458669 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All You Need Is Myth: The Beatles and the Gods of Rock Author: Steve Wagner Narrator: Steve Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: All You Need Is Myth is a timely philosophical conversation about ancient concepts that continue to reverberate in the modern age of mass media and global communication. Author Steve Wagner proposes that the Beatles and the iconic stars of the classic rock era function as modern forms of classical archetypes familiar in mythologies and religious traditions throughout history. The book establishes a persuasive argument that these “Rock Gods” have not only achieved the status of mythic deities but were chosen and nurtured for these roles by the culture itself because of their inherent resonance with archetypal characters, narratives, and symbolism. The thesis is bolstered by a fulcrum of philosophical perspectives connecting separate academic studies, synthesizing theories by Carl Jung, Joseph Campbell, Marshall McLuhan, and Mircea Eliade, among many others. Wagner’s thoughtful inquiry makes original contributions to the field of mythology as it is understood in the modern day, inspires the listener to see artistic expression and modern culture through a mythic lens, and deepens our understanding of how mythic transmissions both emerge from and shape our collective consciousness. Steve Wagner Tue, 16 Jun 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458669 thebookvoice.com 9:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All You Need Is Myth: The Beatles and the Gods of Rock Author: Steve Wagner Narrator: Steve Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: All You Need Is Myth is a timely philosophical conversation about ancient concepts that continue to reverberate in the modern age of mass media and global communication. Author Steve Wagner proposes that the Beatles and the iconic stars of the classic rock era function as modern forms of classical archetypes familiar in mythologies and religious traditions throughout history. The book establishes a persuasive argument that these “Rock Gods” have not only achieved the status of mythic deities but were chosen and nurtured for these roles by the culture itself because of their inherent resonance with archetypal characters, narratives, and symbolism. The thesis is bolstered by a fulcrum of philosophical perspectives connecting separate academic studies, synthesizing theories by Carl Jung, Joseph Campbell, Marshall McLuhan, and Mircea Eliade, among many others. Wagner’s thoughtful inquiry makes original contributions to the field of mythology as it is understood in the modern day, inspires the listener to see artistic expression and modern culture through a mythic lens, and deepens our understanding of how mythic transmissions both emerge from and shape our collective consciousness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All You Need Is Myth: The Beatles and the Gods of Rock Author: Steve Wagner Narrator: Steve Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: All You Need Is Myth is a timely philosophical conversation about ancient concepts that continue to reverberate in the modern age of mass media and global communication. Author Steve Wagner proposes that the Beatles and the iconic stars of the classic rock era function as modern forms of classical archetypes familiar in mythologies and religious traditions throughout history. The book establishes a persuasive argument that these “Rock Gods” have not only achieved the status of mythic deities but were chosen and nurtured for these roles by the culture itself because of their inherent resonance with archetypal characters, narratives, and symbolism. The thesis is bolstered by a fulcrum of philosophical perspectives connecting separate academic studies, synthesizing theories by Carl Jung, Joseph Campbell, Marshall McLuhan, and Mircea Eliade, among many others. Wagner’s thoughtful inquiry makes original contributions to the field of mythology as it is understood in the modern day, inspires the listener to see artistic expression and modern culture through a mythic lens, and deepens our understanding of how mythic transmissions both emerge from and shape our collective consciousness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453466 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth About Tall Tales: American Folklore from Johnny Appleseed to Paul Bunyan Author: Christopher R. Fee Narrator: Christopher R. Fee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.65 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: What can we learn about our culture from the stories we tell? Join master presenter Christopher Fee to learn what our heroes and monsters - both real and imaginedÑhave to tell us about who we are as Americans. American folklore is as vibrant and diverse as Americans themselves. Some tales offer embellished accounts of real historical figures, and in others, figures are invented to serve a cultural or commercial purpose. Often didactic and always fantastic, in one way or another these tales help us make sense of the world. Join Christopher Fee, coeditor of "An Encyclopedia of American Myth, Legend, and Folklore," for an entertaining and revealing look at our nation's folkloric imagination. In this compelling 24-lecture audio series, you'll meet figures such as Daniel Boone and John Henry, and learn the stories of characters such as Water Jar Boy and the Woodcutter and the Fairy. Specters also abound, and you'll encounter frightening figures ranging from the Headless Horseman to La Llorona. Having explored traditional forms of folklore, myth, and legend in America, you will turn to new storytelling methods, discussing genres such as conspiracy theory, urban myth, and 'fakelore.' Finally, you will conclude by asking how these kinds of stories represent a search for deeper truths, which suggests why American folklore still matters so much to so many. This course is part of the Learn25 collection. Christopher R. Fee Tue, 18 Aug 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453466 thebookvoice.com 10:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth About Tall Tales: American Folklore from Johnny Appleseed to Paul Bunyan Author: Christopher R. Fee Narrator: Christopher R. Fee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.65 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: What can we learn about our culture from the stories we tell? Join master presenter Christopher Fee to learn what our heroes and monsters - both real and imaginedÑhave to tell us about who we are as Americans. American folklore is as vibrant and diverse as Americans themselves. Some tales offer embellished accounts of real historical figures, and in others, figures are invented to serve a cultural or commercial purpose. Often didactic and always fantastic, in one way or another these tales help us make sense of the world. Join Christopher Fee, coeditor of "An Encyclopedia of American Myth, Legend, and Folklore," for an entertaining and revealing look at our nation's folkloric imagination. In this compelling 24-lecture audio series, you'll meet figures such as Daniel Boone and John Henry, and learn the stories of characters such as Water Jar Boy and the Woodcutter and the Fairy. Specters also abound, and you'll encounter frightening figures ranging from the Headless Horseman to La Llorona. Having explored traditional forms of folklore, myth, and legend in America, you will turn to new storytelling methods, discussing genres such as conspiracy theory, urban myth, and 'fakelore.' Finally, you will conclude by asking how these kinds of stories represent a search for deeper truths, which suggests why American folklore still matters so much to so many. This course is part of the Learn25 collection. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth About Tall Tales: American Folklore from Johnny Appleseed to Paul Bunyan Author: Christopher R. Fee Narrator: Christopher R. Fee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.65 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: What can we learn about our culture from the stories we tell? Join master presenter Christopher Fee to learn what our heroes and monsters - both real and imaginedÑhave to tell us about who we are as Americans. American folklore is as vibrant and diverse as Americans themselves. Some tales offer embellished accounts of real historical figures, and in others, figures are invented to serve a cultural or commercial purpose. Often didactic and always fantastic, in one way or another these tales help us make sense of the world. Join Christopher Fee, coeditor of "An Encyclopedia of American Myth, Legend, and Folklore," for an entertaining and revealing look at our nation's folkloric imagination. In this compelling 24-lecture audio series, you'll meet figures such as Daniel Boone and John Henry, and learn the stories of characters such as Water Jar Boy and the Woodcutter and the Fairy. Specters also abound, and you'll encounter frightening figures ranging from the Headless Horseman to La Llorona. Having explored traditional forms of folklore, myth, and legend in America, you will turn to new storytelling methods, discussing genres such as conspiracy theory, urban myth, and 'fakelore.' Finally, you will conclude by asking how these kinds of stories represent a search for deeper truths, which suggests why American folklore still matters so much to so many. This course is part of the Learn25 collection. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443839 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443839]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Eels: Their Lives, Secrets and Myths Author: Tom Fort Narrator: Richard Derrington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 23, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: What has been the dish of kings, the subject of myths and the traveller of epic and mysterious journeys? The eel. Beginning life in the Sargasso Sea, the eel travels across the ocean, lives for twenty or so years, and then is driven by some instinct back across the ocean to spawn and die. And the next generation starts the story again. No one knows why the eels return, or how the orphaned elvers learn their way back. One man discovered, after many adventures, the breeding ground of all eels – and he is the hero of this book. Eels were being caught and consumed 5000 years before the birth of Christ – Aristotle and Pliny wrote about them; Romans regarded them as a peerless delicacy; Egyptians accorded them semi-sacred status; English kings died of overeating them. There are many strange practices among eel fishers all over the world, and many great fortunes based upon the eel harvest. The Book of Eels, a combination of social comment, biography and natural history, is also a fascinating and witty account of Tom Fort’s obsession with the eel, his journeying to discover the eel in all its habitats, and the people he meets in his pursuit. Tom Fort Thu, 23 Jul 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443839 thebookvoice.com 11:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443839]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Eels: Their Lives, Secrets and Myths Author: Tom Fort Narrator: Richard Derrington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 23, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: What has been the dish of kings, the subject of myths and the traveller of epic and mysterious journeys? The eel. Beginning life in the Sargasso Sea, the eel travels across the ocean, lives for twenty or so years, and then is driven by some instinct back across the ocean to spawn and die. And the next generation starts the story again. No one knows why the eels return, or how the orphaned elvers learn their way back. One man discovered, after many adventures, the breeding ground of all eels – and he is the hero of this book. Eels were being caught and consumed 5000 years before the birth of Christ – Aristotle and Pliny wrote about them; Romans regarded them as a peerless delicacy; Egyptians accorded them semi-sacred status; English kings died of overeating them. There are many strange practices among eel fishers all over the world, and many great fortunes based upon the eel harvest. The Book of Eels, a combination of social comment, biography and natural history, is also a fascinating and witty account of Tom Fort’s obsession with the eel, his journeying to discover the eel in all its habitats, and the people he meets in his pursuit. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443839]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Eels: Their Lives, Secrets and Myths Author: Tom Fort Narrator: Richard Derrington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 23, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: What has been the dish of kings, the subject of myths and the traveller of epic and mysterious journeys? The eel. Beginning life in the Sargasso Sea, the eel travels across the ocean, lives for twenty or so years, and then is driven by some instinct back across the ocean to spawn and die. And the next generation starts the story again. No one knows why the eels return, or how the orphaned elvers learn their way back. One man discovered, after many adventures, the breeding ground of all eels – and he is the hero of this book. Eels were being caught and consumed 5000 years before the birth of Christ – Aristotle and Pliny wrote about them; Romans regarded them as a peerless delicacy; Egyptians accorded them semi-sacred status; English kings died of overeating them. There are many strange practices among eel fishers all over the world, and many great fortunes based upon the eel harvest. The Book of Eels, a combination of social comment, biography and natural history, is also a fascinating and witty account of Tom Fort’s obsession with the eel, his journeying to discover the eel in all its habitats, and the people he meets in his pursuit. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440103 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cursed Objects: Strange but True Stories of the World's Most Infamous Items Author: J.W. Ocker Narrator: Tim Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Beware . . . this book is cursed! These strange but true stories of the world's most infamous items will appeal to true believers as well as history buffs, horror fans, and anyone who loves a good spine-tingling tale. They're lurking in museums, graveyards, and private homes. Their often tragic and always bizarre stories have inspired countless horror movies, reality TV shows, novels, and campfire tales. They're cursed objects, and all they need to unleash a wave of misfortune is . . . you. Many of these unfortunate items have intersected with some of the most notable events and people in history, leaving death and destruction in their wake. But never before have the true stories of these eerie oddities been compiled into a fascinating and chilling volume. J.W. Ocker Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440103 thebookvoice.com 5:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cursed Objects: Strange but True Stories of the World's Most Infamous Items Author: J.W. Ocker Narrator: Tim Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Beware . . . this book is cursed! These strange but true stories of the world's most infamous items will appeal to true believers as well as history buffs, horror fans, and anyone who loves a good spine-tingling tale. They're lurking in museums, graveyards, and private homes. Their often tragic and always bizarre stories have inspired countless horror movies, reality TV shows, novels, and campfire tales. They're cursed objects, and all they need to unleash a wave of misfortune is . . . you. Many of these unfortunate items have intersected with some of the most notable events and people in history, leaving death and destruction in their wake. But never before have the true stories of these eerie oddities been compiled into a fascinating and chilling volume. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cursed Objects: Strange but True Stories of the World's Most Infamous Items Author: J.W. Ocker Narrator: Tim Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Beware . . . this book is cursed! These strange but true stories of the world's most infamous items will appeal to true believers as well as history buffs, horror fans, and anyone who loves a good spine-tingling tale. They're lurking in museums, graveyards, and private homes. Their often tragic and always bizarre stories have inspired countless horror movies, reality TV shows, novels, and campfire tales. They're cursed objects, and all they need to unleash a wave of misfortune is . . . you. Many of these unfortunate items have intersected with some of the most notable events and people in history, leaving death and destruction in their wake. But never before have the true stories of these eerie oddities been compiled into a fascinating and chilling volume. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439921 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Furious Sky: The Five-Hundred-Year History of America's Hurricanes Author: Eric Jay Dolin Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: With A Furious Sky, Eric Jay Dolin has created a vivid, sprawling account of our encounters with hurricanes, from the nameless storms that threatened Columbus's New World voyages to the destruction wrought in Puerto Rico by Hurricane Maria. Weaving a story of shipwrecks and devastated cities, of heroism and folly, Dolin introduces a rich cast of unlikely heroes and puts us in the middle of the most devastating storms of the past, none worse than the Galveston Hurricane of 1900, which killed at least 6,000 people, the highest toll of any natural disaster in American history. Dolin draws on a vast array of sources as he melds American history, as it is usually told, with the history of hurricanes, showing how these tempests frequently helped determine the nation's course. Hurricanes, it turns out, prevented Spain from expanding its holdings in North America beyond Florida in the late 1500s, and they also played a key role in shifting the tide of the American Revolution against the British in the final stages of the conflict. As he moves through the centuries, following the rise of the United States despite the chaos caused by hurricanes, Dolin traces the corresponding development of hurricane science, from important discoveries made by Benjamin Franklin to the breakthroughs spurred by the necessities of World War II and the Cold War. Eric Jay Dolin Tue, 08 Sep 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439921 thebookvoice.com 10:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Furious Sky: The Five-Hundred-Year History of America's Hurricanes Author: Eric Jay Dolin Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: With A Furious Sky, Eric Jay Dolin has created a vivid, sprawling account of our encounters with hurricanes, from the nameless storms that threatened Columbus's New World voyages to the destruction wrought in Puerto Rico by Hurricane Maria. Weaving a story of shipwrecks and devastated cities, of heroism and folly, Dolin introduces a rich cast of unlikely heroes and puts us in the middle of the most devastating storms of the past, none worse than the Galveston Hurricane of 1900, which killed at least 6,000 people, the highest toll of any natural disaster in American history. Dolin draws on a vast array of sources as he melds American history, as it is usually told, with the history of hurricanes, showing how these tempests frequently helped determine the nation's course. Hurricanes, it turns out, prevented Spain from expanding its holdings in North America beyond Florida in the late 1500s, and they also played a key role in shifting the tide of the American Revolution against the British in the final stages of the conflict. As he moves through the centuries, following the rise of the United States despite the chaos caused by hurricanes, Dolin traces the corresponding development of hurricane science, from important discoveries made by Benjamin Franklin to the breakthroughs spurred by the necessities of World War II and the Cold War. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Furious Sky: The Five-Hundred-Year History of America's Hurricanes Author: Eric Jay Dolin Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: With A Furious Sky, Eric Jay Dolin has created a vivid, sprawling account of our encounters with hurricanes, from the nameless storms that threatened Columbus's New World voyages to the destruction wrought in Puerto Rico by Hurricane Maria. Weaving a story of shipwrecks and devastated cities, of heroism and folly, Dolin introduces a rich cast of unlikely heroes and puts us in the middle of the most devastating storms of the past, none worse than the Galveston Hurricane of 1900, which killed at least 6,000 people, the highest toll of any natural disaster in American history. Dolin draws on a vast array of sources as he melds American history, as it is usually told, with the history of hurricanes, showing how these tempests frequently helped determine the nation's course. Hurricanes, it turns out, prevented Spain from expanding its holdings in North America beyond Florida in the late 1500s, and they also played a key role in shifting the tide of the American Revolution against the British in the final stages of the conflict. As he moves through the centuries, following the rise of the United States despite the chaos caused by hurricanes, Dolin traces the corresponding development of hurricane science, from important discoveries made by Benjamin Franklin to the breakthroughs spurred by the necessities of World War II and the Cold War. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438094 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Life on Our Planet: My Witness Statement and a Vision for the Future Author: David Attenborough Narrator: David Attenborough Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: In this scientifically informed account of the changes occurring in the world over the last century, award-winning broadcaster and natural historian shares a lifetime of wisdom and a hopeful vision for the future. See the world. Then make it better. I am 93. I've had an extraordinary life. It's only now that I appreciate how extraordinary. As a young man, I felt I was out there in the wild, experiencing the untouched natural world - but it was an illusion. The tragedy of our time has been happening all around us, barely noticeable from day to day -- the loss of our planet's wild places, its biodiversity. I have been witness to this decline. A Life on Our Planet is my witness statement, and my vision for the future. It is the story of how we came to make this, our greatest mistake -- and how, if we act now, we can yet put it right. We have one final chance to create the perfect home for ourselves and restore the wonderful world we inherited. All we need is the will to do so. David Attenborough Tue, 06 Oct 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438094 thebookvoice.com 6:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Life on Our Planet: My Witness Statement and a Vision for the Future Author: David Attenborough Narrator: David Attenborough Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: In this scientifically informed account of the changes occurring in the world over the last century, award-winning broadcaster and natural historian shares a lifetime of wisdom and a hopeful vision for the future. See the world. Then make it better. I am 93. I've had an extraordinary life. It's only now that I appreciate how extraordinary. As a young man, I felt I was out there in the wild, experiencing the untouched natural world - but it was an illusion. The tragedy of our time has been happening all around us, barely noticeable from day to day -- the loss of our planet's wild places, its biodiversity. I have been witness to this decline. A Life on Our Planet is my witness statement, and my vision for the future. It is the story of how we came to make this, our greatest mistake -- and how, if we act now, we can yet put it right. We have one final chance to create the perfect home for ourselves and restore the wonderful world we inherited. All we need is the will to do so. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Life on Our Planet: My Witness Statement and a Vision for the Future Author: David Attenborough Narrator: David Attenborough Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: In this scientifically informed account of the changes occurring in the world over the last century, award-winning broadcaster and natural historian shares a lifetime of wisdom and a hopeful vision for the future. See the world. Then make it better. I am 93. I've had an extraordinary life. It's only now that I appreciate how extraordinary. As a young man, I felt I was out there in the wild, experiencing the untouched natural world - but it was an illusion. The tragedy of our time has been happening all around us, barely noticeable from day to day -- the loss of our planet's wild places, its biodiversity. I have been witness to this decline. A Life on Our Planet is my witness statement, and my vision for the future. It is the story of how we came to make this, our greatest mistake -- and how, if we act now, we can yet put it right. We have one final chance to create the perfect home for ourselves and restore the wonderful world we inherited. All we need is the will to do so. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437712 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437712]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Vampire Book Author: Dk Narrator: Beth Eyre Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 43 minutes Release date: October 29, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Get your teeth into all things vampire. Does your child love vampires? Then bring them face to fang with these evil beings. From how to kill a vampire, to famous profiles including Vlad the Impaler, they'll find out everything they every wanted to know about the world's most evil bloodsuckers. Packed with tons of creepy vampire facts no vampire-lover should be without one. © 2009 Dorling Kindersley Ltd © 2020 DK Audio Dk Thu, 29 Oct 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437712 thebookvoice.com 1:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437712]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Vampire Book Author: Dk Narrator: Beth Eyre Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 43 minutes Release date: October 29, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Get your teeth into all things vampire. Does your child love vampires? Then bring them face to fang with these evil beings. From how to kill a vampire, to famous profiles including Vlad the Impaler, they'll find out everything they every wanted to know about the world's most evil bloodsuckers. Packed with tons of creepy vampire facts no vampire-lover should be without one. © 2009 Dorling Kindersley Ltd © 2020 DK Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437712]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Vampire Book Author: Dk Narrator: Beth Eyre Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 43 minutes Release date: October 29, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Get your teeth into all things vampire. Does your child love vampires? Then bring them face to fang with these evil beings. From how to kill a vampire, to famous profiles including Vlad the Impaler, they'll find out everything they every wanted to know about the world's most evil bloodsuckers. Packed with tons of creepy vampire facts no vampire-lover should be without one. © 2009 Dorling Kindersley Ltd © 2020 DK Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436052 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killer Triggers Author: Joe Kenda Narrator: Joe Kenda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 94 Ratings of Narrator: 4.61 of Total 23 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The most common triggers for homicide are fear, rage, revenge, money, lust, and, more rarely, sheer madness. This isn’t an exact science, of course. Any given murder can have multiple triggers. Sex and revenge seem to be common partners in crime. Rage, money, and revenge make for a dangerous trifecta of triggers, as well. This book offers my memories of homicide cases that I investigated or oversaw. In each case, I examine the trigger that led to death. I chose this theme for the book because even though the why of a murder case may not be critical in an investigation, it can sometimes lead us to the killer. And even if we solve a case without knowing the trigger, the why still intrigues us, disrupting our dreams and lingering in our minds, perhaps because each of us fears the demons that lie within our own psyche—the triggers waiting to be pulled. Joe Kenda Tue, 09 Mar 2021 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436052 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killer Triggers Author: Joe Kenda Narrator: Joe Kenda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 94 Ratings of Narrator: 4.61 of Total 23 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The most common triggers for homicide are fear, rage, revenge, money, lust, and, more rarely, sheer madness. This isn’t an exact science, of course. Any given murder can have multiple triggers. Sex and revenge seem to be common partners in crime. Rage, money, and revenge make for a dangerous trifecta of triggers, as well. This book offers my memories of homicide cases that I investigated or oversaw. In each case, I examine the trigger that led to death. I chose this theme for the book because even though the why of a murder case may not be critical in an investigation, it can sometimes lead us to the killer. And even if we solve a case without knowing the trigger, the why still intrigues us, disrupting our dreams and lingering in our minds, perhaps because each of us fears the demons that lie within our own psyche—the triggers waiting to be pulled. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killer Triggers Author: Joe Kenda Narrator: Joe Kenda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 94 Ratings of Narrator: 4.61 of Total 23 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The most common triggers for homicide are fear, rage, revenge, money, lust, and, more rarely, sheer madness. This isn’t an exact science, of course. Any given murder can have multiple triggers. Sex and revenge seem to be common partners in crime. Rage, money, and revenge make for a dangerous trifecta of triggers, as well. This book offers my memories of homicide cases that I investigated or oversaw. In each case, I examine the trigger that led to death. I chose this theme for the book because even though the why of a murder case may not be critical in an investigation, it can sometimes lead us to the killer. And even if we solve a case without knowing the trigger, the why still intrigues us, disrupting our dreams and lingering in our minds, perhaps because each of us fears the demons that lie within our own psyche—the triggers waiting to be pulled. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435930 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: History Myths Exploded: How Some of the History's Biggest Ideas are Wrong Author: Christopher R. Fee, Jeff Webb Narrator: Christopher R. Fee, Jeff Webb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Join the acclaimed authors of the encyclopedia of conspiracy theories in exploring some of history's great myths.  In this provocative audio course, you'll travel through time with history and medieval literature experts to learn why the truth about past events is so elusive. Your journey will be helmed by two award-winning scholars: acclaimed literature and mythology professor Christopher Fee and historian Jeffrey Webb.    Profs. Fee and Webb explain that although most of us recognize the value of good history, we often find truthful accounts of the past, frankly, less than inspiring. What really excites us is a tale well told.    Following a timeline that begins in Ancient Greece and ends in 1960s America, Profs. Fee and Webb reveal the surprising truth behind dominant narratives about the 300 Spartans, Columbus's discovery of America, Lincoln's role in Emancipation, Edison's inventions, and much more.      Over the course of 14 lectures, Profs. Fee and Webb explore the relationship between myth and history, surveying the boundary line between legend and fact. They affirm myth's enduring appeal and cultural importance while also highlighting its implicit hazards. Ultimately, they show that disentangling myth from history teaches us valuable lessons about our common humanity.    As you explode some of history's biggest myths, you'll discover how both fact and fiction convey eternal truths. This course is part of the Learn25 collection. Christopher R. Fee, Jeff Webb Tue, 01 Oct 2019 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435930 thebookvoice.com 6:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: History Myths Exploded: How Some of the History's Biggest Ideas are Wrong Author: Christopher R. Fee, Jeff Webb Narrator: Christopher R. Fee, Jeff Webb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Join the acclaimed authors of the encyclopedia of conspiracy theories in exploring some of history's great myths.  In this provocative audio course, you'll travel through time with history and medieval literature experts to learn why the truth about past events is so elusive. Your journey will be helmed by two award-winning scholars: acclaimed literature and mythology professor Christopher Fee and historian Jeffrey Webb.    Profs. Fee and Webb explain that although most of us recognize the value of good history, we often find truthful accounts of the past, frankly, less than inspiring. What really excites us is a tale well told.    Following a timeline that begins in Ancient Greece and ends in 1960s America, Profs. Fee and Webb reveal the surprising truth behind dominant narratives about the 300 Spartans, Columbus's discovery of America, Lincoln's role in Emancipation, Edison's inventions, and much more.      Over the course of 14 lectures, Profs. Fee and Webb explore the relationship between myth and history, surveying the boundary line between legend and fact. They affirm myth's enduring appeal and cultural importance while also highlighting its implicit hazards. Ultimately, they show that disentangling myth from history teaches us valuable lessons about our common humanity.    As you explode some of history's biggest myths, you'll discover how both fact and fiction convey eternal truths. This course is part of the Learn25 collection. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: History Myths Exploded: How Some of the History's Biggest Ideas are Wrong Author: Christopher R. Fee, Jeff Webb Narrator: Christopher R. Fee, Jeff Webb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Join the acclaimed authors of the encyclopedia of conspiracy theories in exploring some of history's great myths.  In this provocative audio course, you'll travel through time with history and medieval literature experts to learn why the truth about past events is so elusive. Your journey will be helmed by two award-winning scholars: acclaimed literature and mythology professor Christopher Fee and historian Jeffrey Webb.    Profs. Fee and Webb explain that although most of us recognize the value of good history, we often find truthful accounts of the past, frankly, less than inspiring. What really excites us is a tale well told.    Following a timeline that begins in Ancient Greece and ends in 1960s America, Profs. Fee and Webb reveal the surprising truth behind dominant narratives about the 300 Spartans, Columbus's discovery of America, Lincoln's role in Emancipation, Edison's inventions, and much more.      Over the course of 14 lectures, Profs. Fee and Webb explore the relationship between myth and history, surveying the boundary line between legend and fact. They affirm myth's enduring appeal and cultural importance while also highlighting its implicit hazards. Ultimately, they show that disentangling myth from history teaches us valuable lessons about our common humanity.    As you explode some of history's biggest myths, you'll discover how both fact and fiction convey eternal truths. This course is part of the Learn25 collection. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435919 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Media Psychology: Understanding and Navigating the Media's Subconscious Influence Author: Douglas A. Gentile Narrator: Douglas A. Gentile Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Get science-based answers to your most pressing questions about your kids and the media in this pioneering audio series. Douglas A. Gentile-a parent, preeminent child psychologist, and award-winning professor-teaches you practical strategies for wiser media habits. In 23 engaging lectures, Dr. Gentile gives you the knowledge you need to foster healthy brain and social development, helping your children become calmer, happier, and more sociable. As you look at cutting-edge scientific discoveries, you will understand how your child's brain is wired, how it matures, and how the media molds it.   You'll discover the truth about media violence, the link between screen time and school performance, the surprising ways advertisers influence your child, and much more. With Dr. Gentile's advice, you'll learn to harness the positive effects of media and prevent harmful effects like video game addiction. Taught by one of America's leading experts, this course is the definitive parent's guide to children and the media. We live in a world flooded with multimedia influences. Now more than ever, good parenting requires science-based knowledge to enable you and your children to make good choices. As Prof. Gentile says, "It's like knowing how a magic trick is performed." You will leave the course understanding not only the "whats" of media psychology but also the "hows" and "whys" behind it. Douglas A. Gentile Mon, 22 Oct 2018 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435919 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Media Psychology: Understanding and Navigating the Media's Subconscious Influence Author: Douglas A. Gentile Narrator: Douglas A. Gentile Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Get science-based answers to your most pressing questions about your kids and the media in this pioneering audio series. Douglas A. Gentile-a parent, preeminent child psychologist, and award-winning professor-teaches you practical strategies for wiser media habits. In 23 engaging lectures, Dr. Gentile gives you the knowledge you need to foster healthy brain and social development, helping your children become calmer, happier, and more sociable. As you look at cutting-edge scientific discoveries, you will understand how your child's brain is wired, how it matures, and how the media molds it.   You'll discover the truth about media violence, the link between screen time and school performance, the surprising ways advertisers influence your child, and much more. With Dr. Gentile's advice, you'll learn to harness the positive effects of media and prevent harmful effects like video game addiction. Taught by one of America's leading experts, this course is the definitive parent's guide to children and the media. We live in a world flooded with multimedia influences. Now more than ever, good parenting requires science-based knowledge to enable you and your children to make good choices. As Prof. Gentile says, "It's like knowing how a magic trick is performed." You will leave the course understanding not only the "whats" of media psychology but also the "hows" and "whys" behind it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Media Psychology: Understanding and Navigating the Media's Subconscious Influence Author: Douglas A. Gentile Narrator: Douglas A. Gentile Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Get science-based answers to your most pressing questions about your kids and the media in this pioneering audio series. Douglas A. Gentile-a parent, preeminent child psychologist, and award-winning professor-teaches you practical strategies for wiser media habits. In 23 engaging lectures, Dr. Gentile gives you the knowledge you need to foster healthy brain and social development, helping your children become calmer, happier, and more sociable. As you look at cutting-edge scientific discoveries, you will understand how your child's brain is wired, how it matures, and how the media molds it.   You'll discover the truth about media violence, the link between screen time and school performance, the surprising ways advertisers influence your child, and much more. With Dr. Gentile's advice, you'll learn to harness the positive effects of media and prevent harmful effects like video game addiction. Taught by one of America's leading experts, this course is the definitive parent's guide to children and the media. We live in a world flooded with multimedia influences. Now more than ever, good parenting requires science-based knowledge to enable you and your children to make good choices. As Prof. Gentile says, "It's like knowing how a magic trick is performed." You will leave the course understanding not only the "whats" of media psychology but also the "hows" and "whys" behind it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434038 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434038]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Adaptations: Star-Nosed Moles, Electric Eels, and Other Tales of Evolution's Mysteries Solved Author: Kenneth Catania Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: From star-nosed moles that have super-sensing snouts to electric eels that paralyze their prey, animals possess unique and extraordinary abilities. In Great Adaptations, Kenneth Catania presents an entertaining and engaging look at some of nature's most remarkable creatures. Telling the story of his biological detective work, Catania sheds light on the mysteries behind the behaviors of tentacled snakes, tiny shrews, zombie-making wasps, and more. He shows not only how studying these animals can provide deep insights into how life evolved, but also how scientific discovery can be filled with adventure and fun. Beginning with the star-nosed mole, Catania reveals what the creature's nasal star is actually for, and what this tells us about how brains work. He explores how the deceptive hunting strategy of tentacled snakes leads prey straight to their mouths, how eels use electricity to control other animals, and why emerald jewel wasps make zombies out of cockroaches. He also solves the enigma of worm grunting—a traditional technique in which earthworms are enticed out of the ground—by teaming up with professional worm grunters. Catania demonstrates the merits of approaching science with an open mind, considers the role played by citizen scientists, and illustrates that most animals have incredible, hidden abilities that defy our imagination. Kenneth Catania Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434038 thebookvoice.com 7:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434038]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Adaptations: Star-Nosed Moles, Electric Eels, and Other Tales of Evolution's Mysteries Solved Author: Kenneth Catania Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: From star-nosed moles that have super-sensing snouts to electric eels that paralyze their prey, animals possess unique and extraordinary abilities. In Great Adaptations, Kenneth Catania presents an entertaining and engaging look at some of nature's most remarkable creatures. Telling the story of his biological detective work, Catania sheds light on the mysteries behind the behaviors of tentacled snakes, tiny shrews, zombie-making wasps, and more. He shows not only how studying these animals can provide deep insights into how life evolved, but also how scientific discovery can be filled with adventure and fun. Beginning with the star-nosed mole, Catania reveals what the creature's nasal star is actually for, and what this tells us about how brains work. He explores how the deceptive hunting strategy of tentacled snakes leads prey straight to their mouths, how eels use electricity to control other animals, and why emerald jewel wasps make zombies out of cockroaches. He also solves the enigma of worm grunting—a traditional technique in which earthworms are enticed out of the ground—by teaming up with professional worm grunters. Catania demonstrates the merits of approaching science with an open mind, considers the role played by citizen scientists, and illustrates that most animals have incredible, hidden abilities that defy our imagination. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434038]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Adaptations: Star-Nosed Moles, Electric Eels, and Other Tales of Evolution's Mysteries Solved Author: Kenneth Catania Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: From star-nosed moles that have super-sensing snouts to electric eels that paralyze their prey, animals possess unique and extraordinary abilities. In Great Adaptations, Kenneth Catania presents an entertaining and engaging look at some of nature's most remarkable creatures. Telling the story of his biological detective work, Catania sheds light on the mysteries behind the behaviors of tentacled snakes, tiny shrews, zombie-making wasps, and more. He shows not only how studying these animals can provide deep insights into how life evolved, but also how scientific discovery can be filled with adventure and fun. Beginning with the star-nosed mole, Catania reveals what the creature's nasal star is actually for, and what this tells us about how brains work. He explores how the deceptive hunting strategy of tentacled snakes leads prey straight to their mouths, how eels use electricity to control other animals, and why emerald jewel wasps make zombies out of cockroaches. He also solves the enigma of worm grunting—a traditional technique in which earthworms are enticed out of the ground—by teaming up with professional worm grunters. Catania demonstrates the merits of approaching science with an open mind, considers the role played by citizen scientists, and illustrates that most animals have incredible, hidden abilities that defy our imagination. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432210 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432210]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Backs of Tortoises: Darwin, the Galapagos, and the Fate of an Evolutionary Eden Author: Elizabeth Hennessy Narrator: Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: July 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: An insightful exploration of the iconic Galápagos tortoises, and how their fate is inextricably linked to our own in a rapidly changing world. The Galápagos archipelago is often viewed as a last foothold of pristine nature. For sixty years, conservationists have worked to restore this evolutionary Eden after centuries of exploitation at the hands of pirates, whalers, and island settlers. This book tells the story of the islands' namesakes—the giant tortoises—as coveted food sources, objects of natural history, and famous icons of conservation and tourism. By doing so, it brings into stark relief the paradoxical, and impossible, goal of conserving species by trying to restore a past state of prehistoric evolution. The tortoises, Elizabeth Hennessy demonstrates, are not prehistoric, but rather microcosms whose stories show how deeply human and nonhuman life are entangled. In a world where evolution is thoroughly shaped by global history, Hennessy puts forward a vision for conservation based on reckoning with the past, rather than trying to erase it. Elizabeth Hennessy Fri, 31 Jul 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432210 thebookvoice.com 11:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432210]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Backs of Tortoises: Darwin, the Galapagos, and the Fate of an Evolutionary Eden Author: Elizabeth Hennessy Narrator: Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: July 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: An insightful exploration of the iconic Galápagos tortoises, and how their fate is inextricably linked to our own in a rapidly changing world. The Galápagos archipelago is often viewed as a last foothold of pristine nature. For sixty years, conservationists have worked to restore this evolutionary Eden after centuries of exploitation at the hands of pirates, whalers, and island settlers. This book tells the story of the islands' namesakes—the giant tortoises—as coveted food sources, objects of natural history, and famous icons of conservation and tourism. By doing so, it brings into stark relief the paradoxical, and impossible, goal of conserving species by trying to restore a past state of prehistoric evolution. The tortoises, Elizabeth Hennessy demonstrates, are not prehistoric, but rather microcosms whose stories show how deeply human and nonhuman life are entangled. In a world where evolution is thoroughly shaped by global history, Hennessy puts forward a vision for conservation based on reckoning with the past, rather than trying to erase it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432210]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Backs of Tortoises: Darwin, the Galapagos, and the Fate of an Evolutionary Eden Author: Elizabeth Hennessy Narrator: Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: July 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: An insightful exploration of the iconic Galápagos tortoises, and how their fate is inextricably linked to our own in a rapidly changing world. The Galápagos archipelago is often viewed as a last foothold of pristine nature. For sixty years, conservationists have worked to restore this evolutionary Eden after centuries of exploitation at the hands of pirates, whalers, and island settlers. This book tells the story of the islands' namesakes—the giant tortoises—as coveted food sources, objects of natural history, and famous icons of conservation and tourism. By doing so, it brings into stark relief the paradoxical, and impossible, goal of conserving species by trying to restore a past state of prehistoric evolution. The tortoises, Elizabeth Hennessy demonstrates, are not prehistoric, but rather microcosms whose stories show how deeply human and nonhuman life are entangled. In a world where evolution is thoroughly shaped by global history, Hennessy puts forward a vision for conservation based on reckoning with the past, rather than trying to erase it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431475 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431475]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Can't Believe It! Author: Dk Narrator: Sarah Ovens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: July 16, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Dive into a world of fascinating facts and cool comparisons about our world, from the very bottom of the ocean - which is as deep as 29 Empire State buildings - to the planets of the solar system, and everything in between! Do you know which flower is taller than a human? Or how many Earths could fit inside Jupiter? Or if it is true that we only use 10% of our brains? Whatever the topic, this fact-tastic compendium will uncover the story behind the weirdest wonders of our world - from intriguing animals and astounding nature, to the mysteries of science, history, geography, the human body, and more! Packed full of myth-busting true-or-false questions, this audiobook tells you all the things you really want to know about our incredible world. A compilation of favourite stories from the four best-selling DK titles It Can't be True!, True or False?, Strange but True, and It Can't Be True! 2, I Can't Believe It! is the ultimate companion for any fact-hungry child. It will astound and amaze you, over and over again! © 2020 Dorling Kindersley Ltd © 2020 DK Audio Dk Thu, 16 Jul 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431475 thebookvoice.com 7:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431475]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Can't Believe It! Author: Dk Narrator: Sarah Ovens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: July 16, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Dive into a world of fascinating facts and cool comparisons about our world, from the very bottom of the ocean - which is as deep as 29 Empire State buildings - to the planets of the solar system, and everything in between! Do you know which flower is taller than a human? Or how many Earths could fit inside Jupiter? Or if it is true that we only use 10% of our brains? Whatever the topic, this fact-tastic compendium will uncover the story behind the weirdest wonders of our world - from intriguing animals and astounding nature, to the mysteries of science, history, geography, the human body, and more! Packed full of myth-busting true-or-false questions, this audiobook tells you all the things you really want to know about our incredible world. A compilation of favourite stories from the four best-selling DK titles It Can't be True!, True or False?, Strange but True, and It Can't Be True! 2, I Can't Believe It! is the ultimate companion for any fact-hungry child. It will astound and amaze you, over and over again! © 2020 Dorling Kindersley Ltd © 2020 DK Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431475]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Can't Believe It! Author: Dk Narrator: Sarah Ovens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: July 16, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Dive into a world of fascinating facts and cool comparisons about our world, from the very bottom of the ocean - which is as deep as 29 Empire State buildings - to the planets of the solar system, and everything in between! Do you know which flower is taller than a human? Or how many Earths could fit inside Jupiter? Or if it is true that we only use 10% of our brains? Whatever the topic, this fact-tastic compendium will uncover the story behind the weirdest wonders of our world - from intriguing animals and astounding nature, to the mysteries of science, history, geography, the human body, and more! Packed full of myth-busting true-or-false questions, this audiobook tells you all the things you really want to know about our incredible world. A compilation of favourite stories from the four best-selling DK titles It Can't be True!, True or False?, Strange but True, and It Can't Be True! 2, I Can't Believe It! is the ultimate companion for any fact-hungry child. It will astound and amaze you, over and over again! © 2020 Dorling Kindersley Ltd © 2020 DK Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431332 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Real History of Witches and Witch Hunts Author: Thomas Fudge Narrator: Thomas Fudge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Heralded as one of the world's greatest scholars of scholars of late medieval religious heterodoxy, Thomas Fudge combines scholarly insight with great storytelling. For centuries, the idea of witches living in our midst has enthralled us. How did this fascination develop? Why did it lead to the persecution of thousands of accused "witches," most of them women? What does the history of witch hunts reveal about our identities and Western civilization at large? Holding doctorates in both medieval history and theology, Prof. Fudge is the perfect guide for this audio course on witch-hunting. Under his tutelage, you will discover how a culture of paranoia developed, why those ideas appealed to men and women in the 16th and 17th centuries, and what effects linger even today. Throughout this 18-part series you will analyze primary sources to understand and contextualize the regulation, detection, and prosecution of alleged witchcraft. By studying the medieval foundations for modern manifestations of witch-hunting-like McCarthyism-you will become more conscientious of the social dynamics of witch-hunts. As Prof. Fudge underscores, witches are a topic "used, misused, and abused." This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide. Thomas Fudge Fri, 21 Dec 2018 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431332 thebookvoice.com 7:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Real History of Witches and Witch Hunts Author: Thomas Fudge Narrator: Thomas Fudge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Heralded as one of the world's greatest scholars of scholars of late medieval religious heterodoxy, Thomas Fudge combines scholarly insight with great storytelling. For centuries, the idea of witches living in our midst has enthralled us. How did this fascination develop? Why did it lead to the persecution of thousands of accused "witches," most of them women? What does the history of witch hunts reveal about our identities and Western civilization at large? Holding doctorates in both medieval history and theology, Prof. Fudge is the perfect guide for this audio course on witch-hunting. Under his tutelage, you will discover how a culture of paranoia developed, why those ideas appealed to men and women in the 16th and 17th centuries, and what effects linger even today. Throughout this 18-part series you will analyze primary sources to understand and contextualize the regulation, detection, and prosecution of alleged witchcraft. By studying the medieval foundations for modern manifestations of witch-hunting-like McCarthyism-you will become more conscientious of the social dynamics of witch-hunts. As Prof. Fudge underscores, witches are a topic "used, misused, and abused." This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Real History of Witches and Witch Hunts Author: Thomas Fudge Narrator: Thomas Fudge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Heralded as one of the world's greatest scholars of scholars of late medieval religious heterodoxy, Thomas Fudge combines scholarly insight with great storytelling. For centuries, the idea of witches living in our midst has enthralled us. How did this fascination develop? Why did it lead to the persecution of thousands of accused "witches," most of them women? What does the history of witch hunts reveal about our identities and Western civilization at large? Holding doctorates in both medieval history and theology, Prof. Fudge is the perfect guide for this audio course on witch-hunting. Under his tutelage, you will discover how a culture of paranoia developed, why those ideas appealed to men and women in the 16th and 17th centuries, and what effects linger even today. Throughout this 18-part series you will analyze primary sources to understand and contextualize the regulation, detection, and prosecution of alleged witchcraft. By studying the medieval foundations for modern manifestations of witch-hunting-like McCarthyism-you will become more conscientious of the social dynamics of witch-hunts. As Prof. Fudge underscores, witches are a topic "used, misused, and abused." This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423738 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423738]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 13½ Incredible Things You Need to Know About Everything Author: Dk Narrator: Alex Wingfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 9, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Learn something about everything with 13 mind-blowing facts plus a little myth-buster about every topic under (and including) the sun! Everyday objects from cars and skeletons to pianos and chocolate take young readers on an incredible factual adventure. Did you know that one in every four animals on earth is a beetle? Or that white chocolate isn't technically chocolate? 13½ Incredible Things You Need to Know About Everything includes over 1000 facts on 80 different subjects to satisfy a child's thirst for knowledge. Familiar objects - the Earth, a tiger, an Apollo spacesuit, a scorpion - are exploded to reveal their extraordinary insides. Surprising myth-busters give children a wealth of new favourite facts, such as chameleons change colour to stand out, not blend in and that sharks only kill 6 people a year while people kill 100 million sharks a year! This audiobook will draw young listeners into 13½ Incredible Things You Need to Know About Everything and irresistible information will keep them there! © 2017 Dorling Kindersley Ltd © 2020 DK Audio Dk Thu, 09 Apr 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423738 thebookvoice.com 7:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423738]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 13½ Incredible Things You Need to Know About Everything Author: Dk Narrator: Alex Wingfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 9, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Learn something about everything with 13 mind-blowing facts plus a little myth-buster about every topic under (and including) the sun! Everyday objects from cars and skeletons to pianos and chocolate take young readers on an incredible factual adventure. Did you know that one in every four animals on earth is a beetle? Or that white chocolate isn't technically chocolate? 13½ Incredible Things You Need to Know About Everything includes over 1000 facts on 80 different subjects to satisfy a child's thirst for knowledge. Familiar objects - the Earth, a tiger, an Apollo spacesuit, a scorpion - are exploded to reveal their extraordinary insides. Surprising myth-busters give children a wealth of new favourite facts, such as chameleons change colour to stand out, not blend in and that sharks only kill 6 people a year while people kill 100 million sharks a year! This audiobook will draw young listeners into 13½ Incredible Things You Need to Know About Everything and irresistible information will keep them there! © 2017 Dorling Kindersley Ltd © 2020 DK Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423738]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 13½ Incredible Things You Need to Know About Everything Author: Dk Narrator: Alex Wingfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 9, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Learn something about everything with 13 mind-blowing facts plus a little myth-buster about every topic under (and including) the sun! Everyday objects from cars and skeletons to pianos and chocolate take young readers on an incredible factual adventure. Did you know that one in every four animals on earth is a beetle? Or that white chocolate isn't technically chocolate? 13½ Incredible Things You Need to Know About Everything includes over 1000 facts on 80 different subjects to satisfy a child's thirst for knowledge. Familiar objects - the Earth, a tiger, an Apollo spacesuit, a scorpion - are exploded to reveal their extraordinary insides. Surprising myth-busters give children a wealth of new favourite facts, such as chameleons change colour to stand out, not blend in and that sharks only kill 6 people a year while people kill 100 million sharks a year! This audiobook will draw young listeners into 13½ Incredible Things You Need to Know About Everything and irresistible information will keep them there! © 2017 Dorling Kindersley Ltd © 2020 DK Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423598 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rivers of Power: How a Natural Force Raised Kingdoms, Destroyed Civilizations, and Shapes Our World Author: Laurence C. Smith Narrator: Victor Bevine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Rivers, more than any road, technology or political event, have shaped the course of civilization. In Rivers of Power, geographer Laurence C. Smith tells the sweeping story of rivers and how they made us. Rivers have opened frontiers, defined borders, supported trade, generated energy and fed billions. Most of our greatest cities stand on river banks or deltas, and our quest for mastery has spurred staggering advances in engineering, science and law. Rivers and their topographic divides have shaped the territories of nations and the migration of peoples, and yet - as their resources become ever more precious - can foster cooperation even among enemy states. And though they are increasingly domesticated, they remain a formidable global force: these vast arterial powers promote life but are capable of destroying everything in their path. From ancient Egypt to the space age to our growing contemporary metropolises, Rivers of Power reveals why rivers matter so profoundly to human civilization, and how they continue to be indispensable to our societies and wellbeing. ©Laurence C. Smith 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Laurence C. Smith Tue, 21 Apr 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423598 thebookvoice.com 10:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rivers of Power: How a Natural Force Raised Kingdoms, Destroyed Civilizations, and Shapes Our World Author: Laurence C. Smith Narrator: Victor Bevine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Rivers, more than any road, technology or political event, have shaped the course of civilization. In Rivers of Power, geographer Laurence C. Smith tells the sweeping story of rivers and how they made us. Rivers have opened frontiers, defined borders, supported trade, generated energy and fed billions. Most of our greatest cities stand on river banks or deltas, and our quest for mastery has spurred staggering advances in engineering, science and law. Rivers and their topographic divides have shaped the territories of nations and the migration of peoples, and yet - as their resources become ever more precious - can foster cooperation even among enemy states. And though they are increasingly domesticated, they remain a formidable global force: these vast arterial powers promote life but are capable of destroying everything in their path. From ancient Egypt to the space age to our growing contemporary metropolises, Rivers of Power reveals why rivers matter so profoundly to human civilization, and how they continue to be indispensable to our societies and wellbeing. ©Laurence C. Smith 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rivers of Power: How a Natural Force Raised Kingdoms, Destroyed Civilizations, and Shapes Our World Author: Laurence C. Smith Narrator: Victor Bevine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Rivers, more than any road, technology or political event, have shaped the course of civilization. In Rivers of Power, geographer Laurence C. Smith tells the sweeping story of rivers and how they made us. Rivers have opened frontiers, defined borders, supported trade, generated energy and fed billions. Most of our greatest cities stand on river banks or deltas, and our quest for mastery has spurred staggering advances in engineering, science and law. Rivers and their topographic divides have shaped the territories of nations and the migration of peoples, and yet - as their resources become ever more precious - can foster cooperation even among enemy states. And though they are increasingly domesticated, they remain a formidable global force: these vast arterial powers promote life but are capable of destroying everything in their path. From ancient Egypt to the space age to our growing contemporary metropolises, Rivers of Power reveals why rivers matter so profoundly to human civilization, and how they continue to be indispensable to our societies and wellbeing. ©Laurence C. Smith 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420834 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420834]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rewild Yourself: 23 Spellbinding Ways to Make Nature More Visible Author: Simon Barnes Narrator: Simon Mattacks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: 'Such a simple, clever book.' Rosemary Goring, The Herald We're not just losing the wild world. We're forgetting it. We're no longer noticing it. We've lost the habit of looking and seeing and listening and hearing. But we can make hidden things visible, and this book features 23 spellbinding ways to bring the magic of nature much closer to home. Mammals you never knew existed will enter your world. Birds hidden in treetops will shed their cloak of anonymity. With a single movement of your hand you can make reptiles appear before you. Butterflies you never saw before will bring joy to every sunny day. Creatures of the darkness will enter your consciousness. And as you take on new techniques and a little new equipment, you will discover new creatures and, with them, new areas of yourself that had gone dormant. Once put to use, they wake up and start working again. You become wilder in your mind and in your heart. Once you know the tricks, the wild world begins to appear before you.  For anyone who wants to get closer to the nature all around them and bring it back into focus, this is the perfect read.  'Barnes describes the wonders of nature with an infectious enthusiasm' Guardian 'Such a good idea' Chris Packham 'Barnes, a passionate writer on wildlife...is an endearingly boisterous guide' Daily Mail Simon Barnes Thu, 11 Jun 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420834 thebookvoice.com 4:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420834]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rewild Yourself: 23 Spellbinding Ways to Make Nature More Visible Author: Simon Barnes Narrator: Simon Mattacks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: 'Such a simple, clever book.' Rosemary Goring, The Herald We're not just losing the wild world. We're forgetting it. We're no longer noticing it. We've lost the habit of looking and seeing and listening and hearing. But we can make hidden things visible, and this book features 23 spellbinding ways to bring the magic of nature much closer to home. Mammals you never knew existed will enter your world. Birds hidden in treetops will shed their cloak of anonymity. With a single movement of your hand you can make reptiles appear before you. Butterflies you never saw before will bring joy to every sunny day. Creatures of the darkness will enter your consciousness. And as you take on new techniques and a little new equipment, you will discover new creatures and, with them, new areas of yourself that had gone dormant. Once put to use, they wake up and start working again. You become wilder in your mind and in your heart. Once you know the tricks, the wild world begins to appear before you.  For anyone who wants to get closer to the nature all around them and bring it back into focus, this is the perfect read.  'Barnes describes the wonders of nature with an infectious enthusiasm' Guardian 'Such a good idea' Chris Packham 'Barnes, a passionate writer on wildlife...is an endearingly boisterous guide' Daily Mail Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420834]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rewild Yourself: 23 Spellbinding Ways to Make Nature More Visible Author: Simon Barnes Narrator: Simon Mattacks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: 'Such a simple, clever book.' Rosemary Goring, The Herald We're not just losing the wild world. We're forgetting it. We're no longer noticing it. We've lost the habit of looking and seeing and listening and hearing. But we can make hidden things visible, and this book features 23 spellbinding ways to bring the magic of nature much closer to home. Mammals you never knew existed will enter your world. Birds hidden in treetops will shed their cloak of anonymity. With a single movement of your hand you can make reptiles appear before you. Butterflies you never saw before will bring joy to every sunny day. Creatures of the darkness will enter your consciousness. And as you take on new techniques and a little new equipment, you will discover new creatures and, with them, new areas of yourself that had gone dormant. Once put to use, they wake up and start working again. You become wilder in your mind and in your heart. Once you know the tricks, the wild world begins to appear before you.  For anyone who wants to get closer to the nature all around them and bring it back into focus, this is the perfect read.  'Barnes describes the wonders of nature with an infectious enthusiasm' Guardian 'Such a good idea' Chris Packham 'Barnes, a passionate writer on wildlife...is an endearingly boisterous guide' Daily Mail https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418410 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surrounded by Psychopaths: or, How to Stop Being Exploited by Others Author: Thomas Erikson Narrator: David John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From the Sunday Times bestselling author of Surrounded by Idiots. Some people are exceptionally manipulative. They can convince anyone about anything and lure them with their charm. They enjoy controlling others and will do anything to get what they want. Sound familiar? The bad news is that you can’t really escape them. But here comes the good news: you can beat them at their own game. After going through the highs and lows of different personality types (Red, Blue, Green and Yellow) in his international bestseller Surrounded by Idiots, Swedish behavioural expert Thomas Erikson will now show you how your weaknesses and personality traits can be exploited by other people and how you can stop them in their tracks. By learning more about your personality type and how you work, you’ll be able to see through any psychopath's manipulative behaviours and fend off their attempts to wreak havoc into your life. Witty, engaging and informative, this book will give you everything you need to handle life’s most skilled manipulators and identify the psychopaths in your life… before it’s too late! © Thomas Erikson 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Thomas Erikson Thu, 08 Oct 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418410 thebookvoice.com 9:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surrounded by Psychopaths: or, How to Stop Being Exploited by Others Author: Thomas Erikson Narrator: David John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From the Sunday Times bestselling author of Surrounded by Idiots. Some people are exceptionally manipulative. They can convince anyone about anything and lure them with their charm. They enjoy controlling others and will do anything to get what they want. Sound familiar? The bad news is that you can’t really escape them. But here comes the good news: you can beat them at their own game. After going through the highs and lows of different personality types (Red, Blue, Green and Yellow) in his international bestseller Surrounded by Idiots, Swedish behavioural expert Thomas Erikson will now show you how your weaknesses and personality traits can be exploited by other people and how you can stop them in their tracks. By learning more about your personality type and how you work, you’ll be able to see through any psychopath's manipulative behaviours and fend off their attempts to wreak havoc into your life. Witty, engaging and informative, this book will give you everything you need to handle life’s most skilled manipulators and identify the psychopaths in your life… before it’s too late! © Thomas Erikson 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surrounded by Psychopaths: or, How to Stop Being Exploited by Others Author: Thomas Erikson Narrator: David John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From the Sunday Times bestselling author of Surrounded by Idiots. Some people are exceptionally manipulative. They can convince anyone about anything and lure them with their charm. They enjoy controlling others and will do anything to get what they want. Sound familiar? The bad news is that you can’t really escape them. But here comes the good news: you can beat them at their own game. After going through the highs and lows of different personality types (Red, Blue, Green and Yellow) in his international bestseller Surrounded by Idiots, Swedish behavioural expert Thomas Erikson will now show you how your weaknesses and personality traits can be exploited by other people and how you can stop them in their tracks. By learning more about your personality type and how you work, you’ll be able to see through any psychopath's manipulative behaviours and fend off their attempts to wreak havoc into your life. Witty, engaging and informative, this book will give you everything you need to handle life’s most skilled manipulators and identify the psychopaths in your life… before it’s too late! © Thomas Erikson 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410945 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entangled Life: How Fungi Make Our Worlds, Change Our Minds and Shape Our Futures Author: Merlin Sheldrake Narrator: Merlin Sheldrake Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 12 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The smash-hit Sunday Times bestseller that will transform your understanding of our planet and life itself. 'Astonishing ... it seems somehow to tip the natural world upside down' Observer 'Completely mind-blowing ... reads like an adventure story' Sunday Times *WINNER OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY BOOK PRIZE 2021* *WINNER OF THE WAINWRIGHT PRIZE FOR CONSERVATION WRTITING 2021* *SHORTLISTED FOR THE RATHBONES FOLIO PRIZE 2021* *SHORTLISTED FOR THE BRITISH BOOK AWARDS BOOK OF THE YEAR 2021* The more we learn about fungi, the less makes sense without them. They can change our minds, heal our bodies and even help us avoid environmental disaster; they are metabolic masters, earth-makers and key players in most of nature's processes. In Entangled Life, Merlin Sheldrake takes us on a mind-altering journey into their spectacular world, and reveals how these extraordinary organisms transform our understanding of our planet and life itself. 'Dazzling, vibrant, vision-changing' Robert Macfarlane 'Urgent, astounding and necessary' Helen Macdonald 'Gorgeous!' Margaret Atwood (on Twitter) 'Wonderful' Nigella Lawson 'A magical writer' Russell Brand 'This book is like one surprise after another' David Byrne 'Uplifting' Jeanette Winterson * A Sunday Times, Daily Telegraph, New Statesman, The Times, Evening Standard, Mail on Sunday, BBC Science Focus and Time Book of the Year * ©Merlin Sheldrake 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Merlin Sheldrake Thu, 03 Sep 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410945 thebookvoice.com 9:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entangled Life: How Fungi Make Our Worlds, Change Our Minds and Shape Our Futures Author: Merlin Sheldrake Narrator: Merlin Sheldrake Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 12 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The smash-hit Sunday Times bestseller that will transform your understanding of our planet and life itself. 'Astonishing ... it seems somehow to tip the natural world upside down' Observer 'Completely mind-blowing ... reads like an adventure story' Sunday Times *WINNER OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY BOOK PRIZE 2021* *WINNER OF THE WAINWRIGHT PRIZE FOR CONSERVATION WRTITING 2021* *SHORTLISTED FOR THE RATHBONES FOLIO PRIZE 2021* *SHORTLISTED FOR THE BRITISH BOOK AWARDS BOOK OF THE YEAR 2021* The more we learn about fungi, the less makes sense without them. They can change our minds, heal our bodies and even help us avoid environmental disaster; they are metabolic masters, earth-makers and key players in most of nature's processes. In Entangled Life, Merlin Sheldrake takes us on a mind-altering journey into their spectacular world, and reveals how these extraordinary organisms transform our understanding of our planet and life itself. 'Dazzling, vibrant, vision-changing' Robert Macfarlane 'Urgent, astounding and necessary' Helen Macdonald 'Gorgeous!' Margaret Atwood (on Twitter) 'Wonderful' Nigella Lawson 'A magical writer' Russell Brand 'This book is like one surprise after another' David Byrne 'Uplifting' Jeanette Winterson * A Sunday Times, Daily Telegraph, New Statesman, The Times, Evening Standard, Mail on Sunday, BBC Science Focus and Time Book of the Year * ©Merlin Sheldrake 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entangled Life: How Fungi Make Our Worlds, Change Our Minds and Shape Our Futures Author: Merlin Sheldrake Narrator: Merlin Sheldrake Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 12 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The smash-hit Sunday Times bestseller that will transform your understanding of our planet and life itself. 'Astonishing ... it seems somehow to tip the natural world upside down' Observer 'Completely mind-blowing ... reads like an adventure story' Sunday Times *WINNER OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY BOOK PRIZE 2021* *WINNER OF THE WAINWRIGHT PRIZE FOR CONSERVATION WRTITING 2021* *SHORTLISTED FOR THE RATHBONES FOLIO PRIZE 2021* *SHORTLISTED FOR THE BRITISH BOOK AWARDS BOOK OF THE YEAR 2021* The more we learn about fungi, the less makes sense without them. They can change our minds, heal our bodies and even help us avoid environmental disaster; they are metabolic masters, earth-makers and key players in most of nature's processes. In Entangled Life, Merlin Sheldrake takes us on a mind-altering journey into their spectacular world, and reveals how these extraordinary organisms transform our understanding of our planet and life itself. 'Dazzling, vibrant, vision-changing' Robert Macfarlane 'Urgent, astounding and necessary' Helen Macdonald 'Gorgeous!' Margaret Atwood (on Twitter) 'Wonderful' Nigella Lawson 'A magical writer' Russell Brand 'This book is like one surprise after another' David Byrne 'Uplifting' Jeanette Winterson * A Sunday Times, Daily Telegraph, New Statesman, The Times, Evening Standard, Mail on Sunday, BBC Science Focus and Time Book of the Year * ©Merlin Sheldrake 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400737 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memoirs and Misinformation: A novel Author: Dana Vachon, Jim Carrey Narrator: Jeff Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.82 of Total 33 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • 'None of this is real and all of it is true.' —Jim Carrey Meet Jim Carrey. Sure, he's an insanely successful and beloved movie star drowning in wealth and privilege—but he's also lonely. Maybe past his prime. Maybe even ... getting fat? He's tried diets, gurus, and cuddling with his military-grade Israeli guard dogs, but nothing seems to lift the cloud of emptiness and ennui. Even the sage advice of his best friend, actor and dinosaur skull collector Nicolas Cage, isn't enough to pull Carrey out of his slump. But then Jim meets Georgie: ruthless ingénue, love of his life. And with the help of auteur screenwriter Charlie Kaufman, he has a role to play in a boundary-pushing new picture that may help him uncover a whole new side to himself—finally, his Oscar vehicle! Things are looking up! But the universe has other plans. Memoirs and Misinformation is a fearless semi-autobiographical novel, a deconstruction of persona. In it, Jim Carrey and Dana Vachon have fashioned a story about acting, Hollywood, agents, celebrity, privilege, friendship, romance, addiction to relevance, fear of personal erasure, our 'one big soul,' Canada, and a cataclysmic ending of the world—apocalypses within and without. Dana Vachon, Jim Carrey Tue, 07 Jul 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400737 thebookvoice.com 7:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memoirs and Misinformation: A novel Author: Dana Vachon, Jim Carrey Narrator: Jeff Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.82 of Total 33 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • 'None of this is real and all of it is true.' —Jim Carrey Meet Jim Carrey. Sure, he's an insanely successful and beloved movie star drowning in wealth and privilege—but he's also lonely. Maybe past his prime. Maybe even ... getting fat? He's tried diets, gurus, and cuddling with his military-grade Israeli guard dogs, but nothing seems to lift the cloud of emptiness and ennui. Even the sage advice of his best friend, actor and dinosaur skull collector Nicolas Cage, isn't enough to pull Carrey out of his slump. But then Jim meets Georgie: ruthless ingénue, love of his life. And with the help of auteur screenwriter Charlie Kaufman, he has a role to play in a boundary-pushing new picture that may help him uncover a whole new side to himself—finally, his Oscar vehicle! Things are looking up! But the universe has other plans. Memoirs and Misinformation is a fearless semi-autobiographical novel, a deconstruction of persona. In it, Jim Carrey and Dana Vachon have fashioned a story about acting, Hollywood, agents, celebrity, privilege, friendship, romance, addiction to relevance, fear of personal erasure, our 'one big soul,' Canada, and a cataclysmic ending of the world—apocalypses within and without. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memoirs and Misinformation: A novel Author: Dana Vachon, Jim Carrey Narrator: Jeff Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.82 of Total 33 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • 'None of this is real and all of it is true.' —Jim Carrey Meet Jim Carrey. Sure, he's an insanely successful and beloved movie star drowning in wealth and privilege—but he's also lonely. Maybe past his prime. Maybe even ... getting fat? He's tried diets, gurus, and cuddling with his military-grade Israeli guard dogs, but nothing seems to lift the cloud of emptiness and ennui. Even the sage advice of his best friend, actor and dinosaur skull collector Nicolas Cage, isn't enough to pull Carrey out of his slump. But then Jim meets Georgie: ruthless ingénue, love of his life. And with the help of auteur screenwriter Charlie Kaufman, he has a role to play in a boundary-pushing new picture that may help him uncover a whole new side to himself—finally, his Oscar vehicle! Things are looking up! But the universe has other plans. Memoirs and Misinformation is a fearless semi-autobiographical novel, a deconstruction of persona. In it, Jim Carrey and Dana Vachon have fashioned a story about acting, Hollywood, agents, celebrity, privilege, friendship, romance, addiction to relevance, fear of personal erasure, our 'one big soul,' Canada, and a cataclysmic ending of the world—apocalypses within and without. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400537 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emperors of the Deep: The Mysterious and Misunderstood World of the Shark Author: William Mckeever Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 1 minute Release date: July 9, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Sharks are ruthlessly efficient predators, the apex of 450 million years of evolution. They are older than trees, have survived five extinction events and are essential to maintaining balanced ocean ecosystems, but how much do we really know about their lives? The first book to reveal the hidden world of sharks, Emperors of the Deep draws upon the latest scientific research to examine four species in detail – mako, tiger, hammerhead and great white – as never before. An eye-opening tour of shark habitats ranges from the coral reefs of the Central Pacific where great whites mysteriously congregate every autumn in what researchers call a festival for sharks, to tropical mangrove forests where baby lemon sharks play in social groups and to the frigid waters of the North Atlantic, home to 400-year-old Greenland sharks, the world’s longest-lived vertebrates. McKeever also traces the evolution of the myth of the ‘man-eater’ and exposes the devastating effects of the fishing industry on shark populations: In 2018 only four people died in shark attacks while we killed 100 million sharks. At once a journey through the misunderstood world of sharks and an urgent call to protect them, Emperors of the Deep celebrates these iconic predators that continue to capture our imagination – and that desperately need our help to survive. William Mckeever Thu, 09 Jul 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400537 thebookvoice.com 10:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emperors of the Deep: The Mysterious and Misunderstood World of the Shark Author: William Mckeever Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 1 minute Release date: July 9, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Sharks are ruthlessly efficient predators, the apex of 450 million years of evolution. They are older than trees, have survived five extinction events and are essential to maintaining balanced ocean ecosystems, but how much do we really know about their lives? The first book to reveal the hidden world of sharks, Emperors of the Deep draws upon the latest scientific research to examine four species in detail – mako, tiger, hammerhead and great white – as never before. An eye-opening tour of shark habitats ranges from the coral reefs of the Central Pacific where great whites mysteriously congregate every autumn in what researchers call a festival for sharks, to tropical mangrove forests where baby lemon sharks play in social groups and to the frigid waters of the North Atlantic, home to 400-year-old Greenland sharks, the world’s longest-lived vertebrates. McKeever also traces the evolution of the myth of the ‘man-eater’ and exposes the devastating effects of the fishing industry on shark populations: In 2018 only four people died in shark attacks while we killed 100 million sharks. At once a journey through the misunderstood world of sharks and an urgent call to protect them, Emperors of the Deep celebrates these iconic predators that continue to capture our imagination – and that desperately need our help to survive. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emperors of the Deep: The Mysterious and Misunderstood World of the Shark Author: William Mckeever Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 1 minute Release date: July 9, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Sharks are ruthlessly efficient predators, the apex of 450 million years of evolution. They are older than trees, have survived five extinction events and are essential to maintaining balanced ocean ecosystems, but how much do we really know about their lives? The first book to reveal the hidden world of sharks, Emperors of the Deep draws upon the latest scientific research to examine four species in detail – mako, tiger, hammerhead and great white – as never before. An eye-opening tour of shark habitats ranges from the coral reefs of the Central Pacific where great whites mysteriously congregate every autumn in what researchers call a festival for sharks, to tropical mangrove forests where baby lemon sharks play in social groups and to the frigid waters of the North Atlantic, home to 400-year-old Greenland sharks, the world’s longest-lived vertebrates. McKeever also traces the evolution of the myth of the ‘man-eater’ and exposes the devastating effects of the fishing industry on shark populations: In 2018 only four people died in shark attacks while we killed 100 million sharks. At once a journey through the misunderstood world of sharks and an urgent call to protect them, Emperors of the Deep celebrates these iconic predators that continue to capture our imagination – and that desperately need our help to survive. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396679 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Fish Don't Exist: A Story of Loss, Love, and the Hidden Order of Life Author: Lulu Miller Narrator: Lulu Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 52 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A Best Book of 2020: The Washington Post * NPR * Chicago Tribune * Smithsonian A “remarkable” (Los Angeles Times), “seductive” (The Wall Street Journal) debut from the new cohost of Radiolab, Why Fish Don’t Exist is a dark and astonishing tale of love, chaos, scientific obsession, and—possibly—even murder.​ “At one point, Miller dives into the ocean into a school of fish…comes up for air, and realizes she’s in love. That’s how I felt: Her book took me to strange depths I never imagined, and I was smitten.” —The New York Times Book Review David Starr Jordan was a taxonomist, a man possessed with bringing order to the natural world. In time, he would be credited with discovering nearly a fifth of the fish known to humans in his day. But the more of the hidden blueprint of life he uncovered, the harder the universe seemed to try to thwart him. His specimen collections were demolished by lightning, by fire, and eventually by the 1906 San Francisco earthquake—which sent more than a thousand discoveries, housed in fragile glass jars, plummeting to the floor. In an instant, his life’s work was shattered. Many might have given up, given in to despair. But Jordan? He surveyed the wreckage at his feet, found the first fish that he recognized, and confidently began to rebuild his collection. And this time, he introduced one clever innovation that he believed would at last protect his work against the chaos of the world. When NPR reporter Lulu Miller first heard this anecdote in passing, she took Jordan for a fool—a cautionary tale in hubris, or denial. But as her own life slowly unraveled, she began to wonder about him. Perhaps instead he was a model for how to go on when all seemed lost. What she would unearth about his life would transform her understanding of history, morality, and the world beneath her feet. Part biography, part memoir, part scientific adventure, Why Fish Don’t Exist is a wondrous fable about how to persevere in a world where chaos will always prevail. Lulu Miller Tue, 14 Apr 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396679 thebookvoice.com 4:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Fish Don't Exist: A Story of Loss, Love, and the Hidden Order of Life Author: Lulu Miller Narrator: Lulu Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 52 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A Best Book of 2020: The Washington Post * NPR * Chicago Tribune * Smithsonian A “remarkable” (Los Angeles Times), “seductive” (The Wall Street Journal) debut from the new cohost of Radiolab, Why Fish Don’t Exist is a dark and astonishing tale of love, chaos, scientific obsession, and—possibly—even murder.​ “At one point, Miller dives into the ocean into a school of fish…comes up for air, and realizes she’s in love. That’s how I felt: Her book took me to strange depths I never imagined, and I was smitten.” —The New York Times Book Review David Starr Jordan was a taxonomist, a man possessed with bringing order to the natural world. In time, he would be credited with discovering nearly a fifth of the fish known to humans in his day. But the more of the hidden blueprint of life he uncovered, the harder the universe seemed to try to thwart him. His specimen collections were demolished by lightning, by fire, and eventually by the 1906 San Francisco earthquake—which sent more than a thousand discoveries, housed in fragile glass jars, plummeting to the floor. In an instant, his life’s work was shattered. Many might have given up, given in to despair. But Jordan? He surveyed the wreckage at his feet, found the first fish that he recognized, and confidently began to rebuild his collection. And this time, he introduced one clever innovation that he believed would at last protect his work against the chaos of the world. When NPR reporter Lulu Miller first heard this anecdote in passing, she took Jordan for a fool—a cautionary tale in hubris, or denial. But as her own life slowly unraveled, she began to wonder about him. Perhaps instead he was a model for how to go on when all seemed lost. What she would unearth about his life would transform her understanding of history, morality, and the world beneath her feet. Part biography, part memoir, part scientific adventure, Why Fish Don’t Exist is a wondrous fable about how to persevere in a world where chaos will always prevail. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Fish Don't Exist: A Story of Loss, Love, and the Hidden Order of Life Author: Lulu Miller Narrator: Lulu Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 52 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A Best Book of 2020: The Washington Post * NPR * Chicago Tribune * Smithsonian A “remarkable” (Los Angeles Times), “seductive” (The Wall Street Journal) debut from the new cohost of Radiolab, Why Fish Don’t Exist is a dark and astonishing tale of love, chaos, scientific obsession, and—possibly—even murder.​ “At one point, Miller dives into the ocean into a school of fish…comes up for air, and realizes she’s in love. That’s how I felt: Her book took me to strange depths I never imagined, and I was smitten.” —The New York Times Book Review David Starr Jordan was a taxonomist, a man possessed with bringing order to the natural world. In time, he would be credited with discovering nearly a fifth of the fish known to humans in his day. But the more of the hidden blueprint of life he uncovered, the harder the universe seemed to try to thwart him. His specimen collections were demolished by lightning, by fire, and eventually by the 1906 San Francisco earthquake—which sent more than a thousand discoveries, housed in fragile glass jars, plummeting to the floor. In an instant, his life’s work was shattered. Many might have given up, given in to despair. But Jordan? He surveyed the wreckage at his feet, found the first fish that he recognized, and confidently began to rebuild his collection. And this time, he introduced one clever innovation that he believed would at last protect his work against the chaos of the world. When NPR reporter Lulu Miller first heard this anecdote in passing, she took Jordan for a fool—a cautionary tale in hubris, or denial. But as her own life slowly unraveled, she began to wonder about him. Perhaps instead he was a model for how to go on when all seemed lost. What she would unearth about his life would transform her understanding of history, morality, and the world beneath her feet. Part biography, part memoir, part scientific adventure, Why Fish Don’t Exist is a wondrous fable about how to persevere in a world where chaos will always prevail. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393492 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393492]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Eels: Our Enduring Fascination with the Most Mysterious Creature in the Natural World Author: Patrik Svensson Narrator: Alex Wyndham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Part H Is for Hawk, part The Soul of an Octopus, The Book of Eels is both a meditation on the world’s most elusive fish—the eel—and a reflection on the human condition. Remarkably little is known about the European eel, Anguilla anguilla. So little, in fact, that scientists and philosophers have, for centuries, been obsessed with what has become known as the “eel question”: Where do eels come from? What are they? Are they fish or some other kind of creature altogether? Even today, in an age of advanced science, no one has ever seen eels mating or giving birth, and we still don’t understand what drives them, after living for decades in freshwater, to swim great distances back to the ocean at the end of their lives. They remain a mystery. Drawing on a breadth of research about eels in literature, history, and modern marine biology, as well as his own experience fishing for eels with his father, Patrik Svensson crafts a mesmerizing portrait of an unusual, utterly misunderstood, and completely captivating animal. In The Book of Eels, we meet renowned historical thinkers, from Aristotle to Sigmund Freud to Rachel Carson, for whom the eel was a singular obsession. And we meet the scientists who spearheaded the search for the eel’s point of origin, including Danish marine biologist Johannes Schmidt, who led research efforts in the early twentieth century, catching thousands upon thousands of eels, in the hopes of proving their birthing grounds in the Sargasso Sea. Blending memoir and nature writing at its best, Svensson’s journey to understand the eel becomes an exploration of the human condition that delves into overarching issues about our roots and destiny, both as humans and as animals, and, ultimately, how to handle the biggest question of all: death. The result is a gripping and slippery narrative that will surprise and enchant. Patrik Svensson Tue, 26 May 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393492 thebookvoice.com 6:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393492]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Eels: Our Enduring Fascination with the Most Mysterious Creature in the Natural World Author: Patrik Svensson Narrator: Alex Wyndham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Part H Is for Hawk, part The Soul of an Octopus, The Book of Eels is both a meditation on the world’s most elusive fish—the eel—and a reflection on the human condition. Remarkably little is known about the European eel, Anguilla anguilla. So little, in fact, that scientists and philosophers have, for centuries, been obsessed with what has become known as the “eel question”: Where do eels come from? What are they? Are they fish or some other kind of creature altogether? Even today, in an age of advanced science, no one has ever seen eels mating or giving birth, and we still don’t understand what drives them, after living for decades in freshwater, to swim great distances back to the ocean at the end of their lives. They remain a mystery. Drawing on a breadth of research about eels in literature, history, and modern marine biology, as well as his own experience fishing for eels with his father, Patrik Svensson crafts a mesmerizing portrait of an unusual, utterly misunderstood, and completely captivating animal. In The Book of Eels, we meet renowned historical thinkers, from Aristotle to Sigmund Freud to Rachel Carson, for whom the eel was a singular obsession. And we meet the scientists who spearheaded the search for the eel’s point of origin, including Danish marine biologist Johannes Schmidt, who led research efforts in the early twentieth century, catching thousands upon thousands of eels, in the hopes of proving their birthing grounds in the Sargasso Sea. Blending memoir and nature writing at its best, Svensson’s journey to understand the eel becomes an exploration of the human condition that delves into overarching issues about our roots and destiny, both as humans and as animals, and, ultimately, how to handle the biggest question of all: death. The result is a gripping and slippery narrative that will surprise and enchant. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393492]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Eels: Our Enduring Fascination with the Most Mysterious Creature in the Natural World Author: Patrik Svensson Narrator: Alex Wyndham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Part H Is for Hawk, part The Soul of an Octopus, The Book of Eels is both a meditation on the world’s most elusive fish—the eel—and a reflection on the human condition. Remarkably little is known about the European eel, Anguilla anguilla. So little, in fact, that scientists and philosophers have, for centuries, been obsessed with what has become known as the “eel question”: Where do eels come from? What are they? Are they fish or some other kind of creature altogether? Even today, in an age of advanced science, no one has ever seen eels mating or giving birth, and we still don’t understand what drives them, after living for decades in freshwater, to swim great distances back to the ocean at the end of their lives. They remain a mystery. Drawing on a breadth of research about eels in literature, history, and modern marine biology, as well as his own experience fishing for eels with his father, Patrik Svensson crafts a mesmerizing portrait of an unusual, utterly misunderstood, and completely captivating animal. In The Book of Eels, we meet renowned historical thinkers, from Aristotle to Sigmund Freud to Rachel Carson, for whom the eel was a singular obsession. And we meet the scientists who spearheaded the search for the eel’s point of origin, including Danish marine biologist Johannes Schmidt, who led research efforts in the early twentieth century, catching thousands upon thousands of eels, in the hopes of proving their birthing grounds in the Sargasso Sea. Blending memoir and nature writing at its best, Svensson’s journey to understand the eel becomes an exploration of the human condition that delves into overarching issues about our roots and destiny, both as humans and as animals, and, ultimately, how to handle the biggest question of all: death. The result is a gripping and slippery narrative that will surprise and enchant. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391388 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391388]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Restaurant: A History of Eating Out Author: William Sitwell Narrator: William Sitwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 9, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: AS READ ON BBC RADIO 4 BOOK OF THE WEEK. The fascinating story of how we have gone out to eat, from the ancient Romans in Pompeii to the luxurious Michelin-starred restaurants of today. Tracing its earliest incarnations in the city of Pompeii, where Sitwell is stunned by the sophistication of the dining scene, this is a romp through history as we meet the characters and discover the events that shape the way we eat today. Sitwell, restaurant critic for the Daily Telegraph and famous for his acerbic criticisms on the hit BBC show MasterChef, tackles this enormous subject with his typical wit and precision. He spies influences from an ancient traveller of the Muslim world, revels in the unintended consequences for nascent fine dining of the French Revolution, reveals in full hideous glory the post-Second World War dining scene in the UK and fathoms the birth of sensitive gastronomy in the US counterculture of the 1960s. This is a story of the ingenuity of the human race as individuals endeavour to do that most fundamental of things: to feed people. It is a story of art, politics, revolution, desperate need and decadent pleasure. Sitwell, a familiar face in the UK and a figure known for the controversy he attracts, provides anyone who loves to dine out, or who loves history, or who simply loves a good read with an accessible and humorous history. The Restaurant is jam-packed with extraordinary facts; a book to read eagerly from start to finish or to spend glorious moments dipping in to.   It may be William Sitwell’s History of Eating Out, but it’s also the definitive story of one of the cornerstones of our culture. William Sitwell Thu, 09 Apr 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391388 thebookvoice.com 8:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391388]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Restaurant: A History of Eating Out Author: William Sitwell Narrator: William Sitwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 9, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: AS READ ON BBC RADIO 4 BOOK OF THE WEEK. The fascinating story of how we have gone out to eat, from the ancient Romans in Pompeii to the luxurious Michelin-starred restaurants of today. Tracing its earliest incarnations in the city of Pompeii, where Sitwell is stunned by the sophistication of the dining scene, this is a romp through history as we meet the characters and discover the events that shape the way we eat today. Sitwell, restaurant critic for the Daily Telegraph and famous for his acerbic criticisms on the hit BBC show MasterChef, tackles this enormous subject with his typical wit and precision. He spies influences from an ancient traveller of the Muslim world, revels in the unintended consequences for nascent fine dining of the French Revolution, reveals in full hideous glory the post-Second World War dining scene in the UK and fathoms the birth of sensitive gastronomy in the US counterculture of the 1960s. This is a story of the ingenuity of the human race as individuals endeavour to do that most fundamental of things: to feed people. It is a story of art, politics, revolution, desperate need and decadent pleasure. Sitwell, a familiar face in the UK and a figure known for the controversy he attracts, provides anyone who loves to dine out, or who loves history, or who simply loves a good read with an accessible and humorous history. The Restaurant is jam-packed with extraordinary facts; a book to read eagerly from start to finish or to spend glorious moments dipping in to.   It may be William Sitwell’s History of Eating Out, but it’s also the definitive story of one of the cornerstones of our culture. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391388]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Restaurant: A History of Eating Out Author: William Sitwell Narrator: William Sitwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 9, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: AS READ ON BBC RADIO 4 BOOK OF THE WEEK. The fascinating story of how we have gone out to eat, from the ancient Romans in Pompeii to the luxurious Michelin-starred restaurants of today. Tracing its earliest incarnations in the city of Pompeii, where Sitwell is stunned by the sophistication of the dining scene, this is a romp through history as we meet the characters and discover the events that shape the way we eat today. Sitwell, restaurant critic for the Daily Telegraph and famous for his acerbic criticisms on the hit BBC show MasterChef, tackles this enormous subject with his typical wit and precision. He spies influences from an ancient traveller of the Muslim world, revels in the unintended consequences for nascent fine dining of the French Revolution, reveals in full hideous glory the post-Second World War dining scene in the UK and fathoms the birth of sensitive gastronomy in the US counterculture of the 1960s. This is a story of the ingenuity of the human race as individuals endeavour to do that most fundamental of things: to feed people. It is a story of art, politics, revolution, desperate need and decadent pleasure. Sitwell, a familiar face in the UK and a figure known for the controversy he attracts, provides anyone who loves to dine out, or who loves history, or who simply loves a good read with an accessible and humorous history. The Restaurant is jam-packed with extraordinary facts; a book to read eagerly from start to finish or to spend glorious moments dipping in to.   It may be William Sitwell’s History of Eating Out, but it’s also the definitive story of one of the cornerstones of our culture. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391202 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391202]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 999 - My Life on the Frontline of the Ambulance Service Author: Dan Farnworth Narrator: Mark Hadfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 23, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Dan Farnworth brings vividly to life his astonishing experiences as a medic working on the frontline of the UK Ambulance Service. When the 999 call goes out, he has little idea what he will find when he gets there.  Having worked in the emergency services for more than fifteen years, Dan has seen it all. In 999, he shares stories that are sometimes sad, occasionally hilarious, often moving, but always inspirational. However, the work also takes its emotional toll. Which was why he set up a mental health campaign that helps those in his profession suffering from PTSD – something that struck him after a truly shocking event. His story will make you see our ambulance service in a completely new way. Dan Farnworth Thu, 23 Jan 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391202 thebookvoice.com 6:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391202]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 999 - My Life on the Frontline of the Ambulance Service Author: Dan Farnworth Narrator: Mark Hadfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 23, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Dan Farnworth brings vividly to life his astonishing experiences as a medic working on the frontline of the UK Ambulance Service. When the 999 call goes out, he has little idea what he will find when he gets there.  Having worked in the emergency services for more than fifteen years, Dan has seen it all. In 999, he shares stories that are sometimes sad, occasionally hilarious, often moving, but always inspirational. However, the work also takes its emotional toll. Which was why he set up a mental health campaign that helps those in his profession suffering from PTSD – something that struck him after a truly shocking event. His story will make you see our ambulance service in a completely new way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391202]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 999 - My Life on the Frontline of the Ambulance Service Author: Dan Farnworth Narrator: Mark Hadfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 23, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Dan Farnworth brings vividly to life his astonishing experiences as a medic working on the frontline of the UK Ambulance Service. When the 999 call goes out, he has little idea what he will find when he gets there.  Having worked in the emergency services for more than fifteen years, Dan has seen it all. In 999, he shares stories that are sometimes sad, occasionally hilarious, often moving, but always inspirational. However, the work also takes its emotional toll. Which was why he set up a mental health campaign that helps those in his profession suffering from PTSD – something that struck him after a truly shocking event. His story will make you see our ambulance service in a completely new way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391201 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dressed For War: The Story of Audrey Withers, Vogue editor extraordinaire from the Blitz to the Swinging Sixties Author: Julie Summers Narrator: Kristin Atherton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Dressed For War: The Story of Audrey Withers, Vogue editor extraordinaire from the Blitz to the Swinging Sixties is the untold story of our most iconic fashion magazine in its most formative years, in the Second World War. It was an era when wartime exigencies gave its editor, Audrey Withers, the chance to forge an identity for it that went far beyond stylish clothes. In doing so, she set herself against the style and preoccupations of Vogue’s mothership in New York, and her often sticky relationship with its formidable editor, Edna Woolman Chase, became a strong dynamic in the Vogue story.   But Vogue had a good war, with great writers and top-flight photographers including Lee Miller and Cecil Beaton – who loathed each other – sending images and reports from Europe and much further afield – detailing the plight of the countries and people living amidst war-torn Europe. Audrey Withers’ deft handling of her star contributors and the importance she placed on reflecting people’s lives at home give this slice of literary history a real edge. With official and personal correspondence researched from the magazine’s archives in London and in New York, Dressed For War will tell the marvellous story of the titanic struggle between the personalities that shaped the magazine for the latter half of the twentieth century and beyond. Julie Summers Thu, 06 Feb 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391201 thebookvoice.com 11:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dressed For War: The Story of Audrey Withers, Vogue editor extraordinaire from the Blitz to the Swinging Sixties Author: Julie Summers Narrator: Kristin Atherton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Dressed For War: The Story of Audrey Withers, Vogue editor extraordinaire from the Blitz to the Swinging Sixties is the untold story of our most iconic fashion magazine in its most formative years, in the Second World War. It was an era when wartime exigencies gave its editor, Audrey Withers, the chance to forge an identity for it that went far beyond stylish clothes. In doing so, she set herself against the style and preoccupations of Vogue’s mothership in New York, and her often sticky relationship with its formidable editor, Edna Woolman Chase, became a strong dynamic in the Vogue story.   But Vogue had a good war, with great writers and top-flight photographers including Lee Miller and Cecil Beaton – who loathed each other – sending images and reports from Europe and much further afield – detailing the plight of the countries and people living amidst war-torn Europe. Audrey Withers’ deft handling of her star contributors and the importance she placed on reflecting people’s lives at home give this slice of literary history a real edge. With official and personal correspondence researched from the magazine’s archives in London and in New York, Dressed For War will tell the marvellous story of the titanic struggle between the personalities that shaped the magazine for the latter half of the twentieth century and beyond. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dressed For War: The Story of Audrey Withers, Vogue editor extraordinaire from the Blitz to the Swinging Sixties Author: Julie Summers Narrator: Kristin Atherton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Dressed For War: The Story of Audrey Withers, Vogue editor extraordinaire from the Blitz to the Swinging Sixties is the untold story of our most iconic fashion magazine in its most formative years, in the Second World War. It was an era when wartime exigencies gave its editor, Audrey Withers, the chance to forge an identity for it that went far beyond stylish clothes. In doing so, she set herself against the style and preoccupations of Vogue’s mothership in New York, and her often sticky relationship with its formidable editor, Edna Woolman Chase, became a strong dynamic in the Vogue story.   But Vogue had a good war, with great writers and top-flight photographers including Lee Miller and Cecil Beaton – who loathed each other – sending images and reports from Europe and much further afield – detailing the plight of the countries and people living amidst war-torn Europe. Audrey Withers’ deft handling of her star contributors and the importance she placed on reflecting people’s lives at home give this slice of literary history a real edge. With official and personal correspondence researched from the magazine’s archives in London and in New York, Dressed For War will tell the marvellous story of the titanic struggle between the personalities that shaped the magazine for the latter half of the twentieth century and beyond. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382697 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382697]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Royal Art of Poison: Fatal Cosmetics, Deadly Medicines and Murder Most Foul Author: Eleanor Herman Narrator: Joan Walker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 4, 2019 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The story of poison is the story of power.... For centuries, royal families have feared the gut-roiling, vomit-inducing agony of a little something added to their food or wine by an enemy. To avoid poison, they depended on tasters, unicorn horns and antidotes tested on condemned prisoners. Servants licked the royal family's spoons, tried on their underpants and tested their chamber pots. Ironically, royals terrified of poison were unknowingly poisoning themselves daily with their cosmetics, medications and filthy living conditions. Women wore makeup made with lead. Physicians prescribed mercury enemas, arsenic skin cream, drinks of lead filings and potions of human fat and skull, fresh from the executioner. The Royal Art of Poison is a hugely entertaining work of popular history that traces the use of poison as a political - and cosmetic - tool in the royal courts of Western Europe from the Middle Ages to the Kremlin today. 'A macabre and entertaining romp...Herman writes vividly and with great humor, combining detailed research with easy narrative, making her book both enthralling and sinister.' The Washington Times Eleanor Herman Thu, 04 Jul 2019 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382697 thebookvoice.com 10:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382697]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Royal Art of Poison: Fatal Cosmetics, Deadly Medicines and Murder Most Foul Author: Eleanor Herman Narrator: Joan Walker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 4, 2019 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The story of poison is the story of power.... For centuries, royal families have feared the gut-roiling, vomit-inducing agony of a little something added to their food or wine by an enemy. To avoid poison, they depended on tasters, unicorn horns and antidotes tested on condemned prisoners. Servants licked the royal family's spoons, tried on their underpants and tested their chamber pots. Ironically, royals terrified of poison were unknowingly poisoning themselves daily with their cosmetics, medications and filthy living conditions. Women wore makeup made with lead. Physicians prescribed mercury enemas, arsenic skin cream, drinks of lead filings and potions of human fat and skull, fresh from the executioner. The Royal Art of Poison is a hugely entertaining work of popular history that traces the use of poison as a political - and cosmetic - tool in the royal courts of Western Europe from the Middle Ages to the Kremlin today. 'A macabre and entertaining romp...Herman writes vividly and with great humor, combining detailed research with easy narrative, making her book both enthralling and sinister.' The Washington Times Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382697]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Royal Art of Poison: Fatal Cosmetics, Deadly Medicines and Murder Most Foul Author: Eleanor Herman Narrator: Joan Walker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 4, 2019 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The story of poison is the story of power.... For centuries, royal families have feared the gut-roiling, vomit-inducing agony of a little something added to their food or wine by an enemy. To avoid poison, they depended on tasters, unicorn horns and antidotes tested on condemned prisoners. Servants licked the royal family's spoons, tried on their underpants and tested their chamber pots. Ironically, royals terrified of poison were unknowingly poisoning themselves daily with their cosmetics, medications and filthy living conditions. Women wore makeup made with lead. Physicians prescribed mercury enemas, arsenic skin cream, drinks of lead filings and potions of human fat and skull, fresh from the executioner. The Royal Art of Poison is a hugely entertaining work of popular history that traces the use of poison as a political - and cosmetic - tool in the royal courts of Western Europe from the Middle Ages to the Kremlin today. 'A macabre and entertaining romp...Herman writes vividly and with great humor, combining detailed research with easy narrative, making her book both enthralling and sinister.' The Washington Times https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381099 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Zookeepers' War: An Incredible True Story from the Cold War Author: J.W. Mohnhaupt Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The unbelievable true story of the Cold War’s strangest proxy war, fought between the zoos on either side of the Berlin Wall. “The liveliness of Mohnhaupt’s storytelling and the wonderful eccentricity of his subject matter make this book well worth a read.” —Star Tribune (Minneapolis) Living in West Berlin in the 1960s often felt like living in a zoo, everyone packed together behind a wall, with the world always watching. On the other side of the Iron Curtain, East Berlin and its zoo were spacious and lush, socialist utopias where everything was perfectly planned... and then rarely completed. Berlin’s two zoos in East and West quickly became symbols of the divided city’s two halves. So no one was terribly surprised when the head zookeepers on either side started an animal arms race—rather than stockpiling nuclear warheads, they competed to have the most pandas and hippos. Soon, state funds were being diverted toward giving these new animals lavish welcomes worthy of visiting dignitaries. West German presidential candidates were talking about zoo policy on the campaign trail. And eventually politicians on both side of the Wall became convinced that if their zoo proved to be inferior, that would mean their country’s whole ideology was too. A quirky piece of Cold War history unlike anything you’ve heard before, The Zookeepers’ War is an epic tale of desperate rivalries, human follies, and an animal-mad city in which zookeeping became a way of continuing politics by other means. J.W. Mohnhaupt Tue, 12 Nov 2019 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381099 thebookvoice.com 6:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Zookeepers' War: An Incredible True Story from the Cold War Author: J.W. Mohnhaupt Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The unbelievable true story of the Cold War’s strangest proxy war, fought between the zoos on either side of the Berlin Wall. “The liveliness of Mohnhaupt’s storytelling and the wonderful eccentricity of his subject matter make this book well worth a read.” —Star Tribune (Minneapolis) Living in West Berlin in the 1960s often felt like living in a zoo, everyone packed together behind a wall, with the world always watching. On the other side of the Iron Curtain, East Berlin and its zoo were spacious and lush, socialist utopias where everything was perfectly planned... and then rarely completed. Berlin’s two zoos in East and West quickly became symbols of the divided city’s two halves. So no one was terribly surprised when the head zookeepers on either side started an animal arms race—rather than stockpiling nuclear warheads, they competed to have the most pandas and hippos. Soon, state funds were being diverted toward giving these new animals lavish welcomes worthy of visiting dignitaries. West German presidential candidates were talking about zoo policy on the campaign trail. And eventually politicians on both side of the Wall became convinced that if their zoo proved to be inferior, that would mean their country’s whole ideology was too. A quirky piece of Cold War history unlike anything you’ve heard before, The Zookeepers’ War is an epic tale of desperate rivalries, human follies, and an animal-mad city in which zookeeping became a way of continuing politics by other means. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Zookeepers' War: An Incredible True Story from the Cold War Author: J.W. Mohnhaupt Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The unbelievable true story of the Cold War’s strangest proxy war, fought between the zoos on either side of the Berlin Wall. “The liveliness of Mohnhaupt’s storytelling and the wonderful eccentricity of his subject matter make this book well worth a read.” —Star Tribune (Minneapolis) Living in West Berlin in the 1960s often felt like living in a zoo, everyone packed together behind a wall, with the world always watching. On the other side of the Iron Curtain, East Berlin and its zoo were spacious and lush, socialist utopias where everything was perfectly planned... and then rarely completed. Berlin’s two zoos in East and West quickly became symbols of the divided city’s two halves. So no one was terribly surprised when the head zookeepers on either side started an animal arms race—rather than stockpiling nuclear warheads, they competed to have the most pandas and hippos. Soon, state funds were being diverted toward giving these new animals lavish welcomes worthy of visiting dignitaries. West German presidential candidates were talking about zoo policy on the campaign trail. And eventually politicians on both side of the Wall became convinced that if their zoo proved to be inferior, that would mean their country’s whole ideology was too. A quirky piece of Cold War history unlike anything you’ve heard before, The Zookeepers’ War is an epic tale of desperate rivalries, human follies, and an animal-mad city in which zookeeping became a way of continuing politics by other means. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368019 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368019]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mosquito: A Human History of Our Deadliest Predator Author: Timothy C. Winegard Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: **The instant New York Times bestseller.** *An international bestseller.* Finalist for the Lane Anderson Award Finalist for the RBC Taylor Award “Hugely impressive, a major work.”—NPR A pioneering and groundbreaking work of narrative nonfiction that offers a dramatic new perspective on the history of humankind, showing how through millennia, the mosquito has been the single most powerful force in determining humanity’s fate   Why was gin and tonic the cocktail of choice for British colonists in India and Africa? What does Starbucks have to thank for its global domination? What has protected the lives of popes for millennia? Why did Scotland surrender its sovereignty to England? What was George Washington's secret weapon during the American Revolution? The answer to all these questions, and many more, is the mosquito.   Across our planet since the dawn of humankind, this nefarious pest, roughly the size and weight of a grape seed, has been at the frontlines of history as the grim reaper, the harvester of human populations, and the ultimate agent of historical change. As the mosquito transformed the landscapes of civilization, humans were unwittingly required to respond to its piercing impact and universal projection of power.   The mosquito has determined the fates of empires and nations, razed and crippled economies, and decided the outcome of pivotal wars, killing nearly half of humanity along the way. She (only females bite) has dispatched an estimated 52 billion people from a total of 108 billion throughout our relatively brief existence. As the greatest purveyor of extermination we have ever known, she has played a greater role in shaping our human story than any other living thing with which we share our global village.   Imagine for a moment a world without deadly mosquitoes, or any mosquitoes, for that matter? Our history and the world we know, or think we know, would be completely unrecognizable.   Driven by surprising insights and fast-paced storytelling, The Mosquito is the extraordinary untold story of the mosquito’s reign through human history and her indelible impact on our modern world order. Timothy C. Winegard Tue, 06 Aug 2019 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368019 thebookvoice.com 19:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368019]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mosquito: A Human History of Our Deadliest Predator Author: Timothy C. Winegard Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: **The instant New York Times bestseller.** *An international bestseller.* Finalist for the Lane Anderson Award Finalist for the RBC Taylor Award “Hugely impressive, a major work.”—NPR A pioneering and groundbreaking work of narrative nonfiction that offers a dramatic new perspective on the history of humankind, showing how through millennia, the mosquito has been the single most powerful force in determining humanity’s fate   Why was gin and tonic the cocktail of choice for British colonists in India and Africa? What does Starbucks have to thank for its global domination? What has protected the lives of popes for millennia? Why did Scotland surrender its sovereignty to England? What was George Washington's secret weapon during the American Revolution? The answer to all these questions, and many more, is the mosquito.   Across our planet since the dawn of humankind, this nefarious pest, roughly the size and weight of a grape seed, has been at the frontlines of history as the grim reaper, the harvester of human populations, and the ultimate agent of historical change. As the mosquito transformed the landscapes of civilization, humans were unwittingly required to respond to its piercing impact and universal projection of power.   The mosquito has determined the fates of empires and nations, razed and crippled economies, and decided the outcome of pivotal wars, killing nearly half of humanity along the way. She (only females bite) has dispatched an estimated 52 billion people from a total of 108 billion throughout our relatively brief existence. As the greatest purveyor of extermination we have ever known, she has played a greater role in shaping our human story than any other living thing with which we share our global village.   Imagine for a moment a world without deadly mosquitoes, or any mosquitoes, for that matter? Our history and the world we know, or think we know, would be completely unrecognizable.   Driven by surprising insights and fast-paced storytelling, The Mosquito is the extraordinary untold story of the mosquito’s reign through human history and her indelible impact on our modern world order. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368019]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mosquito: A Human History of Our Deadliest Predator Author: Timothy C. Winegard Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: **The instant New York Times bestseller.** *An international bestseller.* Finalist for the Lane Anderson Award Finalist for the RBC Taylor Award “Hugely impressive, a major work.”—NPR A pioneering and groundbreaking work of narrative nonfiction that offers a dramatic new perspective on the history of humankind, showing how through millennia, the mosquito has been the single most powerful force in determining humanity’s fate   Why was gin and tonic the cocktail of choice for British colonists in India and Africa? What does Starbucks have to thank for its global domination? What has protected the lives of popes for millennia? Why did Scotland surrender its sovereignty to England? What was George Washington's secret weapon during the American Revolution? The answer to all these questions, and many more, is the mosquito.   Across our planet since the dawn of humankind, this nefarious pest, roughly the size and weight of a grape seed, has been at the frontlines of history as the grim reaper, the harvester of human populations, and the ultimate agent of historical change. As the mosquito transformed the landscapes of civilization, humans were unwittingly required to respond to its piercing impact and universal projection of power.   The mosquito has determined the fates of empires and nations, razed and crippled economies, and decided the outcome of pivotal wars, killing nearly half of humanity along the way. She (only females bite) has dispatched an estimated 52 billion people from a total of 108 billion throughout our relatively brief existence. As the greatest purveyor of extermination we have ever known, she has played a greater role in shaping our human story than any other living thing with which we share our global village.   Imagine for a moment a world without deadly mosquitoes, or any mosquitoes, for that matter? Our history and the world we know, or think we know, would be completely unrecognizable.   Driven by surprising insights and fast-paced storytelling, The Mosquito is the extraordinary untold story of the mosquito’s reign through human history and her indelible impact on our modern world order. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367726 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wild at Heart: America's Turbulent Relationship with Nature, from Exploitation to Redemption Author: Alice Outwater Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: 'Through a narrative that roams in unexpected directions through surprising details and history, then periodically grounds itself by looping back to her own family before it soars off again, Alice Outwater’s infectiously readable Wild at Heart captures the essence of ecology: Everything is connected, and every connection leads to ourselves.' ―Alan Weisman, author, The World Without Us and Countdown In the tradition of The World Without Us, a beautifully written and ultimately hopeful history of our relationship with the natural world Nature on the brink? Maybe not. With so much bad news in the world, we forget how much environmental progress has been made. In a narrative that reaches from Native American tribal practices to public health and commercial hunting, Wild at Heart shows how western attitudes towards nature have changed dramatically in the last five hundred years. The Chinook gave thanks for King Salmon's gifts. The Puritans saw Nature as a frightening wilderness, full of 'uncooked meat.' With the industrial revolution, nature was despoiled and simultaneously celebrated as a source of the sublime. With little forethought and great greed, Americans killed the last passenger pigeon, wiped out the old growth forests, and dumped so much oil in the rivers that they burst into flame. But in the span of a few decades, our relationship with nature has evolved to a more sophisticated sense of interdependence that brings us full circle. Across the US, people are taking individual action, planting native species and fighting for projects like dam removal and wolf restoration. Cities are embracing nature, too. Humans can learn from the past, and our choices today will determine whether nature survives. Like the First Nations, all nations must come to deep agreement that nature needs protection. This compelling book reveals both how we got here and our own and nature's astonishing ability to mutually regenerate. Alice Outwater Tue, 02 Apr 2019 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367726 thebookvoice.com 9:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wild at Heart: America's Turbulent Relationship with Nature, from Exploitation to Redemption Author: Alice Outwater Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: 'Through a narrative that roams in unexpected directions through surprising details and history, then periodically grounds itself by looping back to her own family before it soars off again, Alice Outwater’s infectiously readable Wild at Heart captures the essence of ecology: Everything is connected, and every connection leads to ourselves.' ―Alan Weisman, author, The World Without Us and Countdown In the tradition of The World Without Us, a beautifully written and ultimately hopeful history of our relationship with the natural world Nature on the brink? Maybe not. With so much bad news in the world, we forget how much environmental progress has been made. In a narrative that reaches from Native American tribal practices to public health and commercial hunting, Wild at Heart shows how western attitudes towards nature have changed dramatically in the last five hundred years. The Chinook gave thanks for King Salmon's gifts. The Puritans saw Nature as a frightening wilderness, full of 'uncooked meat.' With the industrial revolution, nature was despoiled and simultaneously celebrated as a source of the sublime. With little forethought and great greed, Americans killed the last passenger pigeon, wiped out the old growth forests, and dumped so much oil in the rivers that they burst into flame. But in the span of a few decades, our relationship with nature has evolved to a more sophisticated sense of interdependence that brings us full circle. Across the US, people are taking individual action, planting native species and fighting for projects like dam removal and wolf restoration. Cities are embracing nature, too. Humans can learn from the past, and our choices today will determine whether nature survives. Like the First Nations, all nations must come to deep agreement that nature needs protection. This compelling book reveals both how we got here and our own and nature's astonishing ability to mutually regenerate. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wild at Heart: America's Turbulent Relationship with Nature, from Exploitation to Redemption Author: Alice Outwater Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: 'Through a narrative that roams in unexpected directions through surprising details and history, then periodically grounds itself by looping back to her own family before it soars off again, Alice Outwater’s infectiously readable Wild at Heart captures the essence of ecology: Everything is connected, and every connection leads to ourselves.' ―Alan Weisman, author, The World Without Us and Countdown In the tradition of The World Without Us, a beautifully written and ultimately hopeful history of our relationship with the natural world Nature on the brink? Maybe not. With so much bad news in the world, we forget how much environmental progress has been made. In a narrative that reaches from Native American tribal practices to public health and commercial hunting, Wild at Heart shows how western attitudes towards nature have changed dramatically in the last five hundred years. The Chinook gave thanks for King Salmon's gifts. The Puritans saw Nature as a frightening wilderness, full of 'uncooked meat.' With the industrial revolution, nature was despoiled and simultaneously celebrated as a source of the sublime. With little forethought and great greed, Americans killed the last passenger pigeon, wiped out the old growth forests, and dumped so much oil in the rivers that they burst into flame. But in the span of a few decades, our relationship with nature has evolved to a more sophisticated sense of interdependence that brings us full circle. Across the US, people are taking individual action, planting native species and fighting for projects like dam removal and wolf restoration. Cities are embracing nature, too. Humans can learn from the past, and our choices today will determine whether nature survives. Like the First Nations, all nations must come to deep agreement that nature needs protection. This compelling book reveals both how we got here and our own and nature's astonishing ability to mutually regenerate. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366497 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fiber: The Coming Tech Revolution—and Why America Might Miss It Author: Susan Crawford Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The world of fiber optic connections reaching neighborhoods, homes, and businesses will be as different from what came before as the world after the advent of electricity. The virtually unlimited amounts of data we'll be able to send and receive through fiber-optic connections will enable a degree of virtual presence that will radically transform health care, education, urban administration and services, agriculture, retail sales, and offices. Yet all of those transformations will pale in comparison to the innovations and new industries that we can't imagine today. In a fascinating account combining policy expertise with compelling on-the-ground reporting, Susan Crawford reveals how the giant corporations that control cable and internet access in the United States use their tremendous lobbying power to tilt the playing field against competition, holding back the infrastructure improvements necessary for the country to move forward. And she shows how cities and towns are fighting monopoly power to bring the next technological revolution to their communities. Susan Crawford Tue, 08 Jan 2019 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366497 thebookvoice.com 8:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fiber: The Coming Tech Revolution—and Why America Might Miss It Author: Susan Crawford Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The world of fiber optic connections reaching neighborhoods, homes, and businesses will be as different from what came before as the world after the advent of electricity. The virtually unlimited amounts of data we'll be able to send and receive through fiber-optic connections will enable a degree of virtual presence that will radically transform health care, education, urban administration and services, agriculture, retail sales, and offices. Yet all of those transformations will pale in comparison to the innovations and new industries that we can't imagine today. In a fascinating account combining policy expertise with compelling on-the-ground reporting, Susan Crawford reveals how the giant corporations that control cable and internet access in the United States use their tremendous lobbying power to tilt the playing field against competition, holding back the infrastructure improvements necessary for the country to move forward. And she shows how cities and towns are fighting monopoly power to bring the next technological revolution to their communities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fiber: The Coming Tech Revolution—and Why America Might Miss It Author: Susan Crawford Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The world of fiber optic connections reaching neighborhoods, homes, and businesses will be as different from what came before as the world after the advent of electricity. The virtually unlimited amounts of data we'll be able to send and receive through fiber-optic connections will enable a degree of virtual presence that will radically transform health care, education, urban administration and services, agriculture, retail sales, and offices. Yet all of those transformations will pale in comparison to the innovations and new industries that we can't imagine today. In a fascinating account combining policy expertise with compelling on-the-ground reporting, Susan Crawford reveals how the giant corporations that control cable and internet access in the United States use their tremendous lobbying power to tilt the playing field against competition, holding back the infrastructure improvements necessary for the country to move forward. And she shows how cities and towns are fighting monopoly power to bring the next technological revolution to their communities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365642 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Buffalo: In Search of a Lost Icon Author: Steven Rinella Narrator: Steven Rinella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 81 Ratings of Narrator: 4.95 of Total 42 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: From the host of the Travel Channel’s “The Wild Within.” A hunt for the American buffalo—an adventurous, fascinating examination of an animal that has haunted the American imagination.   In 2005, Steven Rinella won a lottery permit to hunt for a wild buffalo, or American bison, in the Alaskan wilderness. Despite the odds—there’s only a 2 percent chance of drawing the permit, and fewer than 20 percent of those hunters are successful—Rinella managed to kill a buffalo on a snow-covered mountainside and then raft the meat back to civilization while being trailed by grizzly bears and suffering from hypothermia. Throughout these adventures, Rinella found himself contemplating his own place among the 14,000 years’ worth of buffalo hunters in North America, as well as the buffalo’s place in the American experience. At the time of the Revolutionary War, North America was home to approximately 40 million buffalo, the largest herd of big mammals on the planet, but by the mid-1890s only a few hundred remained. Now that the buffalo is on the verge of a dramatic ecological recovery across the West, Americans are faced with the challenge of how, and if, we can dare to share our land with a beast that is the embodiment of the American wilderness. American Buffalo is a narrative tale of Rinella’s hunt. But beyond that, it is the story of the many ways in which the buffalo has shaped our national identity. Rinella takes us across the continent in search of the buffalo’s past, present, and future: to the Bering Land Bridge, where scientists search for buffalo bones amid artifacts of the New World’s earliest human inhabitants; to buffalo jumps where Native Americans once ran buffalo over cliffs by the thousands; to the Detroit Carbon works, a “bone charcoal” plant that made fortunes in the late 1800s by turning millions of tons of buffalo bones into bone meal, black dye, and fine china; and even to an abattoir turned fashion mecca in Manhattan’s Meatpacking District, where a depressed buffalo named Black Diamond met his fate after serving as the model for the American nickel.  Rinella’s erudition and exuberance, combined with his gift for storytelling, make him the perfect guide for a book that combines outdoor adventure with a quirky blend of facts and observations about history, biology, and the natural world. Both a captivating narrative and a book of environmental and historical significance, American Buffalo tells us as much about ourselves as Americans as it does about the creature who perhaps best of all embodies the American ethos. Steven Rinella Tue, 30 Jul 2019 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365642 thebookvoice.com 7:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Buffalo: In Search of a Lost Icon Author: Steven Rinella Narrator: Steven Rinella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 81 Ratings of Narrator: 4.95 of Total 42 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: From the host of the Travel Channel’s “The Wild Within.” A hunt for the American buffalo—an adventurous, fascinating examination of an animal that has haunted the American imagination.   In 2005, Steven Rinella won a lottery permit to hunt for a wild buffalo, or American bison, in the Alaskan wilderness. Despite the odds—there’s only a 2 percent chance of drawing the permit, and fewer than 20 percent of those hunters are successful—Rinella managed to kill a buffalo on a snow-covered mountainside and then raft the meat back to civilization while being trailed by grizzly bears and suffering from hypothermia. Throughout these adventures, Rinella found himself contemplating his own place among the 14,000 years’ worth of buffalo hunters in North America, as well as the buffalo’s place in the American experience. At the time of the Revolutionary War, North America was home to approximately 40 million buffalo, the largest herd of big mammals on the planet, but by the mid-1890s only a few hundred remained. Now that the buffalo is on the verge of a dramatic ecological recovery across the West, Americans are faced with the challenge of how, and if, we can dare to share our land with a beast that is the embodiment of the American wilderness. American Buffalo is a narrative tale of Rinella’s hunt. But beyond that, it is the story of the many ways in which the buffalo has shaped our national identity. Rinella takes us across the continent in search of the buffalo’s past, present, and future: to the Bering Land Bridge, where scientists search for buffalo bones amid artifacts of the New World’s earliest human inhabitants; to buffalo jumps where Native Americans once ran buffalo over cliffs by the thousands; to the Detroit Carbon works, a “bone charcoal” plant that made fortunes in the late 1800s by turning millions of tons of buffalo bones into bone meal, black dye, and fine china; and even to an abattoir turned fashion mecca in Manhattan’s Meatpacking District, where a depressed buffalo named Black Diamond met his fate after serving as the model for the American nickel.  Rinella’s erudition and exuberance, combined with his gift for storytelling, make him the perfect guide for a book that combines outdoor adventure with a quirky blend of facts and observations about history, biology, and the natural world. Both a captivating narrative and a book of environmental and historical significance, American Buffalo tells us as much about ourselves as Americans as it does about the creature who perhaps best of all embodies the American ethos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Buffalo: In Search of a Lost Icon Author: Steven Rinella Narrator: Steven Rinella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 81 Ratings of Narrator: 4.95 of Total 42 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: From the host of the Travel Channel’s “The Wild Within.” A hunt for the American buffalo—an adventurous, fascinating examination of an animal that has haunted the American imagination.   In 2005, Steven Rinella won a lottery permit to hunt for a wild buffalo, or American bison, in the Alaskan wilderness. Despite the odds—there’s only a 2 percent chance of drawing the permit, and fewer than 20 percent of those hunters are successful—Rinella managed to kill a buffalo on a snow-covered mountainside and then raft the meat back to civilization while being trailed by grizzly bears and suffering from hypothermia. Throughout these adventures, Rinella found himself contemplating his own place among the 14,000 years’ worth of buffalo hunters in North America, as well as the buffalo’s place in the American experience. At the time of the Revolutionary War, North America was home to approximately 40 million buffalo, the largest herd of big mammals on the planet, but by the mid-1890s only a few hundred remained. Now that the buffalo is on the verge of a dramatic ecological recovery across the West, Americans are faced with the challenge of how, and if, we can dare to share our land with a beast that is the embodiment of the American wilderness. American Buffalo is a narrative tale of Rinella’s hunt. But beyond that, it is the story of the many ways in which the buffalo has shaped our national identity. Rinella takes us across the continent in search of the buffalo’s past, present, and future: to the Bering Land Bridge, where scientists search for buffalo bones amid artifacts of the New World’s earliest human inhabitants; to buffalo jumps where Native Americans once ran buffalo over cliffs by the thousands; to the Detroit Carbon works, a “bone charcoal” plant that made fortunes in the late 1800s by turning millions of tons of buffalo bones into bone meal, black dye, and fine china; and even to an abattoir turned fashion mecca in Manhattan’s Meatpacking District, where a depressed buffalo named Black Diamond met his fate after serving as the model for the American nickel.  Rinella’s erudition and exuberance, combined with his gift for storytelling, make him the perfect guide for a book that combines outdoor adventure with a quirky blend of facts and observations about history, biology, and the natural world. Both a captivating narrative and a book of environmental and historical significance, American Buffalo tells us as much about ourselves as Americans as it does about the creature who perhaps best of all embodies the American ethos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365416 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365416]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buzz, Sting, Bite: Why We Need Insects Author: Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson Narrator: Kristin Milward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: This enthusiastic, witty, and informative introduction to the world of insects and why we could not survive without them is “a joy” (The Times, London) and “charming...Highlighting them in all their buzzing, stinging, biting glory” (The New York Times Book Review). Insects comprise roughly half of the animal kingdom. They live everywhere—deep inside caves, 18,000 feet high in the Himalayas, inside computers, in Yellowstone’s hot springs, and in the ears and nostrils of much larger creatures. There are insects that have ears on their knees, eyes on their penises, and tongues under their feet. Most of us think life would be better without bugs. In fact, life would be impossible without them. Most of us know that we would not have honey without honeybees, but without the pinhead-sized chocolate midge, cocoa flowers would not pollinate. No cocoa, no chocolate. The ink that was used to write the Declaration of Independence was derived from galls on oak trees, which are induced by a small wasp. The fruit fly was essential to medical and biological research experiments that resulted in six Nobel prizes. Blowfly larva can clean difficult wounds; flour beetle larva can digest plastic; several species of insects have been essential to the development of antibiotics. Insects turn dead plants and animals into soil. They pollinate flowers, including crops that we depend on. They provide food for other animals, such as birds and bats. They control organisms that are harmful to humans. Life as we know it depends on these small creatures. “Delivering a hail of facts with brio and precision” (Nature) Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson shows us that there is more variety among insects than we thought possible and the more you learn about insects, the more fascinating they become. Buzz, Sting, Bite is “a very enthusiastic look at the flying, crawling, stinging bug universe world, and why we should cherish it” (The Philadelphia Inquirer). Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson Tue, 02 Jul 2019 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365416 thebookvoice.com 7:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365416]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buzz, Sting, Bite: Why We Need Insects Author: Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson Narrator: Kristin Milward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: This enthusiastic, witty, and informative introduction to the world of insects and why we could not survive without them is “a joy” (The Times, London) and “charming...Highlighting them in all their buzzing, stinging, biting glory” (The New York Times Book Review). Insects comprise roughly half of the animal kingdom. They live everywhere—deep inside caves, 18,000 feet high in the Himalayas, inside computers, in Yellowstone’s hot springs, and in the ears and nostrils of much larger creatures. There are insects that have ears on their knees, eyes on their penises, and tongues under their feet. Most of us think life would be better without bugs. In fact, life would be impossible without them. Most of us know that we would not have honey without honeybees, but without the pinhead-sized chocolate midge, cocoa flowers would not pollinate. No cocoa, no chocolate. The ink that was used to write the Declaration of Independence was derived from galls on oak trees, which are induced by a small wasp. The fruit fly was essential to medical and biological research experiments that resulted in six Nobel prizes. Blowfly larva can clean difficult wounds; flour beetle larva can digest plastic; several species of insects have been essential to the development of antibiotics. Insects turn dead plants and animals into soil. They pollinate flowers, including crops that we depend on. They provide food for other animals, such as birds and bats. They control organisms that are harmful to humans. Life as we know it depends on these small creatures. “Delivering a hail of facts with brio and precision” (Nature) Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson shows us that there is more variety among insects than we thought possible and the more you learn about insects, the more fascinating they become. Buzz, Sting, Bite is “a very enthusiastic look at the flying, crawling, stinging bug universe world, and why we should cherish it” (The Philadelphia Inquirer). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365416]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buzz, Sting, Bite: Why We Need Insects Author: Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson Narrator: Kristin Milward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: This enthusiastic, witty, and informative introduction to the world of insects and why we could not survive without them is “a joy” (The Times, London) and “charming...Highlighting them in all their buzzing, stinging, biting glory” (The New York Times Book Review). Insects comprise roughly half of the animal kingdom. They live everywhere—deep inside caves, 18,000 feet high in the Himalayas, inside computers, in Yellowstone’s hot springs, and in the ears and nostrils of much larger creatures. There are insects that have ears on their knees, eyes on their penises, and tongues under their feet. Most of us think life would be better without bugs. In fact, life would be impossible without them. Most of us know that we would not have honey without honeybees, but without the pinhead-sized chocolate midge, cocoa flowers would not pollinate. No cocoa, no chocolate. The ink that was used to write the Declaration of Independence was derived from galls on oak trees, which are induced by a small wasp. The fruit fly was essential to medical and biological research experiments that resulted in six Nobel prizes. Blowfly larva can clean difficult wounds; flour beetle larva can digest plastic; several species of insects have been essential to the development of antibiotics. Insects turn dead plants and animals into soil. They pollinate flowers, including crops that we depend on. They provide food for other animals, such as birds and bats. They control organisms that are harmful to humans. Life as we know it depends on these small creatures. “Delivering a hail of facts with brio and precision” (Nature) Anne Sverdrup-Thygeson shows us that there is more variety among insects than we thought possible and the more you learn about insects, the more fascinating they become. Buzz, Sting, Bite is “a very enthusiastic look at the flying, crawling, stinging bug universe world, and why we should cherish it” (The Philadelphia Inquirer). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361672 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Into the Planet: My Life as a Cave Diver Author: Jill Heinerth Narrator: Jill Heinerth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: From one of the world’s most renowned cave divers, a firsthand account of exploring the earth’s final frontier: the hidden depths of our oceans and the sunken caves inside our planet More people have died exploring underwater caves than climbing Mount Everest, and we know more about deep space than we do about the depths of our oceans. From one of the top cave divers working today—and one of the very few women in her field—Into the Planet blends science, adventure, and memoir to bring readers face-to-face with the terror and beauty of earth’s remaining unknowns and the extremes of human capability. Jill Heinerth—the first person in history to dive deep into an Antarctic iceberg and leader of a team that discovered the ancient watery remains of Mayan civilizations—has descended farther into the inner depths of our planet than any other woman. She takes us into the harrowing split-second decisions that determine whether a diver makes it back to safety, the prejudices that prevent women from pursuing careers underwater, and her endeavor to recover a fallen friend’s body from the confines of a cave. But there’s beauty beyond the danger of diving, and while Heinerth swims beneath our feet in the lifeblood of our planet, she works with biologists discovering new species, physicists tracking climate change, and hydrogeologists examining our finite freshwater reserves. Written with hair-raising intensity, Into the Planet is the first book to deliver an intimate account of cave diving, transporting readers deep into inner space, where fear must be reconciled and a mission’s success balances between knowing one’s limits and pushing the envelope of human endurance. Jill Heinerth Tue, 20 Aug 2019 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361672 thebookvoice.com 10:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Into the Planet: My Life as a Cave Diver Author: Jill Heinerth Narrator: Jill Heinerth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: From one of the world’s most renowned cave divers, a firsthand account of exploring the earth’s final frontier: the hidden depths of our oceans and the sunken caves inside our planet More people have died exploring underwater caves than climbing Mount Everest, and we know more about deep space than we do about the depths of our oceans. From one of the top cave divers working today—and one of the very few women in her field—Into the Planet blends science, adventure, and memoir to bring readers face-to-face with the terror and beauty of earth’s remaining unknowns and the extremes of human capability. Jill Heinerth—the first person in history to dive deep into an Antarctic iceberg and leader of a team that discovered the ancient watery remains of Mayan civilizations—has descended farther into the inner depths of our planet than any other woman. She takes us into the harrowing split-second decisions that determine whether a diver makes it back to safety, the prejudices that prevent women from pursuing careers underwater, and her endeavor to recover a fallen friend’s body from the confines of a cave. But there’s beauty beyond the danger of diving, and while Heinerth swims beneath our feet in the lifeblood of our planet, she works with biologists discovering new species, physicists tracking climate change, and hydrogeologists examining our finite freshwater reserves. Written with hair-raising intensity, Into the Planet is the first book to deliver an intimate account of cave diving, transporting readers deep into inner space, where fear must be reconciled and a mission’s success balances between knowing one’s limits and pushing the envelope of human endurance. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Into the Planet: My Life as a Cave Diver Author: Jill Heinerth Narrator: Jill Heinerth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: From one of the world’s most renowned cave divers, a firsthand account of exploring the earth’s final frontier: the hidden depths of our oceans and the sunken caves inside our planet More people have died exploring underwater caves than climbing Mount Everest, and we know more about deep space than we do about the depths of our oceans. From one of the top cave divers working today—and one of the very few women in her field—Into the Planet blends science, adventure, and memoir to bring readers face-to-face with the terror and beauty of earth’s remaining unknowns and the extremes of human capability. Jill Heinerth—the first person in history to dive deep into an Antarctic iceberg and leader of a team that discovered the ancient watery remains of Mayan civilizations—has descended farther into the inner depths of our planet than any other woman. She takes us into the harrowing split-second decisions that determine whether a diver makes it back to safety, the prejudices that prevent women from pursuing careers underwater, and her endeavor to recover a fallen friend’s body from the confines of a cave. But there’s beauty beyond the danger of diving, and while Heinerth swims beneath our feet in the lifeblood of our planet, she works with biologists discovering new species, physicists tracking climate change, and hydrogeologists examining our finite freshwater reserves. Written with hair-raising intensity, Into the Planet is the first book to deliver an intimate account of cave diving, transporting readers deep into inner space, where fear must be reconciled and a mission’s success balances between knowing one’s limits and pushing the envelope of human endurance. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360865 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wrong End of the Table: A Mostly Comic Memoir of a Muslim Arab American Woman Just Trying to Fit in Author: Ayser Salman Narrator: Ayser Salman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: An Immigrant Love-Hate Story of What it Means to Be American You know that feeling of being at the wrong end of the table? Like you’re at a party but all the good stuff is happening out of earshot (#FOMO)? That’s life—especially for an immigrant. What happens when a shy, awkward Arab girl with a weird name and an unfortunate propensity toward facial hair is uprooted from her comfortable (albeit fascist-regimed) homeland of Iraq and thrust into the cold, alien town of Columbus, Ohio—with its Egg McMuffins, Barbie dolls, and kids playing doctor everywhere you turned? This is Ayser Salman’s story. First comes Emigration, then Naturalization, and finally Assimilation—trying to fit in among her blonde-haired, blue-eyed counterparts, and always feeling left out. On her journey to Americanhood, Ayser witnesses a blowjob at pre-kindergarten daycare, breaks one of her parents’ rules (“Thou shalt not participate as an actor in the school musical where a male cast member rests his head in thy lap”), and other things good Muslim Arab girls are not supposed to do. And, after the 9/11 attacks, she experiences the isolation of being a Muslim in her own country. It takes hours of therapy, fifty-five rounds of electrolysis, and some ill-advised romantic dalliances for Ayser to grow into a modern Arab American woman who embraces her cultural differences. Part memoir and part how-not-to guide, The Wrong End of the Table is everything you wanted to know about Arabs but were afraid to ask, with chapters such as “Tattoos and Other National Security Risks,” “You Can’t Blame Everything on Your Period; Sometimes You’re Going to Be a Crazy Bitch: and Other Advice from Mom,” and even an open letter to Trump. This is the story of every American outsider on a path to find themselves in a country of beautiful diversity. Ayser Salman Tue, 05 Mar 2019 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360865 thebookvoice.com 7:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wrong End of the Table: A Mostly Comic Memoir of a Muslim Arab American Woman Just Trying to Fit in Author: Ayser Salman Narrator: Ayser Salman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: An Immigrant Love-Hate Story of What it Means to Be American You know that feeling of being at the wrong end of the table? Like you’re at a party but all the good stuff is happening out of earshot (#FOMO)? That’s life—especially for an immigrant. What happens when a shy, awkward Arab girl with a weird name and an unfortunate propensity toward facial hair is uprooted from her comfortable (albeit fascist-regimed) homeland of Iraq and thrust into the cold, alien town of Columbus, Ohio—with its Egg McMuffins, Barbie dolls, and kids playing doctor everywhere you turned? This is Ayser Salman’s story. First comes Emigration, then Naturalization, and finally Assimilation—trying to fit in among her blonde-haired, blue-eyed counterparts, and always feeling left out. On her journey to Americanhood, Ayser witnesses a blowjob at pre-kindergarten daycare, breaks one of her parents’ rules (“Thou shalt not participate as an actor in the school musical where a male cast member rests his head in thy lap”), and other things good Muslim Arab girls are not supposed to do. And, after the 9/11 attacks, she experiences the isolation of being a Muslim in her own country. It takes hours of therapy, fifty-five rounds of electrolysis, and some ill-advised romantic dalliances for Ayser to grow into a modern Arab American woman who embraces her cultural differences. Part memoir and part how-not-to guide, The Wrong End of the Table is everything you wanted to know about Arabs but were afraid to ask, with chapters such as “Tattoos and Other National Security Risks,” “You Can’t Blame Everything on Your Period; Sometimes You’re Going to Be a Crazy Bitch: and Other Advice from Mom,” and even an open letter to Trump. This is the story of every American outsider on a path to find themselves in a country of beautiful diversity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wrong End of the Table: A Mostly Comic Memoir of a Muslim Arab American Woman Just Trying to Fit in Author: Ayser Salman Narrator: Ayser Salman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: An Immigrant Love-Hate Story of What it Means to Be American You know that feeling of being at the wrong end of the table? Like you’re at a party but all the good stuff is happening out of earshot (#FOMO)? That’s life—especially for an immigrant. What happens when a shy, awkward Arab girl with a weird name and an unfortunate propensity toward facial hair is uprooted from her comfortable (albeit fascist-regimed) homeland of Iraq and thrust into the cold, alien town of Columbus, Ohio—with its Egg McMuffins, Barbie dolls, and kids playing doctor everywhere you turned? This is Ayser Salman’s story. First comes Emigration, then Naturalization, and finally Assimilation—trying to fit in among her blonde-haired, blue-eyed counterparts, and always feeling left out. On her journey to Americanhood, Ayser witnesses a blowjob at pre-kindergarten daycare, breaks one of her parents’ rules (“Thou shalt not participate as an actor in the school musical where a male cast member rests his head in thy lap”), and other things good Muslim Arab girls are not supposed to do. And, after the 9/11 attacks, she experiences the isolation of being a Muslim in her own country. It takes hours of therapy, fifty-five rounds of electrolysis, and some ill-advised romantic dalliances for Ayser to grow into a modern Arab American woman who embraces her cultural differences. Part memoir and part how-not-to guide, The Wrong End of the Table is everything you wanted to know about Arabs but were afraid to ask, with chapters such as “Tattoos and Other National Security Risks,” “You Can’t Blame Everything on Your Period; Sometimes You’re Going to Be a Crazy Bitch: and Other Advice from Mom,” and even an open letter to Trump. This is the story of every American outsider on a path to find themselves in a country of beautiful diversity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359890 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359890]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surrounded by Idiots: The Four Types of Human Behaviour (or, How to Understand Those Who Cannot Be Understood) Author: Thomas Erikson Narrator: David John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 66 Ratings of Narrator: 4.52 of Total 21 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin Do you ever think you're the only one making any sense? Or tried to reason with your partner with disastrous results? Do long, rambling answers drive you crazy? Or does your colleague's abrasive manner get your back up? You are not alone. After a disastrous meeting with a highly successful entrepreneur, who was genuinely convinced he was 'surrounded by idiots', communication expert and bestselling author, Thomas Erikson dedicated himself to understanding how people function and why we often struggle to connect with certain types of people. Originally published in Swedish in 2014 as Omgiven Av Idioter, Erikon's Surrounded by Idiots is already an international phenomenon, selling over 1.5 million copies worldwide, of which over 750,000 copies have been sold in Sweden alone. It offers a simple, yet ground-breaking method for assessing the personalities of people we communicate with - in and out of the office - based on four personality types (Red, Blue, Green and Yellow), and provides insights into how we can adjust the way(s) we speak and share information. Narrated by David John, Erikson will help you understand yourself better, hone communication and social skills, handle conflict with confidence, improve dynamics with your boss and team, and get the best out of the people you deal with and manage. He also shares simple tricks on body language, improving written communication and advice on when to back away or when to push on, and when to speak up or indeed shut up. Packed with 'aha!' and 'oh no!' moments, Surrounded by Idiots will help you understand and influence those around you, even people you currently think are beyond all comprehension. And with a bit of luck you can also be confident that the idiot out there isn't you! © Thomas Erikson 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019 Thomas Erikson Tue, 30 Jul 2019 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359890 thebookvoice.com 10:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359890]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surrounded by Idiots: The Four Types of Human Behaviour (or, How to Understand Those Who Cannot Be Understood) Author: Thomas Erikson Narrator: David John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 66 Ratings of Narrator: 4.52 of Total 21 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin Do you ever think you're the only one making any sense? Or tried to reason with your partner with disastrous results? Do long, rambling answers drive you crazy? Or does your colleague's abrasive manner get your back up? You are not alone. After a disastrous meeting with a highly successful entrepreneur, who was genuinely convinced he was 'surrounded by idiots', communication expert and bestselling author, Thomas Erikson dedicated himself to understanding how people function and why we often struggle to connect with certain types of people. Originally published in Swedish in 2014 as Omgiven Av Idioter, Erikon's Surrounded by Idiots is already an international phenomenon, selling over 1.5 million copies worldwide, of which over 750,000 copies have been sold in Sweden alone. It offers a simple, yet ground-breaking method for assessing the personalities of people we communicate with - in and out of the office - based on four personality types (Red, Blue, Green and Yellow), and provides insights into how we can adjust the way(s) we speak and share information. Narrated by David John, Erikson will help you understand yourself better, hone communication and social skills, handle conflict with confidence, improve dynamics with your boss and team, and get the best out of the people you deal with and manage. He also shares simple tricks on body language, improving written communication and advice on when to back away or when to push on, and when to speak up or indeed shut up. Packed with 'aha!' and 'oh no!' moments, Surrounded by Idiots will help you understand and influence those around you, even people you currently think are beyond all comprehension. And with a bit of luck you can also be confident that the idiot out there isn't you! © Thomas Erikson 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359890]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surrounded by Idiots: The Four Types of Human Behaviour (or, How to Understand Those Who Cannot Be Understood) Author: Thomas Erikson Narrator: David John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 66 Ratings of Narrator: 4.52 of Total 21 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin Do you ever think you're the only one making any sense? Or tried to reason with your partner with disastrous results? Do long, rambling answers drive you crazy? Or does your colleague's abrasive manner get your back up? You are not alone. After a disastrous meeting with a highly successful entrepreneur, who was genuinely convinced he was 'surrounded by idiots', communication expert and bestselling author, Thomas Erikson dedicated himself to understanding how people function and why we often struggle to connect with certain types of people. Originally published in Swedish in 2014 as Omgiven Av Idioter, Erikon's Surrounded by Idiots is already an international phenomenon, selling over 1.5 million copies worldwide, of which over 750,000 copies have been sold in Sweden alone. It offers a simple, yet ground-breaking method for assessing the personalities of people we communicate with - in and out of the office - based on four personality types (Red, Blue, Green and Yellow), and provides insights into how we can adjust the way(s) we speak and share information. Narrated by David John, Erikson will help you understand yourself better, hone communication and social skills, handle conflict with confidence, improve dynamics with your boss and team, and get the best out of the people you deal with and manage. He also shares simple tricks on body language, improving written communication and advice on when to back away or when to push on, and when to speak up or indeed shut up. Packed with 'aha!' and 'oh no!' moments, Surrounded by Idiots will help you understand and influence those around you, even people you currently think are beyond all comprehension. And with a bit of luck you can also be confident that the idiot out there isn't you! © Thomas Erikson 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358329 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358329]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sawbones Book: The Horrifying, Hilarious Road to Modern Medicine Author: Dr. Sydnee Mcelroy, Justin Mcelroy Narrator: Dr. Sydnee Mcelroy, Justin Mcelroy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 7 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A compelling, often hilarious and occasionally horrifying exploration of how modern medicine came to be! Wondering whether eating powdered mummies might be just the thing to cure your ills? Tempted by those vintage ads suggesting you wear radioactive underpants for virility? Ever considered drilling a hole in your head to deal with those pesky headaches? Probably not. But for thousands of years, people have done things like this—and things that make radioactive underpants seem downright sensible! In their hit podcast, Sawbones, Sydnee and Justin McElroy breakdown the weird and wonderful way we got to modern healthcare. And some of the terrifying detours along the way. Every week, Dr. Sydnee McElroy and her husband Justin amaze, amuse, and gross out (depending on the week) hundreds of thousands of avid listeners to their podcast, Sawbones. Consistently rated a top podcast on iTunes, with over 15 million total downloads, this rollicking journey through thousands of years of medical mishaps and miracles is not only hilarious but downright educational. While you may never even consider applying boiled weasel to your forehead (once the height of sophistication when it came to headache cures), you will almost certainly face some questionable medical advice in your everyday life (we’re looking at you, raw water!) and be better able to figure out if this is a miracle cure (it’s not) or a scam. Dr. Sydnee Mcelroy, Justin Mcelroy Tue, 13 Nov 2018 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358329 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358329]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sawbones Book: The Horrifying, Hilarious Road to Modern Medicine Author: Dr. Sydnee Mcelroy, Justin Mcelroy Narrator: Dr. Sydnee Mcelroy, Justin Mcelroy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 7 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A compelling, often hilarious and occasionally horrifying exploration of how modern medicine came to be! Wondering whether eating powdered mummies might be just the thing to cure your ills? Tempted by those vintage ads suggesting you wear radioactive underpants for virility? Ever considered drilling a hole in your head to deal with those pesky headaches? Probably not. But for thousands of years, people have done things like this—and things that make radioactive underpants seem downright sensible! In their hit podcast, Sawbones, Sydnee and Justin McElroy breakdown the weird and wonderful way we got to modern healthcare. And some of the terrifying detours along the way. Every week, Dr. Sydnee McElroy and her husband Justin amaze, amuse, and gross out (depending on the week) hundreds of thousands of avid listeners to their podcast, Sawbones. Consistently rated a top podcast on iTunes, with over 15 million total downloads, this rollicking journey through thousands of years of medical mishaps and miracles is not only hilarious but downright educational. While you may never even consider applying boiled weasel to your forehead (once the height of sophistication when it came to headache cures), you will almost certainly face some questionable medical advice in your everyday life (we’re looking at you, raw water!) and be better able to figure out if this is a miracle cure (it’s not) or a scam. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358329]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sawbones Book: The Horrifying, Hilarious Road to Modern Medicine Author: Dr. Sydnee Mcelroy, Justin Mcelroy Narrator: Dr. Sydnee Mcelroy, Justin Mcelroy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 7 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A compelling, often hilarious and occasionally horrifying exploration of how modern medicine came to be! Wondering whether eating powdered mummies might be just the thing to cure your ills? Tempted by those vintage ads suggesting you wear radioactive underpants for virility? Ever considered drilling a hole in your head to deal with those pesky headaches? Probably not. But for thousands of years, people have done things like this—and things that make radioactive underpants seem downright sensible! In their hit podcast, Sawbones, Sydnee and Justin McElroy breakdown the weird and wonderful way we got to modern healthcare. And some of the terrifying detours along the way. Every week, Dr. Sydnee McElroy and her husband Justin amaze, amuse, and gross out (depending on the week) hundreds of thousands of avid listeners to their podcast, Sawbones. Consistently rated a top podcast on iTunes, with over 15 million total downloads, this rollicking journey through thousands of years of medical mishaps and miracles is not only hilarious but downright educational. While you may never even consider applying boiled weasel to your forehead (once the height of sophistication when it came to headache cures), you will almost certainly face some questionable medical advice in your everyday life (we’re looking at you, raw water!) and be better able to figure out if this is a miracle cure (it’s not) or a scam. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356506 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emperors of the Deep: Sharks--The Ocean's Most Mysterious, Most Misunderstood, and Most Important Guardians Author: William Mckeever Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: In this remarkable groundbreaking book, a documentarian and conservationist, determined to dispel misplaced fear and correct common misconceptions, explores in-depth the secret lives of sharks—magnificent creatures who play an integral part in maintaining the health of the world’s oceans and ultimately the planet. From the Jaws blockbusters to Shark Week, we are conditioned to see sharks as terrifying cold-blooded underwater predators. But as Safeguard the Seas founder William McKeever reveals, sharks are evolutionary marvels essential to maintaining a balanced ecosystem. We can learn much from sharks, he argues, and our knowledge about them continues to grow. The first book to reveal in full the hidden lives of sharks, Emperors of the Deep examines four species—Mako, Tiger, Hammerhead, and Great White—as never before, and includes fascinating details such as: - Sharks are 50-million years older than trees; - Sharks have survived five extinction level events, including the one that killed off the dinosaurs; - Sharks have electroreception, a sixth-sense that lets them pick up on electric fields generated by living things; - Sharks can dive 4,000 feet below the surface; - Sharks account for only 6 human fatalities per year, while humans kill 100 million sharks per year. McKeever goes back through time to probe the shark’s pre-historic secrets and how it has become the world’s most feared and most misunderstood predator, and takes us on a pulse-pounding tour around the world and deep under the water’s surface, from the frigid waters of the Arctic Circle to the coral reefs of the tropical Central Pacific, to see sharks up close in their natural habitat. He also interviews ecologists, conservationists, and world-renowned shark experts, including the founders of Greenpeace’s Rainbow Warrior, the head of the Massachusetts Shark Research Program, and the self-professed “last great shark hunter.” At once a deep-dive into the misunderstood world of sharks and an urgent call to protect them, Emperors of the Deep celebrates this wild species that hold the key to unlocking the mysteries of the ocean—if we can prevent their extinction from climate change and human hunters William Mckeever Tue, 25 Jun 2019 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356506 thebookvoice.com 10:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emperors of the Deep: Sharks--The Ocean's Most Mysterious, Most Misunderstood, and Most Important Guardians Author: William Mckeever Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: In this remarkable groundbreaking book, a documentarian and conservationist, determined to dispel misplaced fear and correct common misconceptions, explores in-depth the secret lives of sharks—magnificent creatures who play an integral part in maintaining the health of the world’s oceans and ultimately the planet. From the Jaws blockbusters to Shark Week, we are conditioned to see sharks as terrifying cold-blooded underwater predators. But as Safeguard the Seas founder William McKeever reveals, sharks are evolutionary marvels essential to maintaining a balanced ecosystem. We can learn much from sharks, he argues, and our knowledge about them continues to grow. The first book to reveal in full the hidden lives of sharks, Emperors of the Deep examines four species—Mako, Tiger, Hammerhead, and Great White—as never before, and includes fascinating details such as: - Sharks are 50-million years older than trees; - Sharks have survived five extinction level events, including the one that killed off the dinosaurs; - Sharks have electroreception, a sixth-sense that lets them pick up on electric fields generated by living things; - Sharks can dive 4,000 feet below the surface; - Sharks account for only 6 human fatalities per year, while humans kill 100 million sharks per year. McKeever goes back through time to probe the shark’s pre-historic secrets and how it has become the world’s most feared and most misunderstood predator, and takes us on a pulse-pounding tour around the world and deep under the water’s surface, from the frigid waters of the Arctic Circle to the coral reefs of the tropical Central Pacific, to see sharks up close in their natural habitat. He also interviews ecologists, conservationists, and world-renowned shark experts, including the founders of Greenpeace’s Rainbow Warrior, the head of the Massachusetts Shark Research Program, and the self-professed “last great shark hunter.” At once a deep-dive into the misunderstood world of sharks and an urgent call to protect them, Emperors of the Deep celebrates this wild species that hold the key to unlocking the mysteries of the ocean—if we can prevent their extinction from climate change and human hunters Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emperors of the Deep: Sharks--The Ocean's Most Mysterious, Most Misunderstood, and Most Important Guardians Author: William Mckeever Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: In this remarkable groundbreaking book, a documentarian and conservationist, determined to dispel misplaced fear and correct common misconceptions, explores in-depth the secret lives of sharks—magnificent creatures who play an integral part in maintaining the health of the world’s oceans and ultimately the planet. From the Jaws blockbusters to Shark Week, we are conditioned to see sharks as terrifying cold-blooded underwater predators. But as Safeguard the Seas founder William McKeever reveals, sharks are evolutionary marvels essential to maintaining a balanced ecosystem. We can learn much from sharks, he argues, and our knowledge about them continues to grow. The first book to reveal in full the hidden lives of sharks, Emperors of the Deep examines four species—Mako, Tiger, Hammerhead, and Great White—as never before, and includes fascinating details such as: - Sharks are 50-million years older than trees; - Sharks have survived five extinction level events, including the one that killed off the dinosaurs; - Sharks have electroreception, a sixth-sense that lets them pick up on electric fields generated by living things; - Sharks can dive 4,000 feet below the surface; - Sharks account for only 6 human fatalities per year, while humans kill 100 million sharks per year. McKeever goes back through time to probe the shark’s pre-historic secrets and how it has become the world’s most feared and most misunderstood predator, and takes us on a pulse-pounding tour around the world and deep under the water’s surface, from the frigid waters of the Arctic Circle to the coral reefs of the tropical Central Pacific, to see sharks up close in their natural habitat. He also interviews ecologists, conservationists, and world-renowned shark experts, including the founders of Greenpeace’s Rainbow Warrior, the head of the Massachusetts Shark Research Program, and the self-professed “last great shark hunter.” At once a deep-dive into the misunderstood world of sharks and an urgent call to protect them, Emperors of the Deep celebrates this wild species that hold the key to unlocking the mysteries of the ocean—if we can prevent their extinction from climate change and human hunters https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350633 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ghost Photographer: A Hollywood Executive Discovers the Real World of Make-Believe Author: Julie Rieger Narrator: Julie Rieger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Told with uncensored Southern wit and guidance, this inspirational memoir “is a good primer on getting into the psychic realm” (Booklist) and recounts the story of a Hollywood film executive who journeys through the cosmic wilderness and, against all odds, discovers psychic superpowers that radically transformed her life. As a senior executive at one of the world’s largest movie studios, Julie Rieger spent her days marketing the imaginary stories of ghosts, faeries, superheroes, aliens, and more fantastical creatures. But after the devastating loss of her mother, the world of make-believe became reality when Julie captured her first ghost in a photograph and blew open a door to the Other Side. The Ghost Photographer chronicles Julie’s wild ride down the spiritual rabbit hole. After a series of unexpected, mind-blowing, and sometimes frightening encounters with the spirit realm, Julie was forced to face this strange awakening, flying in the face of scientific dogma and her own die-hard skepticism. Ultimately, she discovered that what she thought she had lost with the death of her mother—unconditional love—was in fact the greatest superpower one can wield. “A hugely entertaining must-read for anyone who’s ever struggled with loss or wondered what might be beyond the veil of our five senses” (Anita Moorjani, author of Dying To Be Me), The Ghost Photographer offers insights into our relationship with the spirit world, prayers and rituals for cleansing and protecting our homes from unwanted ghosts, and guidance on how to develop our intuition and sixth sense. Julie Rieger Tue, 09 Oct 2018 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350633 thebookvoice.com 6:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ghost Photographer: A Hollywood Executive Discovers the Real World of Make-Believe Author: Julie Rieger Narrator: Julie Rieger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Told with uncensored Southern wit and guidance, this inspirational memoir “is a good primer on getting into the psychic realm” (Booklist) and recounts the story of a Hollywood film executive who journeys through the cosmic wilderness and, against all odds, discovers psychic superpowers that radically transformed her life. As a senior executive at one of the world’s largest movie studios, Julie Rieger spent her days marketing the imaginary stories of ghosts, faeries, superheroes, aliens, and more fantastical creatures. But after the devastating loss of her mother, the world of make-believe became reality when Julie captured her first ghost in a photograph and blew open a door to the Other Side. The Ghost Photographer chronicles Julie’s wild ride down the spiritual rabbit hole. After a series of unexpected, mind-blowing, and sometimes frightening encounters with the spirit realm, Julie was forced to face this strange awakening, flying in the face of scientific dogma and her own die-hard skepticism. Ultimately, she discovered that what she thought she had lost with the death of her mother—unconditional love—was in fact the greatest superpower one can wield. “A hugely entertaining must-read for anyone who’s ever struggled with loss or wondered what might be beyond the veil of our five senses” (Anita Moorjani, author of Dying To Be Me), The Ghost Photographer offers insights into our relationship with the spirit world, prayers and rituals for cleansing and protecting our homes from unwanted ghosts, and guidance on how to develop our intuition and sixth sense. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ghost Photographer: A Hollywood Executive Discovers the Real World of Make-Believe Author: Julie Rieger Narrator: Julie Rieger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Told with uncensored Southern wit and guidance, this inspirational memoir “is a good primer on getting into the psychic realm” (Booklist) and recounts the story of a Hollywood film executive who journeys through the cosmic wilderness and, against all odds, discovers psychic superpowers that radically transformed her life. As a senior executive at one of the world’s largest movie studios, Julie Rieger spent her days marketing the imaginary stories of ghosts, faeries, superheroes, aliens, and more fantastical creatures. But after the devastating loss of her mother, the world of make-believe became reality when Julie captured her first ghost in a photograph and blew open a door to the Other Side. The Ghost Photographer chronicles Julie’s wild ride down the spiritual rabbit hole. After a series of unexpected, mind-blowing, and sometimes frightening encounters with the spirit realm, Julie was forced to face this strange awakening, flying in the face of scientific dogma and her own die-hard skepticism. Ultimately, she discovered that what she thought she had lost with the death of her mother—unconditional love—was in fact the greatest superpower one can wield. “A hugely entertaining must-read for anyone who’s ever struggled with loss or wondered what might be beyond the veil of our five senses” (Anita Moorjani, author of Dying To Be Me), The Ghost Photographer offers insights into our relationship with the spirit world, prayers and rituals for cleansing and protecting our homes from unwanted ghosts, and guidance on how to develop our intuition and sixth sense. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349543 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349543]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building the Cycling City: The Dutch Blueprint for Urban Vitality Author: Melissa Bruntlett, Chris Bruntlett Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: In car-clogged urban areas across the world, the humble bicycle is enjoying a second life as a legitimate form of transportation. City officials are rediscovering it as a multi-pronged (or -spoked) solution to acute, twenty-first-century problems, including affordability, obesity, congestion, climate change, inequity, and social isolation. As the world’s foremost cycling nation, the Netherlands is the only country where the number of bikes exceeds the number of people, primarily because the Dutch have built a cycling culture accessible to everyone, regardless of age, ability, or economic means. Chris and Melissa Bruntlett share the incredible success of the Netherlands through engaging interviews with local experts and stories of their own delightful experiences riding in five Dutch cities. Building the Cycling City examines the triumphs and challenges of the Dutch while also presenting stories of North American cities already implementing lessons from across the Atlantic. Discover how Dutch cities inspired Atlanta to look at its transit-bike connection in a new way and showed Seattle how to teach its residents to realize the freedom of biking, along with other encouraging examples. Tellingly, the Dutch have two words for people who ride bikes: wielrenner (“wheel runner”) and fietser (“cyclist”), the latter making up the vast majority of people pedaling on their streets, and representing a far more accessible, casual, and inclusive style of urban cycling—walking with wheels. Outside of their borders, a significant cultural shift is needed to seamlessly integrate the bicycle into everyday life and create a whole world of fietsers. The Dutch blueprint focuses on how people in a particular place want to move. The relatable success stories will leave listeners inspired and ready to adopt and implement approaches to make their own cities better places to live, work, play, and—of course—cycle. Melissa Bruntlett, Chris Bruntlett Tue, 28 Aug 2018 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349543 thebookvoice.com 8:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349543]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building the Cycling City: The Dutch Blueprint for Urban Vitality Author: Melissa Bruntlett, Chris Bruntlett Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: In car-clogged urban areas across the world, the humble bicycle is enjoying a second life as a legitimate form of transportation. City officials are rediscovering it as a multi-pronged (or -spoked) solution to acute, twenty-first-century problems, including affordability, obesity, congestion, climate change, inequity, and social isolation. As the world’s foremost cycling nation, the Netherlands is the only country where the number of bikes exceeds the number of people, primarily because the Dutch have built a cycling culture accessible to everyone, regardless of age, ability, or economic means. Chris and Melissa Bruntlett share the incredible success of the Netherlands through engaging interviews with local experts and stories of their own delightful experiences riding in five Dutch cities. Building the Cycling City examines the triumphs and challenges of the Dutch while also presenting stories of North American cities already implementing lessons from across the Atlantic. Discover how Dutch cities inspired Atlanta to look at its transit-bike connection in a new way and showed Seattle how to teach its residents to realize the freedom of biking, along with other encouraging examples. Tellingly, the Dutch have two words for people who ride bikes: wielrenner (“wheel runner”) and fietser (“cyclist”), the latter making up the vast majority of people pedaling on their streets, and representing a far more accessible, casual, and inclusive style of urban cycling—walking with wheels. Outside of their borders, a significant cultural shift is needed to seamlessly integrate the bicycle into everyday life and create a whole world of fietsers. The Dutch blueprint focuses on how people in a particular place want to move. The relatable success stories will leave listeners inspired and ready to adopt and implement approaches to make their own cities better places to live, work, play, and—of course—cycle. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349543]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building the Cycling City: The Dutch Blueprint for Urban Vitality Author: Melissa Bruntlett, Chris Bruntlett Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: In car-clogged urban areas across the world, the humble bicycle is enjoying a second life as a legitimate form of transportation. City officials are rediscovering it as a multi-pronged (or -spoked) solution to acute, twenty-first-century problems, including affordability, obesity, congestion, climate change, inequity, and social isolation. As the world’s foremost cycling nation, the Netherlands is the only country where the number of bikes exceeds the number of people, primarily because the Dutch have built a cycling culture accessible to everyone, regardless of age, ability, or economic means. Chris and Melissa Bruntlett share the incredible success of the Netherlands through engaging interviews with local experts and stories of their own delightful experiences riding in five Dutch cities. Building the Cycling City examines the triumphs and challenges of the Dutch while also presenting stories of North American cities already implementing lessons from across the Atlantic. Discover how Dutch cities inspired Atlanta to look at its transit-bike connection in a new way and showed Seattle how to teach its residents to realize the freedom of biking, along with other encouraging examples. Tellingly, the Dutch have two words for people who ride bikes: wielrenner (“wheel runner”) and fietser (“cyclist”), the latter making up the vast majority of people pedaling on their streets, and representing a far more accessible, casual, and inclusive style of urban cycling—walking with wheels. Outside of their borders, a significant cultural shift is needed to seamlessly integrate the bicycle into everyday life and create a whole world of fietsers. The Dutch blueprint focuses on how people in a particular place want to move. The relatable success stories will leave listeners inspired and ready to adopt and implement approaches to make their own cities better places to live, work, play, and—of course—cycle. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347998 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coitus Chronicles: My Quest for Sex, Love, and Orgasms Author: Olive Persimmon Narrator: Olive Persimmon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Think you know everything about sex? Think again! This funny and true story of one woman’s journey to reclaim her sexuality on the fringes of New York City’s sex and dating world will make you think twice about everything there is to learn about sex! Meet Olive Persimmon. Growing up, she looked exactly like Danny DeVito, except she was thirteen and a girl. By some miracle, she grew into a relatively normal, well-adjusted thirty-something woman living in New York City—with one notable exception: she hasn’t had sex in five years, one month, three days, two-point-five hours . . . and counting. Faced with bona fide sex rut, she decides it's time to take action to save her love life and get her mojo back. Challenged by a friend to 'say yes' to experiences she might normally avoid, Olive embarks on a series of adventures and explores everything from BDSM classes to cuddlers-for-hire, from foot fetishes to lessons with a top-ranked pickup artist, and more! Each awkward, funny, and sometimes downright embarrassing encounter brings Olive closer to discovering the power of saying yes—to herself, others, and life itself. For fans of Jenny Slate, this is a funny, irreverent, and honest tale of one young woman's journey to reclaim her sexuality on the fringes of New York City's sex and dating world. Readers can see for themselves how this girl next door overcame insecurities around dating, sex, and love--all with openness, honesty, and a wicked sense of humor. Along the way, readers will wonder: Will Olive ever have sex again? Will her love life be okay? Will her toe fungus come back? Does she ever find her mojo, and where was it hiding? Weaving together the awkwardness of Mindy Kaling, the candor of Chelsea Handler, and Olive’s own hilarious vulnerability, The Coitus Chronicles will encourage readers to explore their own sexuality and consider what surprises they may discover if they, too, just say yes. Olive Persimmon Tue, 11 Jun 2019 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347998 thebookvoice.com 6:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coitus Chronicles: My Quest for Sex, Love, and Orgasms Author: Olive Persimmon Narrator: Olive Persimmon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Think you know everything about sex? Think again! This funny and true story of one woman’s journey to reclaim her sexuality on the fringes of New York City’s sex and dating world will make you think twice about everything there is to learn about sex! Meet Olive Persimmon. Growing up, she looked exactly like Danny DeVito, except she was thirteen and a girl. By some miracle, she grew into a relatively normal, well-adjusted thirty-something woman living in New York City—with one notable exception: she hasn’t had sex in five years, one month, three days, two-point-five hours . . . and counting. Faced with bona fide sex rut, she decides it's time to take action to save her love life and get her mojo back. Challenged by a friend to 'say yes' to experiences she might normally avoid, Olive embarks on a series of adventures and explores everything from BDSM classes to cuddlers-for-hire, from foot fetishes to lessons with a top-ranked pickup artist, and more! Each awkward, funny, and sometimes downright embarrassing encounter brings Olive closer to discovering the power of saying yes—to herself, others, and life itself. For fans of Jenny Slate, this is a funny, irreverent, and honest tale of one young woman's journey to reclaim her sexuality on the fringes of New York City's sex and dating world. Readers can see for themselves how this girl next door overcame insecurities around dating, sex, and love--all with openness, honesty, and a wicked sense of humor. Along the way, readers will wonder: Will Olive ever have sex again? Will her love life be okay? Will her toe fungus come back? Does she ever find her mojo, and where was it hiding? Weaving together the awkwardness of Mindy Kaling, the candor of Chelsea Handler, and Olive’s own hilarious vulnerability, The Coitus Chronicles will encourage readers to explore their own sexuality and consider what surprises they may discover if they, too, just say yes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coitus Chronicles: My Quest for Sex, Love, and Orgasms Author: Olive Persimmon Narrator: Olive Persimmon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Think you know everything about sex? Think again! This funny and true story of one woman’s journey to reclaim her sexuality on the fringes of New York City’s sex and dating world will make you think twice about everything there is to learn about sex! Meet Olive Persimmon. Growing up, she looked exactly like Danny DeVito, except she was thirteen and a girl. By some miracle, she grew into a relatively normal, well-adjusted thirty-something woman living in New York City—with one notable exception: she hasn’t had sex in five years, one month, three days, two-point-five hours . . . and counting. Faced with bona fide sex rut, she decides it's time to take action to save her love life and get her mojo back. Challenged by a friend to 'say yes' to experiences she might normally avoid, Olive embarks on a series of adventures and explores everything from BDSM classes to cuddlers-for-hire, from foot fetishes to lessons with a top-ranked pickup artist, and more! Each awkward, funny, and sometimes downright embarrassing encounter brings Olive closer to discovering the power of saying yes—to herself, others, and life itself. For fans of Jenny Slate, this is a funny, irreverent, and honest tale of one young woman's journey to reclaim her sexuality on the fringes of New York City's sex and dating world. Readers can see for themselves how this girl next door overcame insecurities around dating, sex, and love--all with openness, honesty, and a wicked sense of humor. Along the way, readers will wonder: Will Olive ever have sex again? Will her love life be okay? Will her toe fungus come back? Does she ever find her mojo, and where was it hiding? Weaving together the awkwardness of Mindy Kaling, the candor of Chelsea Handler, and Olive’s own hilarious vulnerability, The Coitus Chronicles will encourage readers to explore their own sexuality and consider what surprises they may discover if they, too, just say yes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347549 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Underland: A Deep Time Journey Author: Robert MacFarlane Narrator: Roy Mcmillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.85 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Shortlisted for the Best Nonfiction Audiobook at the New York Festival Radio Awards 2020. A SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER WINNER OF THE WAINWRIGHT PRIZE 2019 WINNER OF THE STANFORD DOLMAN TRAVEL BOOK OF THE YEAR AWARD 2020 'You'd be crazy not to read this book' The Sunday Times A Guardian Best Book of the 21st Century From the internationally bestselling, prize-winning author of Landmarks, The Lost Words and The Old Ways In Underland, Robert Macfarlane takes us on a journey into the worlds beneath our feet. From the ice-blue depths of Greenland's glaciers, to the underground networks by which trees communicate, from Bronze Age burial chambers to the rock art of remote Arctic sea-caves, this is a deep-time voyage into the planet's past and future. Global in its geography, gripping in its voice and haunting in its implications, Underland is a work of huge range and power, and a remarkable new chapter in Macfarlane's long-term exploration of landscape and the human heart. SHORTLISTED FOR THE RSL ONDAATJE PRIZE 2020 'Macfarlane has invented a new kind of book, really a new genre entirely' The Irish Times 'He is the great nature writer, and nature poet, of this generation' Wall Street Journal 'Macfarlane has shown how utterly beautiful a brilliantly written travel book can still be' Observer on The Old Ways 'Irradiated by a profound sense of wonder... Few books give such a sense of enchantment; it is a book to give to many, and to return to repeatedly' Independent on Landmarks 'It sets the imagination tingling...like reading a prose Odyssey sprinkled with imagist poems' The Sunday Times on The Old Ways © Robert Macfarlane 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019 Robert MacFarlane Fri, 03 May 2019 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347549 thebookvoice.com 13:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Underland: A Deep Time Journey Author: Robert MacFarlane Narrator: Roy Mcmillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.85 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Shortlisted for the Best Nonfiction Audiobook at the New York Festival Radio Awards 2020. A SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER WINNER OF THE WAINWRIGHT PRIZE 2019 WINNER OF THE STANFORD DOLMAN TRAVEL BOOK OF THE YEAR AWARD 2020 'You'd be crazy not to read this book' The Sunday Times A Guardian Best Book of the 21st Century From the internationally bestselling, prize-winning author of Landmarks, The Lost Words and The Old Ways In Underland, Robert Macfarlane takes us on a journey into the worlds beneath our feet. From the ice-blue depths of Greenland's glaciers, to the underground networks by which trees communicate, from Bronze Age burial chambers to the rock art of remote Arctic sea-caves, this is a deep-time voyage into the planet's past and future. Global in its geography, gripping in its voice and haunting in its implications, Underland is a work of huge range and power, and a remarkable new chapter in Macfarlane's long-term exploration of landscape and the human heart. SHORTLISTED FOR THE RSL ONDAATJE PRIZE 2020 'Macfarlane has invented a new kind of book, really a new genre entirely' The Irish Times 'He is the great nature writer, and nature poet, of this generation' Wall Street Journal 'Macfarlane has shown how utterly beautiful a brilliantly written travel book can still be' Observer on The Old Ways 'Irradiated by a profound sense of wonder... Few books give such a sense of enchantment; it is a book to give to many, and to return to repeatedly' Independent on Landmarks 'It sets the imagination tingling...like reading a prose Odyssey sprinkled with imagist poems' The Sunday Times on The Old Ways © Robert Macfarlane 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Underland: A Deep Time Journey Author: Robert MacFarlane Narrator: Roy Mcmillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.85 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Shortlisted for the Best Nonfiction Audiobook at the New York Festival Radio Awards 2020. A SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER WINNER OF THE WAINWRIGHT PRIZE 2019 WINNER OF THE STANFORD DOLMAN TRAVEL BOOK OF THE YEAR AWARD 2020 'You'd be crazy not to read this book' The Sunday Times A Guardian Best Book of the 21st Century From the internationally bestselling, prize-winning author of Landmarks, The Lost Words and The Old Ways In Underland, Robert Macfarlane takes us on a journey into the worlds beneath our feet. From the ice-blue depths of Greenland's glaciers, to the underground networks by which trees communicate, from Bronze Age burial chambers to the rock art of remote Arctic sea-caves, this is a deep-time voyage into the planet's past and future. Global in its geography, gripping in its voice and haunting in its implications, Underland is a work of huge range and power, and a remarkable new chapter in Macfarlane's long-term exploration of landscape and the human heart. SHORTLISTED FOR THE RSL ONDAATJE PRIZE 2020 'Macfarlane has invented a new kind of book, really a new genre entirely' The Irish Times 'He is the great nature writer, and nature poet, of this generation' Wall Street Journal 'Macfarlane has shown how utterly beautiful a brilliantly written travel book can still be' Observer on The Old Ways 'Irradiated by a profound sense of wonder... Few books give such a sense of enchantment; it is a book to give to many, and to return to repeatedly' Independent on Landmarks 'It sets the imagination tingling...like reading a prose Odyssey sprinkled with imagist poems' The Sunday Times on The Old Ways © Robert Macfarlane 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346012 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346012]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Build A Boat: A Father, his Daughter, and the Unsailed Sea Author: Jonathan Gornall Narrator: Jonathan Gornall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 16, 2018 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: ‘The passages he addresses directly to Phoebe are as tender as the father-daughter letters in Karl Ove Knausgaard’s Seasons Quartet’ Times Literary Supplement ‘This book tells the inspiring story of how even the least skilled of us can make something wonderful if we invest enough time and love’ The Daily Mail 'Both the book, and place, are magical' The Sunday Telegraph 'When Jonathan Gornall decided to build a boat for his daughter, he had no experience and no practical skills. What followed was a very real labour of love.' The Scotsman One man learns the ancient skills of boat-building to connect with fatherhood. How to Build a Boat is the story of a thoroughly unskilled modern man who, inspired by his love of the sea and what it has taught him about life, sets out to build a traditional wooden boat as a gift for his newborn daughter. It is, he recognises, a ridiculously quixotic challenge for a man who, with a family and mortgage to support, knows little about woodworking and even less about boat-building. He isn’t even sure what type of boat he should build, what type of wood he should use, the tools he will need or, come to that, where on earth he will build it. He has much to consider, and even more to learn. But, undaunted by his ignorance, he embarks on a voyage of rediscovery, determined to navigate his way back to a time when a man could fashion his future and leave his mark on history using only time-honoured skills and the ancient tools and materials at hand. The journey begins with a search for clues in the once bustling, but now still, creeks and backwaters of his beloved Suffolk, where men once fashioned the might of Nelson’s navy from the great oaks that shadowed the water’s edge. If all goes to plan, it will end with a great little adventure, as father and daughter cast off together for a voyage of discovery that neither will forget, and both will treasure until the end of their days. A writer following in the bestselling footsteps of Adam Nicolson, Tim Moore and Charlie Connelly – discovering what make modern man tick through the discovery of a craft long forgotten. Jonathan Gornall Thu, 16 Aug 2018 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346012 thebookvoice.com 9:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346012]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Build A Boat: A Father, his Daughter, and the Unsailed Sea Author: Jonathan Gornall Narrator: Jonathan Gornall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 16, 2018 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: ‘The passages he addresses directly to Phoebe are as tender as the father-daughter letters in Karl Ove Knausgaard’s Seasons Quartet’ Times Literary Supplement ‘This book tells the inspiring story of how even the least skilled of us can make something wonderful if we invest enough time and love’ The Daily Mail 'Both the book, and place, are magical' The Sunday Telegraph 'When Jonathan Gornall decided to build a boat for his daughter, he had no experience and no practical skills. What followed was a very real labour of love.' The Scotsman One man learns the ancient skills of boat-building to connect with fatherhood. How to Build a Boat is the story of a thoroughly unskilled modern man who, inspired by his love of the sea and what it has taught him about life, sets out to build a traditional wooden boat as a gift for his newborn daughter. It is, he recognises, a ridiculously quixotic challenge for a man who, with a family and mortgage to support, knows little about woodworking and even less about boat-building. He isn’t even sure what type of boat he should build, what type of wood he should use, the tools he will need or, come to that, where on earth he will build it. He has much to consider, and even more to learn. But, undaunted by his ignorance, he embarks on a voyage of rediscovery, determined to navigate his way back to a time when a man could fashion his future and leave his mark on history using only time-honoured skills and the ancient tools and materials at hand. The journey begins with a search for clues in the once bustling, but now still, creeks and backwaters of his beloved Suffolk, where men once fashioned the might of Nelson’s navy from the great oaks that shadowed the water’s edge. If all goes to plan, it will end with a great little adventure, as father and daughter cast off together for a voyage of discovery that neither will forget, and both will treasure until the end of their days. A writer following in the bestselling footsteps of Adam Nicolson, Tim Moore and Charlie Connelly – discovering what make modern man tick through the discovery of a craft long forgotten. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346012]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Build A Boat: A Father, his Daughter, and the Unsailed Sea Author: Jonathan Gornall Narrator: Jonathan Gornall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 16, 2018 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: ‘The passages he addresses directly to Phoebe are as tender as the father-daughter letters in Karl Ove Knausgaard’s Seasons Quartet’ Times Literary Supplement ‘This book tells the inspiring story of how even the least skilled of us can make something wonderful if we invest enough time and love’ The Daily Mail 'Both the book, and place, are magical' The Sunday Telegraph 'When Jonathan Gornall decided to build a boat for his daughter, he had no experience and no practical skills. What followed was a very real labour of love.' The Scotsman One man learns the ancient skills of boat-building to connect with fatherhood. How to Build a Boat is the story of a thoroughly unskilled modern man who, inspired by his love of the sea and what it has taught him about life, sets out to build a traditional wooden boat as a gift for his newborn daughter. It is, he recognises, a ridiculously quixotic challenge for a man who, with a family and mortgage to support, knows little about woodworking and even less about boat-building. He isn’t even sure what type of boat he should build, what type of wood he should use, the tools he will need or, come to that, where on earth he will build it. He has much to consider, and even more to learn. But, undaunted by his ignorance, he embarks on a voyage of rediscovery, determined to navigate his way back to a time when a man could fashion his future and leave his mark on history using only time-honoured skills and the ancient tools and materials at hand. The journey begins with a search for clues in the once bustling, but now still, creeks and backwaters of his beloved Suffolk, where men once fashioned the might of Nelson’s navy from the great oaks that shadowed the water’s edge. If all goes to plan, it will end with a great little adventure, as father and daughter cast off together for a voyage of discovery that neither will forget, and both will treasure until the end of their days. A writer following in the bestselling footsteps of Adam Nicolson, Tim Moore and Charlie Connelly – discovering what make modern man tick through the discovery of a craft long forgotten. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344909 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344909]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vesper Flights Author: Helen MacDonald Narrator: Helen MacDonald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 27, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Animals don't exist to teach us things, but that is what they have always done, and most of what they teach us is what we think we know about ourselves. From the internationally acclaimed author of H is for Hawk comes Vesper Flights, a transcendent collection of essays about the human relationship to the natural world. In Vesper Flights Helen Macdonald brings together a collection of her best loved pieces, along with new essays on topics and stories ranging from nostalgia and science fiction to the true account of a refugee's flight to the UK. Her pieces ranges from accounts of swan upping on the Thames to watching tens of thousands of cranes in Hungary to seeking the last golden orioles in Suffolk's poplar forests. She writes about wild boar, swifts, mushroom hunting, migraines, the strangeness of birds' nests, what we do when we watch wildlife and why. This is a book about observation, fascination, time, memory, love and loss and how we make the world around us, by one of this century's most important and insightful nature writers. © Helen Macdonald 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Helen MacDonald Thu, 27 Aug 2020 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344909 thebookvoice.com 10:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344909]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vesper Flights Author: Helen MacDonald Narrator: Helen MacDonald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 27, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Animals don't exist to teach us things, but that is what they have always done, and most of what they teach us is what we think we know about ourselves. From the internationally acclaimed author of H is for Hawk comes Vesper Flights, a transcendent collection of essays about the human relationship to the natural world. In Vesper Flights Helen Macdonald brings together a collection of her best loved pieces, along with new essays on topics and stories ranging from nostalgia and science fiction to the true account of a refugee's flight to the UK. Her pieces ranges from accounts of swan upping on the Thames to watching tens of thousands of cranes in Hungary to seeking the last golden orioles in Suffolk's poplar forests. She writes about wild boar, swifts, mushroom hunting, migraines, the strangeness of birds' nests, what we do when we watch wildlife and why. This is a book about observation, fascination, time, memory, love and loss and how we make the world around us, by one of this century's most important and insightful nature writers. © Helen Macdonald 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344909]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vesper Flights Author: Helen MacDonald Narrator: Helen MacDonald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 27, 2020 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Animals don't exist to teach us things, but that is what they have always done, and most of what they teach us is what we think we know about ourselves. From the internationally acclaimed author of H is for Hawk comes Vesper Flights, a transcendent collection of essays about the human relationship to the natural world. In Vesper Flights Helen Macdonald brings together a collection of her best loved pieces, along with new essays on topics and stories ranging from nostalgia and science fiction to the true account of a refugee's flight to the UK. Her pieces ranges from accounts of swan upping on the Thames to watching tens of thousands of cranes in Hungary to seeking the last golden orioles in Suffolk's poplar forests. She writes about wild boar, swifts, mushroom hunting, migraines, the strangeness of birds' nests, what we do when we watch wildlife and why. This is a book about observation, fascination, time, memory, love and loss and how we make the world around us, by one of this century's most important and insightful nature writers. © Helen Macdonald 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343453 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343453]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Figuring Author: Maria Popova Narrator: Natascha Mcelhone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 28 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Figuring explores the complexities of love and the human search for truth and meaning through the interconnected lives of several historical figures across four centuries—beginning with the astronomer Johannes Kepler, who discovered the laws of planetary motion, and ending with the marine biologist and author Rachel Carson, who catalyzed the environmental movement. Stretching between these figures is a cast of artists, writers, and scientists—mostly women, mostly queer—whose public contribution have risen out of their unclassifiable and often heartbreaking private relationships to change the way we understand, experience, and appreciate the universe. Among them are the astronomer Maria Mitchell, who paved the way for women in science; the sculptor Harriet Hosmer, who did the same in art; the journalist and literary critic Margaret Fuller, who sparked the feminist movement; and the poet Emily Dickinson. Emanating from these lives are larger questions about the measure of a good life and what it means to leave a lasting mark of betterment on an imperfect world: Are achievement and acclaim enough for happiness? Is genius? Is love? Weaving through the narrative is a set of peripheral figures—Ralph Waldo Emerson, Charles Darwin, Elizabeth Barrett Browning, Herman Melville, Frederick Douglass, Nathaniel Hawthorne, and Walt Whitman—and a tapestry of themes spanning music, feminism, the history of science, the rise and decline of religion, and how the intersection of astronomy, poetry, and Transcendentalist philosophy fomented the environmental movement. Maria Popova Tue, 05 Feb 2019 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343453 thebookvoice.com 21:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343453]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Figuring Author: Maria Popova Narrator: Natascha Mcelhone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 28 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Figuring explores the complexities of love and the human search for truth and meaning through the interconnected lives of several historical figures across four centuries—beginning with the astronomer Johannes Kepler, who discovered the laws of planetary motion, and ending with the marine biologist and author Rachel Carson, who catalyzed the environmental movement. Stretching between these figures is a cast of artists, writers, and scientists—mostly women, mostly queer—whose public contribution have risen out of their unclassifiable and often heartbreaking private relationships to change the way we understand, experience, and appreciate the universe. Among them are the astronomer Maria Mitchell, who paved the way for women in science; the sculptor Harriet Hosmer, who did the same in art; the journalist and literary critic Margaret Fuller, who sparked the feminist movement; and the poet Emily Dickinson. Emanating from these lives are larger questions about the measure of a good life and what it means to leave a lasting mark of betterment on an imperfect world: Are achievement and acclaim enough for happiness? Is genius? Is love? Weaving through the narrative is a set of peripheral figures—Ralph Waldo Emerson, Charles Darwin, Elizabeth Barrett Browning, Herman Melville, Frederick Douglass, Nathaniel Hawthorne, and Walt Whitman—and a tapestry of themes spanning music, feminism, the history of science, the rise and decline of religion, and how the intersection of astronomy, poetry, and Transcendentalist philosophy fomented the environmental movement. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343453]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Figuring Author: Maria Popova Narrator: Natascha Mcelhone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 28 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Figuring explores the complexities of love and the human search for truth and meaning through the interconnected lives of several historical figures across four centuries—beginning with the astronomer Johannes Kepler, who discovered the laws of planetary motion, and ending with the marine biologist and author Rachel Carson, who catalyzed the environmental movement. Stretching between these figures is a cast of artists, writers, and scientists—mostly women, mostly queer—whose public contribution have risen out of their unclassifiable and often heartbreaking private relationships to change the way we understand, experience, and appreciate the universe. Among them are the astronomer Maria Mitchell, who paved the way for women in science; the sculptor Harriet Hosmer, who did the same in art; the journalist and literary critic Margaret Fuller, who sparked the feminist movement; and the poet Emily Dickinson. Emanating from these lives are larger questions about the measure of a good life and what it means to leave a lasting mark of betterment on an imperfect world: Are achievement and acclaim enough for happiness? Is genius? Is love? Weaving through the narrative is a set of peripheral figures—Ralph Waldo Emerson, Charles Darwin, Elizabeth Barrett Browning, Herman Melville, Frederick Douglass, Nathaniel Hawthorne, and Walt Whitman—and a tapestry of themes spanning music, feminism, the history of science, the rise and decline of religion, and how the intersection of astronomy, poetry, and Transcendentalist philosophy fomented the environmental movement. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343332 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beastie Boys Book Author: Adam Horovitz, Michael Diamond Narrator: Adam Horovitz, Michael Diamond, Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 112 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 35 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A panoramic experience that tells the story of Beastie Boys, a book as unique as the band itself—by band members ADROCK and Mike D, with contributions from Amy Poehler, Colson Whitehead, Wes Anderson, Luc Sante, and more.   The inspiration for the Spike Jonze “live documentary” Beastie Boys Story. NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY Rolling Stone • The Guardian • Paste   Formed as a New York City hardcore band in 1981, Beastie Boys struck an unlikely path to global hip hop superstardom. Here is their story, told for the first time in the words of the band. Adam “ADROCK” Horovitz and Michael “Mike D” Diamond offer revealing and very funny accounts of their transition from teenage punks to budding rappers; their early collaboration with Russell Simmons and Rick Rubin; the debut album that became the first hip hop record ever to hit #1, Licensed to Ill—and the album’s messy fallout as the band broke with Def Jam; their move to Los Angeles and rebirth with the genre-defying masterpiece Paul’s Boutique; their evolution as musicians and social activists over the course of the classic albums Check Your Head, Ill Communication, and Hello Nasty and the Tibetan Freedom Concert benefits conceived by the late Adam “MCA” Yauch; and more. For more than thirty years, this band has had an inescapable and indelible influence on popular culture.   With a style as distinctive and eclectic as a Beastie Boys album, Beastie Boys Book upends the typical music memoir, featuring a collection of voices reminiscent of your favorite mixtape. Photo Credit © 1987 Lynn Goldsmith  Audiobook Cast Includes: Steve Buscemi / Ada Calhoun / Bobby Cannavale / Exene Cervenka Roy Choi / Jarvis Cocker / Elvis Costello / Chuck D / Nadia Dajani Michael Diamond / Snoop Dogg / Will Ferrell / Crosby Fitzgerald Randy Gardner / Kim Gordon / Josh Hamilton / Adam Horovitz LL Cool J / Spike Jonze / Pat Kiernan / Talib Kweli / Dave Macklovitch Rachel Maddow / Tim Meadows / Bette Midler/ Mix Master Mike Nas / Yoshimi O / Rosie Perez / Amy Poehler / Kelly Reichardt John C. Reilly / Ian Rogers / Maya Rudolph / Rev Run Luc Sante / Kate Schellenbach / MC Serch / Chloe Sevigny Jon Stewart / Ben Stiller / Wanda Sykes / Jeff Tweedy / Philippe Zdar Praise for Beastie Boys Book “A fascinating, generous book with portraits and detail that float by in bursts of color . . . As with [the band’s] records, the book’s structure is a lyrical three-man weave. . . . Diamond’s voice is lapidary, droll. Horovitz comes on like a borscht belt comedian, but beneath that he is urgent, incredulous, kind of vulnerable. . . . Friendship is the book’s subject as much as music, fame and New York.”—The New York Times Book Review “Wild, moving . . . resembles a Beastie Boys LP in its wild variety of styles.”—Rolling Stone Adam Horovitz, Michael Diamond Tue, 30 Oct 2018 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343332 thebookvoice.com 12:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beastie Boys Book Author: Adam Horovitz, Michael Diamond Narrator: Adam Horovitz, Michael Diamond, Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 112 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 35 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A panoramic experience that tells the story of Beastie Boys, a book as unique as the band itself—by band members ADROCK and Mike D, with contributions from Amy Poehler, Colson Whitehead, Wes Anderson, Luc Sante, and more.   The inspiration for the Spike Jonze “live documentary” Beastie Boys Story. NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY Rolling Stone • The Guardian • Paste   Formed as a New York City hardcore band in 1981, Beastie Boys struck an unlikely path to global hip hop superstardom. Here is their story, told for the first time in the words of the band. Adam “ADROCK” Horovitz and Michael “Mike D” Diamond offer revealing and very funny accounts of their transition from teenage punks to budding rappers; their early collaboration with Russell Simmons and Rick Rubin; the debut album that became the first hip hop record ever to hit #1, Licensed to Ill—and the album’s messy fallout as the band broke with Def Jam; their move to Los Angeles and rebirth with the genre-defying masterpiece Paul’s Boutique; their evolution as musicians and social activists over the course of the classic albums Check Your Head, Ill Communication, and Hello Nasty and the Tibetan Freedom Concert benefits conceived by the late Adam “MCA” Yauch; and more. For more than thirty years, this band has had an inescapable and indelible influence on popular culture.   With a style as distinctive and eclectic as a Beastie Boys album, Beastie Boys Book upends the typical music memoir, featuring a collection of voices reminiscent of your favorite mixtape. Photo Credit © 1987 Lynn Goldsmith  Audiobook Cast Includes: Steve Buscemi / Ada Calhoun / Bobby Cannavale / Exene Cervenka Roy Choi / Jarvis Cocker / Elvis Costello / Chuck D / Nadia Dajani Michael Diamond / Snoop Dogg / Will Ferrell / Crosby Fitzgerald Randy Gardner / Kim Gordon / Josh Hamilton / Adam Horovitz LL Cool J / Spike Jonze / Pat Kiernan / Talib Kweli / Dave Macklovitch Rachel Maddow / Tim Meadows / Bette Midler/ Mix Master Mike Nas / Yoshimi O / Rosie Perez / Amy Poehler / Kelly Reichardt John C. Reilly / Ian Rogers / Maya Rudolph / Rev Run Luc Sante / Kate Schellenbach / MC Serch / Chloe Sevigny Jon Stewart / Ben Stiller / Wanda Sykes / Jeff Tweedy / Philippe Zdar Praise for Beastie Boys Book “A fascinating, generous book with portraits and detail that float by in bursts of color . . . As with [the band’s] records, the book’s structure is a lyrical three-man weave. . . . Diamond’s voice is lapidary, droll. Horovitz comes on like a borscht belt comedian, but beneath that he is urgent, incredulous, kind of vulnerable. . . . Friendship is the book’s subject as much as music, fame and New York.”—The New York Times Book Review “Wild, moving . . . resembles a Beastie Boys LP in its wild variety of styles.”—Rolling Stone Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beastie Boys Book Author: Adam Horovitz, Michael Diamond Narrator: Adam Horovitz, Michael Diamond, Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 112 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 35 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A panoramic experience that tells the story of Beastie Boys, a book as unique as the band itself—by band members ADROCK and Mike D, with contributions from Amy Poehler, Colson Whitehead, Wes Anderson, Luc Sante, and more.   The inspiration for the Spike Jonze “live documentary” Beastie Boys Story. NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY Rolling Stone • The Guardian • Paste   Formed as a New York City hardcore band in 1981, Beastie Boys struck an unlikely path to global hip hop superstardom. Here is their story, told for the first time in the words of the band. Adam “ADROCK” Horovitz and Michael “Mike D” Diamond offer revealing and very funny accounts of their transition from teenage punks to budding rappers; their early collaboration with Russell Simmons and Rick Rubin; the debut album that became the first hip hop record ever to hit #1, Licensed to Ill—and the album’s messy fallout as the band broke with Def Jam; their move to Los Angeles and rebirth with the genre-defying masterpiece Paul’s Boutique; their evolution as musicians and social activists over the course of the classic albums Check Your Head, Ill Communication, and Hello Nasty and the Tibetan Freedom Concert benefits conceived by the late Adam “MCA” Yauch; and more. For more than thirty years, this band has had an inescapable and indelible influence on popular culture.   With a style as distinctive and eclectic as a Beastie Boys album, Beastie Boys Book upends the typical music memoir, featuring a collection of voices reminiscent of your favorite mixtape. Photo Credit © 1987 Lynn Goldsmith  Audiobook Cast Includes: Steve Buscemi / Ada Calhoun / Bobby Cannavale / Exene Cervenka Roy Choi / Jarvis Cocker / Elvis Costello / Chuck D / Nadia Dajani Michael Diamond / Snoop Dogg / Will Ferrell / Crosby Fitzgerald Randy Gardner / Kim Gordon / Josh Hamilton / Adam Horovitz LL Cool J / Spike Jonze / Pat Kiernan / Talib Kweli / Dave Macklovitch Rachel Maddow / Tim Meadows / Bette Midler/ Mix Master Mike Nas / Yoshimi O / Rosie Perez / Amy Poehler / Kelly Reichardt John C. Reilly / Ian Rogers / Maya Rudolph / Rev Run Luc Sante / Kate Schellenbach / MC Serch / Chloe Sevigny Jon Stewart / Ben Stiller / Wanda Sykes / Jeff Tweedy / Philippe Zdar Praise for Beastie Boys Book “A fascinating, generous book with portraits and detail that float by in bursts of color . . . As with [the band’s] records, the book’s structure is a lyrical three-man weave. . . . Diamond’s voice is lapidary, droll. Horovitz comes on like a borscht belt comedian, but beneath that he is urgent, incredulous, kind of vulnerable. . . . Friendship is the book’s subject as much as music, fame and New York.”—The New York Times Book Review “Wild, moving . . . resembles a Beastie Boys LP in its wild variety of styles.”—Rolling Stone https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332088 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Salt Path: The Sunday Times bestseller, shortlisted for the 2018 Costa Biography Award & The Wainwright Prize Author: Raynor Winn Narrator: Anne Reid Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 20 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Salt Path by Raynor Winn, read by Anne Reid. Just days after Raynor learns that Moth, her husband of 32 years is terminally ill, the couple lose their home and their livelihood. With nothing left and little time, they make the brave and impulsive decision to walk the 630 miles of the sea-swept South West Coast Path, from Somerset to Dorset, via Devon and Cornwall. They have almost no money for food or shelter and must carry only the essentials for survival on their backs as they live wild in the ancient, weathered landscape of cliffs, sea and sky. Yet through every step, every encounter, and every test along the way, their walk becomes a remarkable journey. Raynor Winn Thu, 19 Apr 2018 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332088 thebookvoice.com 11:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Salt Path: The Sunday Times bestseller, shortlisted for the 2018 Costa Biography Award & The Wainwright Prize Author: Raynor Winn Narrator: Anne Reid Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 20 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Salt Path by Raynor Winn, read by Anne Reid. Just days after Raynor learns that Moth, her husband of 32 years is terminally ill, the couple lose their home and their livelihood. With nothing left and little time, they make the brave and impulsive decision to walk the 630 miles of the sea-swept South West Coast Path, from Somerset to Dorset, via Devon and Cornwall. They have almost no money for food or shelter and must carry only the essentials for survival on their backs as they live wild in the ancient, weathered landscape of cliffs, sea and sky. Yet through every step, every encounter, and every test along the way, their walk becomes a remarkable journey. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Salt Path: The Sunday Times bestseller, shortlisted for the 2018 Costa Biography Award & The Wainwright Prize Author: Raynor Winn Narrator: Anne Reid Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 20 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Salt Path by Raynor Winn, read by Anne Reid. Just days after Raynor learns that Moth, her husband of 32 years is terminally ill, the couple lose their home and their livelihood. With nothing left and little time, they make the brave and impulsive decision to walk the 630 miles of the sea-swept South West Coast Path, from Somerset to Dorset, via Devon and Cornwall. They have almost no money for food or shelter and must carry only the essentials for survival on their backs as they live wild in the ancient, weathered landscape of cliffs, sea and sky. Yet through every step, every encounter, and every test along the way, their walk becomes a remarkable journey. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329119 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fisherman's Blues: A West African Community at Sea Author: Anna Badkhen Narrator: Anna Badkhen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: NAMED A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR BY THE CHRISTIAN SCIENCE MONITOR AND PASTE MAGAZINE An intimate account of life in a West African fishing village, tugged by currents ancient and modern, and dependent on an ocean that is being radically transformed. The sea is broken, fishermen say. The sea is empty. The genii have taken the fish elsewhere. For centuries, fishermen have launched their pirogues from the Senegalese port of Joal, where the fish used to be so plentiful a man could dip his hand into the grey-green ocean and pull one out as big as his thigh. But in an Atlantic decimated by overfishing and climate change, the fish are harder and harder to find. Here, Badkhen discovers, all boundaries are permeable--between land and sea, between myth and truth, even between storyteller and story. Fisherman's Blues immerses us in a community navigating a time of unprecedented environmental, economic, and cultural upheaval with resilience, ingenuity, and wonder. Anna Badkhen Tue, 13 Mar 2018 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329119 thebookvoice.com 7:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fisherman's Blues: A West African Community at Sea Author: Anna Badkhen Narrator: Anna Badkhen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: NAMED A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR BY THE CHRISTIAN SCIENCE MONITOR AND PASTE MAGAZINE An intimate account of life in a West African fishing village, tugged by currents ancient and modern, and dependent on an ocean that is being radically transformed. The sea is broken, fishermen say. The sea is empty. The genii have taken the fish elsewhere. For centuries, fishermen have launched their pirogues from the Senegalese port of Joal, where the fish used to be so plentiful a man could dip his hand into the grey-green ocean and pull one out as big as his thigh. But in an Atlantic decimated by overfishing and climate change, the fish are harder and harder to find. Here, Badkhen discovers, all boundaries are permeable--between land and sea, between myth and truth, even between storyteller and story. Fisherman's Blues immerses us in a community navigating a time of unprecedented environmental, economic, and cultural upheaval with resilience, ingenuity, and wonder. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fisherman's Blues: A West African Community at Sea Author: Anna Badkhen Narrator: Anna Badkhen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: NAMED A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR BY THE CHRISTIAN SCIENCE MONITOR AND PASTE MAGAZINE An intimate account of life in a West African fishing village, tugged by currents ancient and modern, and dependent on an ocean that is being radically transformed. The sea is broken, fishermen say. The sea is empty. The genii have taken the fish elsewhere. For centuries, fishermen have launched their pirogues from the Senegalese port of Joal, where the fish used to be so plentiful a man could dip his hand into the grey-green ocean and pull one out as big as his thigh. But in an Atlantic decimated by overfishing and climate change, the fish are harder and harder to find. Here, Badkhen discovers, all boundaries are permeable--between land and sea, between myth and truth, even between storyteller and story. Fisherman's Blues immerses us in a community navigating a time of unprecedented environmental, economic, and cultural upheaval with resilience, ingenuity, and wonder. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322246 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322246]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gentle Art of Swedish Death Cleaning: How to Free Yourself and Your Family from a Lifetime of Clutter Author: Margareta Magnusson Narrator: Juliet Stevenson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 4.13 of Total 8 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: *The basis for the wonderfully funny and moving TV series developed by Amy Poehler and Scout Productions* A charming, practical, and unsentimental approach to putting a home in order while reflecting on the tiny joys that make up a long life. In Sweden there is a kind of decluttering called döstädning, dö meaning “death” and städning meaning “cleaning.” This surprising and invigorating process of clearing out unnecessary belongings can be undertaken at any age or life stage but should be done sooner than later, before others have to do it for you. In The Gentle Art of Swedish Death Cleaning, artist Margareta Magnusson, with Scandinavian humor and wisdom, instructs readers to embrace minimalism. Her radical and joyous method for putting things in order helps families broach sensitive conversations, and makes the process uplifting rather than overwhelming. Margareta suggests which possessions you can easily get rid of (unworn clothes, unwanted presents, more plates than you’d ever use) and which you might want to keep (photographs, love letters, a few of your children’s art projects). Digging into her late husband’s tool shed, and her own secret drawer of vices, Margareta introduces an element of fun to a potentially daunting task. Along the way readers get a glimpse into her life in Sweden, and also become more comfortable with the idea of letting go. Margareta Magnusson Tue, 02 Jan 2018 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322246 thebookvoice.com 2:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322246]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gentle Art of Swedish Death Cleaning: How to Free Yourself and Your Family from a Lifetime of Clutter Author: Margareta Magnusson Narrator: Juliet Stevenson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 4.13 of Total 8 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: *The basis for the wonderfully funny and moving TV series developed by Amy Poehler and Scout Productions* A charming, practical, and unsentimental approach to putting a home in order while reflecting on the tiny joys that make up a long life. In Sweden there is a kind of decluttering called döstädning, dö meaning “death” and städning meaning “cleaning.” This surprising and invigorating process of clearing out unnecessary belongings can be undertaken at any age or life stage but should be done sooner than later, before others have to do it for you. In The Gentle Art of Swedish Death Cleaning, artist Margareta Magnusson, with Scandinavian humor and wisdom, instructs readers to embrace minimalism. Her radical and joyous method for putting things in order helps families broach sensitive conversations, and makes the process uplifting rather than overwhelming. Margareta suggests which possessions you can easily get rid of (unworn clothes, unwanted presents, more plates than you’d ever use) and which you might want to keep (photographs, love letters, a few of your children’s art projects). Digging into her late husband’s tool shed, and her own secret drawer of vices, Margareta introduces an element of fun to a potentially daunting task. Along the way readers get a glimpse into her life in Sweden, and also become more comfortable with the idea of letting go. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322246]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gentle Art of Swedish Death Cleaning: How to Free Yourself and Your Family from a Lifetime of Clutter Author: Margareta Magnusson Narrator: Juliet Stevenson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 4.13 of Total 8 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: *The basis for the wonderfully funny and moving TV series developed by Amy Poehler and Scout Productions* A charming, practical, and unsentimental approach to putting a home in order while reflecting on the tiny joys that make up a long life. In Sweden there is a kind of decluttering called döstädning, dö meaning “death” and städning meaning “cleaning.” This surprising and invigorating process of clearing out unnecessary belongings can be undertaken at any age or life stage but should be done sooner than later, before others have to do it for you. In The Gentle Art of Swedish Death Cleaning, artist Margareta Magnusson, with Scandinavian humor and wisdom, instructs readers to embrace minimalism. Her radical and joyous method for putting things in order helps families broach sensitive conversations, and makes the process uplifting rather than overwhelming. Margareta suggests which possessions you can easily get rid of (unworn clothes, unwanted presents, more plates than you’d ever use) and which you might want to keep (photographs, love letters, a few of your children’s art projects). Digging into her late husband’s tool shed, and her own secret drawer of vices, Margareta introduces an element of fun to a potentially daunting task. Along the way readers get a glimpse into her life in Sweden, and also become more comfortable with the idea of letting go. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316534 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316534]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dangerous Ground: My Friendship with a Serial Killer Author: M. William Phelps Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 67 Ratings of Narrator: 3.95 of Total 20 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: In September 2011, M. William Phelps made a bold decision that would change the landscape of reality-based television—and his own life. He asked a convicted serial killer to act as a consultant for his TV series. Under the code name 'Raven,' the murderer shared his insights into the minds of other killers and helped analyze their crimes. As the series became an international sensation, Raven became Phelps’s unlikely confidante, ally—and friend. In this deeply personal account, Phelps traces his own family's dark history, and takes us into the heart and soul of a serial murderer. He also chronicles the complex relationship he developed with Raven. From questions about morality to Raven's thoughts on the still-unsolved, brutal murder of Phelps's sister-in-law, the author found himself grappling with an unwanted, unexpected, unsettling connection with a cold-blooded killer. Drawing on over 7,000 pages of letters, dozens of hours of recorded conversations, personal and Skype visits, and a friendship five years in the making, Phelps sheds new light on Raven's bloody history, including details of an unknown victim, the location of a still-buried body—and a jaw-dropping admission. M. William Phelps Tue, 25 Jul 2017 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316534 thebookvoice.com 12:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316534]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dangerous Ground: My Friendship with a Serial Killer Author: M. William Phelps Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 67 Ratings of Narrator: 3.95 of Total 20 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: In September 2011, M. William Phelps made a bold decision that would change the landscape of reality-based television—and his own life. He asked a convicted serial killer to act as a consultant for his TV series. Under the code name 'Raven,' the murderer shared his insights into the minds of other killers and helped analyze their crimes. As the series became an international sensation, Raven became Phelps’s unlikely confidante, ally—and friend. In this deeply personal account, Phelps traces his own family's dark history, and takes us into the heart and soul of a serial murderer. He also chronicles the complex relationship he developed with Raven. From questions about morality to Raven's thoughts on the still-unsolved, brutal murder of Phelps's sister-in-law, the author found himself grappling with an unwanted, unexpected, unsettling connection with a cold-blooded killer. Drawing on over 7,000 pages of letters, dozens of hours of recorded conversations, personal and Skype visits, and a friendship five years in the making, Phelps sheds new light on Raven's bloody history, including details of an unknown victim, the location of a still-buried body—and a jaw-dropping admission. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316534]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dangerous Ground: My Friendship with a Serial Killer Author: M. William Phelps Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 67 Ratings of Narrator: 3.95 of Total 20 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: In September 2011, M. William Phelps made a bold decision that would change the landscape of reality-based television—and his own life. He asked a convicted serial killer to act as a consultant for his TV series. Under the code name 'Raven,' the murderer shared his insights into the minds of other killers and helped analyze their crimes. As the series became an international sensation, Raven became Phelps’s unlikely confidante, ally—and friend. In this deeply personal account, Phelps traces his own family's dark history, and takes us into the heart and soul of a serial murderer. He also chronicles the complex relationship he developed with Raven. From questions about morality to Raven's thoughts on the still-unsolved, brutal murder of Phelps's sister-in-law, the author found himself grappling with an unwanted, unexpected, unsettling connection with a cold-blooded killer. Drawing on over 7,000 pages of letters, dozens of hours of recorded conversations, personal and Skype visits, and a friendship five years in the making, Phelps sheds new light on Raven's bloody history, including details of an unknown victim, the location of a still-buried body—and a jaw-dropping admission. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309893 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309893]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Food, Fake Food: Why You Don't Know What You're Eating and What You Can Do About It Author: Larry Olmsted Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: You've seen the headlines: Parmesan cheese made from sawdust. Lobster rolls containing no lobster at all. Extra-virgin olive oil that isn't. Fake foods are in our supermarkets, our restaurants, and our kitchen cabinets. Award-winning food journalist and travel writer Larry Olmsted exposes this pervasive and dangerous fraud perpetrated on unsuspecting Americans. Real Food/Fake Food brings readers into the unregulated food industry, revealing that this shocking deception extends from high-end foods like olive oil, wine, and Kobe beef to everyday staples such as coffee, honey, juice, and cheese. It's a massive bait and switch where counterfeiting is rampant and where the consumer ultimately pays the price. But Olmsted does more than show us what foods to avoid. A bona fide gourmand, he travels to the sources of the real stuff, to help us recognize what to look for, eat, and savor: genuine Parmigiano-Reggiano from Italy, fresh-caught grouper from Florida, authentic port from Portugal. Real foods that are grown, raised, produced, and prepared with care by masters of their craft. Larry Olmsted Tue, 02 Aug 2016 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309893 thebookvoice.com 12:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309893]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Food, Fake Food: Why You Don't Know What You're Eating and What You Can Do About It Author: Larry Olmsted Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: You've seen the headlines: Parmesan cheese made from sawdust. Lobster rolls containing no lobster at all. Extra-virgin olive oil that isn't. Fake foods are in our supermarkets, our restaurants, and our kitchen cabinets. Award-winning food journalist and travel writer Larry Olmsted exposes this pervasive and dangerous fraud perpetrated on unsuspecting Americans. Real Food/Fake Food brings readers into the unregulated food industry, revealing that this shocking deception extends from high-end foods like olive oil, wine, and Kobe beef to everyday staples such as coffee, honey, juice, and cheese. It's a massive bait and switch where counterfeiting is rampant and where the consumer ultimately pays the price. But Olmsted does more than show us what foods to avoid. A bona fide gourmand, he travels to the sources of the real stuff, to help us recognize what to look for, eat, and savor: genuine Parmigiano-Reggiano from Italy, fresh-caught grouper from Florida, authentic port from Portugal. Real foods that are grown, raised, produced, and prepared with care by masters of their craft. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309893]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Food, Fake Food: Why You Don't Know What You're Eating and What You Can Do About It Author: Larry Olmsted Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: You've seen the headlines: Parmesan cheese made from sawdust. Lobster rolls containing no lobster at all. Extra-virgin olive oil that isn't. Fake foods are in our supermarkets, our restaurants, and our kitchen cabinets. Award-winning food journalist and travel writer Larry Olmsted exposes this pervasive and dangerous fraud perpetrated on unsuspecting Americans. Real Food/Fake Food brings readers into the unregulated food industry, revealing that this shocking deception extends from high-end foods like olive oil, wine, and Kobe beef to everyday staples such as coffee, honey, juice, and cheese. It's a massive bait and switch where counterfeiting is rampant and where the consumer ultimately pays the price. But Olmsted does more than show us what foods to avoid. A bona fide gourmand, he travels to the sources of the real stuff, to help us recognize what to look for, eat, and savor: genuine Parmigiano-Reggiano from Italy, fresh-caught grouper from Florida, authentic port from Portugal. Real foods that are grown, raised, produced, and prepared with care by masters of their craft. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307322 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden Life of Trees: What They Feel, How They Communicate Author: Peter Wohlleben Narrator: Mike Grady Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 121 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 18 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Sunday Times Bestseller ‘A paradigm-smashing chronicle of joyous entanglement’ Charles Foster Waterstones Non-Fiction Book of the Month (September) Are trees social beings? How do trees live? Do they feel pain or have awareness of their surroundings? In The Hidden Life of Trees Peter Wohlleben makes the case that the forest is a social network. He draws on groundbreaking scientific discoveries to describe how trees are like human families: tree parents live together with their children, communicate with them, support them as they grow, share nutrients with those who are sick or struggling, and even warn each other of impending dangers. Wohlleben also shares his deep love of woods and forests, explaining the amazing processes of life, death and regeneration he has observed in his woodland. A walk in the woods will never be the same again. For those in the UK with a passion for top books on nature, Wohlleben's great work merges the worlds of plants, gardening, and general ecology into an absorbing narrative that underscores the importance of environmental conservation and protection. It is a significant addition to the literary conversation on how we interact with the living world around us. For fans of Suzanne Simard (Finding the Mother Tree), Tristan Gooley (How to Read a Tree), Merlin Sheldrake (Entangled Life) and Isabella Tree (Wilding) and Robin Wall Kimmerer (Braiding Sweetgrass). Peter Wohlleben Tue, 13 Sep 2016 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307322 thebookvoice.com 7:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden Life of Trees: What They Feel, How They Communicate Author: Peter Wohlleben Narrator: Mike Grady Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 121 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 18 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Sunday Times Bestseller ‘A paradigm-smashing chronicle of joyous entanglement’ Charles Foster Waterstones Non-Fiction Book of the Month (September) Are trees social beings? How do trees live? Do they feel pain or have awareness of their surroundings? In The Hidden Life of Trees Peter Wohlleben makes the case that the forest is a social network. He draws on groundbreaking scientific discoveries to describe how trees are like human families: tree parents live together with their children, communicate with them, support them as they grow, share nutrients with those who are sick or struggling, and even warn each other of impending dangers. Wohlleben also shares his deep love of woods and forests, explaining the amazing processes of life, death and regeneration he has observed in his woodland. A walk in the woods will never be the same again. For those in the UK with a passion for top books on nature, Wohlleben's great work merges the worlds of plants, gardening, and general ecology into an absorbing narrative that underscores the importance of environmental conservation and protection. It is a significant addition to the literary conversation on how we interact with the living world around us. For fans of Suzanne Simard (Finding the Mother Tree), Tristan Gooley (How to Read a Tree), Merlin Sheldrake (Entangled Life) and Isabella Tree (Wilding) and Robin Wall Kimmerer (Braiding Sweetgrass). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden Life of Trees: What They Feel, How They Communicate Author: Peter Wohlleben Narrator: Mike Grady Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 121 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 18 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Sunday Times Bestseller ‘A paradigm-smashing chronicle of joyous entanglement’ Charles Foster Waterstones Non-Fiction Book of the Month (September) Are trees social beings? How do trees live? Do they feel pain or have awareness of their surroundings? In The Hidden Life of Trees Peter Wohlleben makes the case that the forest is a social network. He draws on groundbreaking scientific discoveries to describe how trees are like human families: tree parents live together with their children, communicate with them, support them as they grow, share nutrients with those who are sick or struggling, and even warn each other of impending dangers. Wohlleben also shares his deep love of woods and forests, explaining the amazing processes of life, death and regeneration he has observed in his woodland. A walk in the woods will never be the same again. For those in the UK with a passion for top books on nature, Wohlleben's great work merges the worlds of plants, gardening, and general ecology into an absorbing narrative that underscores the importance of environmental conservation and protection. It is a significant addition to the literary conversation on how we interact with the living world around us. For fans of Suzanne Simard (Finding the Mother Tree), Tristan Gooley (How to Read a Tree), Merlin Sheldrake (Entangled Life) and Isabella Tree (Wilding) and Robin Wall Kimmerer (Braiding Sweetgrass). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302194 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302194]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Witch: A History of Fear, from Ancient Times to the Present Author: Ronald Hutton Narrator: Gildart Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Why have societies all across the world feared witchcraft? This book delves deeply into its context, beliefs, and origins in Europe’s history. The witch came to prominence—and often a painful death—in early modern Europe, yet her origins are much more geographically diverse and historically deep. In this landmark book, Ronald Hutton traces witchcraft from the ancient world to the early modern stake. This book sets the notorious European witch trials in the widest and deepest possible perspective and traces the major historiographical developments of witchcraft. Hutton, a renowned expert on ancient, medieval, and modern paganism and witchcraft beliefs, combines Anglo-American and continental scholarly approaches to examine attitudes on witchcraft and the treatment of suspected witches across the world, including in Africa, the Middle East, South Asia, Australia, and North and South America, and from ancient pagan times to current interpretations. His fresh anthropological and ethnographical approach focuses on cultural inheritance and change while considering shamanism, folk religion, the range of witch trials, and how the fear of witchcraft might be eradicated. Ronald Hutton Tue, 05 Sep 2017 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302194 thebookvoice.com 16:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302194]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Witch: A History of Fear, from Ancient Times to the Present Author: Ronald Hutton Narrator: Gildart Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Why have societies all across the world feared witchcraft? This book delves deeply into its context, beliefs, and origins in Europe’s history. The witch came to prominence—and often a painful death—in early modern Europe, yet her origins are much more geographically diverse and historically deep. In this landmark book, Ronald Hutton traces witchcraft from the ancient world to the early modern stake. This book sets the notorious European witch trials in the widest and deepest possible perspective and traces the major historiographical developments of witchcraft. Hutton, a renowned expert on ancient, medieval, and modern paganism and witchcraft beliefs, combines Anglo-American and continental scholarly approaches to examine attitudes on witchcraft and the treatment of suspected witches across the world, including in Africa, the Middle East, South Asia, Australia, and North and South America, and from ancient pagan times to current interpretations. His fresh anthropological and ethnographical approach focuses on cultural inheritance and change while considering shamanism, folk religion, the range of witch trials, and how the fear of witchcraft might be eradicated. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302194]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Witch: A History of Fear, from Ancient Times to the Present Author: Ronald Hutton Narrator: Gildart Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Why have societies all across the world feared witchcraft? This book delves deeply into its context, beliefs, and origins in Europe’s history. The witch came to prominence—and often a painful death—in early modern Europe, yet her origins are much more geographically diverse and historically deep. In this landmark book, Ronald Hutton traces witchcraft from the ancient world to the early modern stake. This book sets the notorious European witch trials in the widest and deepest possible perspective and traces the major historiographical developments of witchcraft. Hutton, a renowned expert on ancient, medieval, and modern paganism and witchcraft beliefs, combines Anglo-American and continental scholarly approaches to examine attitudes on witchcraft and the treatment of suspected witches across the world, including in Africa, the Middle East, South Asia, Australia, and North and South America, and from ancient pagan times to current interpretations. His fresh anthropological and ethnographical approach focuses on cultural inheritance and change while considering shamanism, folk religion, the range of witch trials, and how the fear of witchcraft might be eradicated. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300934 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Salt, Fat, Acid, Heat: Mastering the Elements of Good Cooking Author: Samin Nosrat Narrator: Samin Nosrat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 22, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: *Over 1 million copies sold * New York Times bestseller * Winner of the James Beard Award and multiple IACP Cookbook Awards * Available as a Netflix series * Transform how you prep, cook, and think about food with this visionary master class in cooking by Samin Nosrat that distills decades of professional experience into just four simple elements—from the woman declared “America’s next great cooking teacher” by Alice Waters. Featuring more than 100 recipes from Samin and more than 150 illustrations from acclaimed illustrator Wendy MacNaughton! In the tradition of The Joy of Cooking and How to Cook Everything comes Salt, Fat, Acid, Heat, an ambitious new approach to cooking. Chef and writer Samin Nosrat has taught everyone from professional chefs to middle school kids to author Michael Pollan to cook using her revolutionary, yet simple, philosophy. Master the use of just four elements—Salt, which enhances flavor; Fat, which delivers flavor and generates texture; Acid, which balances flavor; and Heat, which ultimately determines the texture of food—and anything you cook will be delicious. By explaining the hows and whys of good cooking, Salt, Fat, Acid, Heat will teach and inspire a new generation of cooks how to confidently make better decisions in the kitchen and cook delicious meals with any ingredients, anywhere, at any time. Echoing Samin’s own journey from culinary novice to award-winning chef, Salt, Fat Acid, Heat immediately bridges the gap between home and professional kitchens. With charming narrative, illustrated walkthroughs, and a lighthearted approach to kitchen science, Samin demystifies the four elements of good cooking for everyone. Refer to the canon of 100 essential recipes—and dozens of variations—to put the lessons into practice and make bright, balanced vinaigrettes, perfectly caramelized roast vegetables, tender braised meats, and light, flaky pastry doughs. Destined to be a classic, Salt, Fat, Acid, Heat just might be the last cookbook you’ll ever need. With a foreword by Michael Pollan. *Named one of the Best Books of the Year by: NPR, BuzzFeed, The Washington Post, Chicago Tribune, Rachael Ray Every Day, San Francisco Chronicle, Elle.com, Glamour, Eater, Newsday, The Seattle Times, Tampa Bay Times, Tasting Table, Publishers Weekly, and more!* Samin Nosrat Tue, 22 Aug 2017 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300934 thebookvoice.com 5:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Salt, Fat, Acid, Heat: Mastering the Elements of Good Cooking Author: Samin Nosrat Narrator: Samin Nosrat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 22, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: *Over 1 million copies sold * New York Times bestseller * Winner of the James Beard Award and multiple IACP Cookbook Awards * Available as a Netflix series * Transform how you prep, cook, and think about food with this visionary master class in cooking by Samin Nosrat that distills decades of professional experience into just four simple elements—from the woman declared “America’s next great cooking teacher” by Alice Waters. Featuring more than 100 recipes from Samin and more than 150 illustrations from acclaimed illustrator Wendy MacNaughton! In the tradition of The Joy of Cooking and How to Cook Everything comes Salt, Fat, Acid, Heat, an ambitious new approach to cooking. Chef and writer Samin Nosrat has taught everyone from professional chefs to middle school kids to author Michael Pollan to cook using her revolutionary, yet simple, philosophy. Master the use of just four elements—Salt, which enhances flavor; Fat, which delivers flavor and generates texture; Acid, which balances flavor; and Heat, which ultimately determines the texture of food—and anything you cook will be delicious. By explaining the hows and whys of good cooking, Salt, Fat, Acid, Heat will teach and inspire a new generation of cooks how to confidently make better decisions in the kitchen and cook delicious meals with any ingredients, anywhere, at any time. Echoing Samin’s own journey from culinary novice to award-winning chef, Salt, Fat Acid, Heat immediately bridges the gap between home and professional kitchens. With charming narrative, illustrated walkthroughs, and a lighthearted approach to kitchen science, Samin demystifies the four elements of good cooking for everyone. Refer to the canon of 100 essential recipes—and dozens of variations—to put the lessons into practice and make bright, balanced vinaigrettes, perfectly caramelized roast vegetables, tender braised meats, and light, flaky pastry doughs. Destined to be a classic, Salt, Fat, Acid, Heat just might be the last cookbook you’ll ever need. With a foreword by Michael Pollan. *Named one of the Best Books of the Year by: NPR, BuzzFeed, The Washington Post, Chicago Tribune, Rachael Ray Every Day, San Francisco Chronicle, Elle.com, Glamour, Eater, Newsday, The Seattle Times, Tampa Bay Times, Tasting Table, Publishers Weekly, and more!* Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Salt, Fat, Acid, Heat: Mastering the Elements of Good Cooking Author: Samin Nosrat Narrator: Samin Nosrat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 22, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: *Over 1 million copies sold * New York Times bestseller * Winner of the James Beard Award and multiple IACP Cookbook Awards * Available as a Netflix series * Transform how you prep, cook, and think about food with this visionary master class in cooking by Samin Nosrat that distills decades of professional experience into just four simple elements—from the woman declared “America’s next great cooking teacher” by Alice Waters. Featuring more than 100 recipes from Samin and more than 150 illustrations from acclaimed illustrator Wendy MacNaughton! In the tradition of The Joy of Cooking and How to Cook Everything comes Salt, Fat, Acid, Heat, an ambitious new approach to cooking. Chef and writer Samin Nosrat has taught everyone from professional chefs to middle school kids to author Michael Pollan to cook using her revolutionary, yet simple, philosophy. Master the use of just four elements—Salt, which enhances flavor; Fat, which delivers flavor and generates texture; Acid, which balances flavor; and Heat, which ultimately determines the texture of food—and anything you cook will be delicious. By explaining the hows and whys of good cooking, Salt, Fat, Acid, Heat will teach and inspire a new generation of cooks how to confidently make better decisions in the kitchen and cook delicious meals with any ingredients, anywhere, at any time. Echoing Samin’s own journey from culinary novice to award-winning chef, Salt, Fat Acid, Heat immediately bridges the gap between home and professional kitchens. With charming narrative, illustrated walkthroughs, and a lighthearted approach to kitchen science, Samin demystifies the four elements of good cooking for everyone. Refer to the canon of 100 essential recipes—and dozens of variations—to put the lessons into practice and make bright, balanced vinaigrettes, perfectly caramelized roast vegetables, tender braised meats, and light, flaky pastry doughs. Destined to be a classic, Salt, Fat, Acid, Heat just might be the last cookbook you’ll ever need. With a foreword by Michael Pollan. *Named one of the Best Books of the Year by: NPR, BuzzFeed, The Washington Post, Chicago Tribune, Rachael Ray Every Day, San Francisco Chronicle, Elle.com, Glamour, Eater, Newsday, The Seattle Times, Tampa Bay Times, Tasting Table, Publishers Weekly, and more!* https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291678 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Astrophysics for People in a Hurry Author: Neil DeGrasse Tyson Narrator: Neil DeGrasse Tyson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 1166 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 121 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The essential universe, from our most celebrated and beloved astrophysicist. What is the nature of space and time? How do we fit within the universe? How does the universe fit within us? There’s no better guide through these mind-expanding questions than acclaimed astrophysicist and bestselling author Neil deGrasse Tyson. But today, few of us have time to contemplate the cosmos. So Tyson brings the universe down to Earth succinctly and clearly, with sparkling wit, in digestible chapters consumable anytime and anywhere in your busy day. While waiting for your morning coffee to brew, or while waiting for the bus, the train, or the plane to arrive, Astrophysics for People in a Hurry will reveal just what you need to be fluent and ready for the next cosmic headlines: from the Big Bang to black holes, from quarks to quantum mechanics, and from the search for planets to the search for life in the universe. Neil DeGrasse Tyson Tue, 02 May 2017 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291678 thebookvoice.com 3:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Astrophysics for People in a Hurry Author: Neil DeGrasse Tyson Narrator: Neil DeGrasse Tyson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 1166 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 121 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The essential universe, from our most celebrated and beloved astrophysicist. What is the nature of space and time? How do we fit within the universe? How does the universe fit within us? There’s no better guide through these mind-expanding questions than acclaimed astrophysicist and bestselling author Neil deGrasse Tyson. But today, few of us have time to contemplate the cosmos. So Tyson brings the universe down to Earth succinctly and clearly, with sparkling wit, in digestible chapters consumable anytime and anywhere in your busy day. While waiting for your morning coffee to brew, or while waiting for the bus, the train, or the plane to arrive, Astrophysics for People in a Hurry will reveal just what you need to be fluent and ready for the next cosmic headlines: from the Big Bang to black holes, from quarks to quantum mechanics, and from the search for planets to the search for life in the universe. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Astrophysics for People in a Hurry Author: Neil DeGrasse Tyson Narrator: Neil DeGrasse Tyson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 1166 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 121 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The essential universe, from our most celebrated and beloved astrophysicist. What is the nature of space and time? How do we fit within the universe? How does the universe fit within us? There’s no better guide through these mind-expanding questions than acclaimed astrophysicist and bestselling author Neil deGrasse Tyson. But today, few of us have time to contemplate the cosmos. So Tyson brings the universe down to Earth succinctly and clearly, with sparkling wit, in digestible chapters consumable anytime and anywhere in your busy day. While waiting for your morning coffee to brew, or while waiting for the bus, the train, or the plane to arrive, Astrophysics for People in a Hurry will reveal just what you need to be fluent and ready for the next cosmic headlines: from the Big Bang to black holes, from quarks to quantum mechanics, and from the search for planets to the search for life in the universe. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290873 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290873]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What’s Your Creative Type?: Harness the Power of Your Artistic Personality Author: Meta Wagner Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The greatest creators in human history—from Mozart to Meryl Streep, Jackson Pollock to Jay Z—don’t just have talent—they also understand their motivations for pursuing art. What’s Your Creative Type? helps artists do the same in a fun and witty way. Stepping away from the hyper-focus on how people create, What’s Your Creative Type? instead explores why. By identifying your creative motivation type, you’ll be able to find renewed energy, overcome creative blocks, and release the artist within. Drawing from creativity theory and personality typology, each chapter of the book is devoted to a creative type, from the A-lister seeking recognition to the activist who wants to change the world. What’s Your Creative Type? is peppered with pop-culture studies of famous artists, and illustrates each type with entertaining examples from legendary figures. Whether you’re a seasoned artist or writer in search of inspiration or simply looking to explore your budding creativity, What’s Your Creative Type? has fresh and reliable advice and insight for you. Meta Wagner Tue, 25 Apr 2017 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290873 thebookvoice.com 6:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290873]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What’s Your Creative Type?: Harness the Power of Your Artistic Personality Author: Meta Wagner Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The greatest creators in human history—from Mozart to Meryl Streep, Jackson Pollock to Jay Z—don’t just have talent—they also understand their motivations for pursuing art. What’s Your Creative Type? helps artists do the same in a fun and witty way. Stepping away from the hyper-focus on how people create, What’s Your Creative Type? instead explores why. By identifying your creative motivation type, you’ll be able to find renewed energy, overcome creative blocks, and release the artist within. Drawing from creativity theory and personality typology, each chapter of the book is devoted to a creative type, from the A-lister seeking recognition to the activist who wants to change the world. What’s Your Creative Type? is peppered with pop-culture studies of famous artists, and illustrates each type with entertaining examples from legendary figures. Whether you’re a seasoned artist or writer in search of inspiration or simply looking to explore your budding creativity, What’s Your Creative Type? has fresh and reliable advice and insight for you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290873]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What’s Your Creative Type?: Harness the Power of Your Artistic Personality Author: Meta Wagner Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The greatest creators in human history—from Mozart to Meryl Streep, Jackson Pollock to Jay Z—don’t just have talent—they also understand their motivations for pursuing art. What’s Your Creative Type? helps artists do the same in a fun and witty way. Stepping away from the hyper-focus on how people create, What’s Your Creative Type? instead explores why. By identifying your creative motivation type, you’ll be able to find renewed energy, overcome creative blocks, and release the artist within. Drawing from creativity theory and personality typology, each chapter of the book is devoted to a creative type, from the A-lister seeking recognition to the activist who wants to change the world. What’s Your Creative Type? is peppered with pop-culture studies of famous artists, and illustrates each type with entertaining examples from legendary figures. Whether you’re a seasoned artist or writer in search of inspiration or simply looking to explore your budding creativity, What’s Your Creative Type? has fresh and reliable advice and insight for you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284952 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284952]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blitzed: Drugs in the Third Reich Author: Norman Ohler Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 10 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The Nazi regime preached an ideology of physical, mental, and moral purity. But as Norman Ohler reveals in this gripping new history, the Third Reich was saturated with drugs. On the eve of World War II, Germany was a pharmaceutical powerhouse, and companies such as Merck and Bayer cooked up cocaine, opiates, and, most of all, methamphetamines, to be consumed by everyone from factory workers to housewives to millions of German soldiers. In fact, troops regularly took rations of a form of crystal meth—the elevated energy and feelings of invincibility associated with the high even help to explain certain German military victories. Drugs seeped all the way up to the Nazi high command and, especially, to Hitler himself. Over the course of the war, Hitler became increasingly dependent on injections of a cocktail of drugs—including a form of heroin—administered by his personal doctor, Dr. Morell. While drugs alone cannot explain the Nazis’ toxic racial theories or the events of World War II, Ohler’s investigation makes an overwhelming case that, if drugs are not taken into account, our understanding of the Third Reich is fundamentally incomplete. Carefully researched and rivetingly readable, Blitzed throws surprising light on a history that, until now, has remained in the shadows. Norman Ohler Tue, 07 Mar 2017 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284952 thebookvoice.com 7:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284952]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blitzed: Drugs in the Third Reich Author: Norman Ohler Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 10 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The Nazi regime preached an ideology of physical, mental, and moral purity. But as Norman Ohler reveals in this gripping new history, the Third Reich was saturated with drugs. On the eve of World War II, Germany was a pharmaceutical powerhouse, and companies such as Merck and Bayer cooked up cocaine, opiates, and, most of all, methamphetamines, to be consumed by everyone from factory workers to housewives to millions of German soldiers. In fact, troops regularly took rations of a form of crystal meth—the elevated energy and feelings of invincibility associated with the high even help to explain certain German military victories. Drugs seeped all the way up to the Nazi high command and, especially, to Hitler himself. Over the course of the war, Hitler became increasingly dependent on injections of a cocktail of drugs—including a form of heroin—administered by his personal doctor, Dr. Morell. While drugs alone cannot explain the Nazis’ toxic racial theories or the events of World War II, Ohler’s investigation makes an overwhelming case that, if drugs are not taken into account, our understanding of the Third Reich is fundamentally incomplete. Carefully researched and rivetingly readable, Blitzed throws surprising light on a history that, until now, has remained in the shadows. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284952]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blitzed: Drugs in the Third Reich Author: Norman Ohler Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 10 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The Nazi regime preached an ideology of physical, mental, and moral purity. But as Norman Ohler reveals in this gripping new history, the Third Reich was saturated with drugs. On the eve of World War II, Germany was a pharmaceutical powerhouse, and companies such as Merck and Bayer cooked up cocaine, opiates, and, most of all, methamphetamines, to be consumed by everyone from factory workers to housewives to millions of German soldiers. In fact, troops regularly took rations of a form of crystal meth—the elevated energy and feelings of invincibility associated with the high even help to explain certain German military victories. Drugs seeped all the way up to the Nazi high command and, especially, to Hitler himself. Over the course of the war, Hitler became increasingly dependent on injections of a cocktail of drugs—including a form of heroin—administered by his personal doctor, Dr. Morell. While drugs alone cannot explain the Nazis’ toxic racial theories or the events of World War II, Ohler’s investigation makes an overwhelming case that, if drugs are not taken into account, our understanding of the Third Reich is fundamentally incomplete. Carefully researched and rivetingly readable, Blitzed throws surprising light on a history that, until now, has remained in the shadows. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283500 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283500]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stranger in the Woods: The Extraordinary Story of the Last True Hermit Author: Michael Finkel Narrator: Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 113 Ratings of Narrator: 4.27 of Total 26 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Many people dream of escaping modern life, but most will never act on it. This is the remarkable true story of a man who lived alone in the woods of Maine for 27 years, making this dream a reality—not out of anger at the world, but simply because he preferred to live on his own. A New York Times bestseller In 1986, a shy and intelligent twenty-year-old named Christopher Knight left his home in Massachusetts, drove to Maine, and disappeared into the forest. He would not have a conversation with another human being until nearly three decades later, when he was arrested for stealing food. Living in a tent even through brutal winters, he had survived by his wits and courage, developing ingenious ways to store edibles and water, and to avoid freezing to death. He broke into nearby cottages for food, clothing, reading material, and other provisions, taking only what he needed but terrifying a community never able to solve the mysterious burglaries. Based on extensive interviews with Knight himself, this is a vividly detailed account of his secluded life—why did he leave? what did he learn?—as well as the challenges he has faced since returning to the world. It is a gripping story of survival that asks fundamental questions about solitude, community, and what makes a good life, and a deeply moving portrait of a man who was determined to live his own way, and succeeded. Michael Finkel Tue, 07 Mar 2017 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283500 thebookvoice.com 6:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283500]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stranger in the Woods: The Extraordinary Story of the Last True Hermit Author: Michael Finkel Narrator: Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 113 Ratings of Narrator: 4.27 of Total 26 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Many people dream of escaping modern life, but most will never act on it. This is the remarkable true story of a man who lived alone in the woods of Maine for 27 years, making this dream a reality—not out of anger at the world, but simply because he preferred to live on his own. A New York Times bestseller In 1986, a shy and intelligent twenty-year-old named Christopher Knight left his home in Massachusetts, drove to Maine, and disappeared into the forest. He would not have a conversation with another human being until nearly three decades later, when he was arrested for stealing food. Living in a tent even through brutal winters, he had survived by his wits and courage, developing ingenious ways to store edibles and water, and to avoid freezing to death. He broke into nearby cottages for food, clothing, reading material, and other provisions, taking only what he needed but terrifying a community never able to solve the mysterious burglaries. Based on extensive interviews with Knight himself, this is a vividly detailed account of his secluded life—why did he leave? what did he learn?—as well as the challenges he has faced since returning to the world. It is a gripping story of survival that asks fundamental questions about solitude, community, and what makes a good life, and a deeply moving portrait of a man who was determined to live his own way, and succeeded. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283500]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stranger in the Woods: The Extraordinary Story of the Last True Hermit Author: Michael Finkel Narrator: Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 113 Ratings of Narrator: 4.27 of Total 26 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Many people dream of escaping modern life, but most will never act on it. This is the remarkable true story of a man who lived alone in the woods of Maine for 27 years, making this dream a reality—not out of anger at the world, but simply because he preferred to live on his own. A New York Times bestseller In 1986, a shy and intelligent twenty-year-old named Christopher Knight left his home in Massachusetts, drove to Maine, and disappeared into the forest. He would not have a conversation with another human being until nearly three decades later, when he was arrested for stealing food. Living in a tent even through brutal winters, he had survived by his wits and courage, developing ingenious ways to store edibles and water, and to avoid freezing to death. He broke into nearby cottages for food, clothing, reading material, and other provisions, taking only what he needed but terrifying a community never able to solve the mysterious burglaries. Based on extensive interviews with Knight himself, this is a vividly detailed account of his secluded life—why did he leave? what did he learn?—as well as the challenges he has faced since returning to the world. It is a gripping story of survival that asks fundamental questions about solitude, community, and what makes a good life, and a deeply moving portrait of a man who was determined to live his own way, and succeeded. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273826 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ghostland: An American History in Haunted Places Author: Colin Dickey Narrator: Jon Lindstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: One of NPR’s Great Reads of 2016 “A lively assemblage and smart analysis of dozens of haunting stories…absorbing…[and] intellectually intriguing.” —The New York Times Book Review From the author of The Unidentified, an intellectual feast for fans of offbeat history that takes readers on a road trip through some of the country’s most infamously haunted places—and deep into the dark side of our history. Colin Dickey is on the trail of America’s ghosts. Crammed into old houses and hotels, abandoned prisons and empty hospitals, the spirits that linger continue to capture our collective imagination, but why? His own fascination piqued by a house hunt in Los Angeles that revealed derelict foreclosures and “zombie homes,” Dickey embarks on a journey across the continental United States to decode and unpack the American history repressed in our most famous haunted places. Some have established reputations as “the most haunted mansion in America,” or “the most haunted prison”; others, like the haunted Indian burial grounds in West Virginia, evoke memories from the past our collective nation tries to forget. With boundless curiosity, Dickey conjures the dead by focusing on questions of the living—how do we, the living, deal with stories about ghosts, and how do we inhabit and move through spaces that have been deemed, for whatever reason, haunted? Paying attention not only to the true facts behind a ghost story, but also to the ways in which changes to those facts are made—and why those changes are made—Dickey paints a version of American history left out of the textbooks, one of things left undone, crimes left unsolved. Spellbinding, scary, and wickedly insightful, Ghostland discovers the past we’re most afraid to speak of aloud in the bright light of day is the same past that tends to linger in the ghost stories we whisper in the dark. Colin Dickey Tue, 04 Oct 2016 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273826 thebookvoice.com 10:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ghostland: An American History in Haunted Places Author: Colin Dickey Narrator: Jon Lindstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: One of NPR’s Great Reads of 2016 “A lively assemblage and smart analysis of dozens of haunting stories…absorbing…[and] intellectually intriguing.” —The New York Times Book Review From the author of The Unidentified, an intellectual feast for fans of offbeat history that takes readers on a road trip through some of the country’s most infamously haunted places—and deep into the dark side of our history. Colin Dickey is on the trail of America’s ghosts. Crammed into old houses and hotels, abandoned prisons and empty hospitals, the spirits that linger continue to capture our collective imagination, but why? His own fascination piqued by a house hunt in Los Angeles that revealed derelict foreclosures and “zombie homes,” Dickey embarks on a journey across the continental United States to decode and unpack the American history repressed in our most famous haunted places. Some have established reputations as “the most haunted mansion in America,” or “the most haunted prison”; others, like the haunted Indian burial grounds in West Virginia, evoke memories from the past our collective nation tries to forget. With boundless curiosity, Dickey conjures the dead by focusing on questions of the living—how do we, the living, deal with stories about ghosts, and how do we inhabit and move through spaces that have been deemed, for whatever reason, haunted? Paying attention not only to the true facts behind a ghost story, but also to the ways in which changes to those facts are made—and why those changes are made—Dickey paints a version of American history left out of the textbooks, one of things left undone, crimes left unsolved. Spellbinding, scary, and wickedly insightful, Ghostland discovers the past we’re most afraid to speak of aloud in the bright light of day is the same past that tends to linger in the ghost stories we whisper in the dark. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ghostland: An American History in Haunted Places Author: Colin Dickey Narrator: Jon Lindstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: One of NPR’s Great Reads of 2016 “A lively assemblage and smart analysis of dozens of haunting stories…absorbing…[and] intellectually intriguing.” —The New York Times Book Review From the author of The Unidentified, an intellectual feast for fans of offbeat history that takes readers on a road trip through some of the country’s most infamously haunted places—and deep into the dark side of our history. Colin Dickey is on the trail of America’s ghosts. Crammed into old houses and hotels, abandoned prisons and empty hospitals, the spirits that linger continue to capture our collective imagination, but why? His own fascination piqued by a house hunt in Los Angeles that revealed derelict foreclosures and “zombie homes,” Dickey embarks on a journey across the continental United States to decode and unpack the American history repressed in our most famous haunted places. Some have established reputations as “the most haunted mansion in America,” or “the most haunted prison”; others, like the haunted Indian burial grounds in West Virginia, evoke memories from the past our collective nation tries to forget. With boundless curiosity, Dickey conjures the dead by focusing on questions of the living—how do we, the living, deal with stories about ghosts, and how do we inhabit and move through spaces that have been deemed, for whatever reason, haunted? Paying attention not only to the true facts behind a ghost story, but also to the ways in which changes to those facts are made—and why those changes are made—Dickey paints a version of American history left out of the textbooks, one of things left undone, crimes left unsolved. Spellbinding, scary, and wickedly insightful, Ghostland discovers the past we’re most afraid to speak of aloud in the bright light of day is the same past that tends to linger in the ghost stories we whisper in the dark. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226306 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226306]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Man Who Touched His Own Heart: True Tales of Science, Surgery, and Mystery Author: Rob Dunn Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 3, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The secret history of our most vital organ: the human heart. The Man Who Touched His Own Heart tells the raucous, gory, mesmerizing story of the heart, from the first 'explorers' who dug up cadavers and plumbed their hearts' chambers, through the first heart surgeries -- which had to be completed in three minutes before death arrived -- to heart transplants and the latest medical efforts to prolong our hearts' lives, almost defying nature in the process. Thought of as the seat of our soul, then as a mysteriously animated object, the heart is still more a mystery than it is understood. Why do most animals only get one billion beats? (And how did modern humans get to over two billion, effectively letting us live out two lives?) Why are sufferers of gingivitis more likely to have heart attacks? Why do we often undergo expensive procedures when cheaper ones are just as effective? What do Da Vinci, Mary Shelley, and contemporary Egyptian archaeologists have in common? And what does it really feel like to touch your own heart, or to have someone else's beating inside your chest? Rob Dunn's fascinating history of our hearts brings us deep inside the science, history, and stories of the four chambers we depend on most. Rob Dunn Tue, 03 Feb 2015 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226306 thebookvoice.com 12:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226306]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Man Who Touched His Own Heart: True Tales of Science, Surgery, and Mystery Author: Rob Dunn Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 3, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The secret history of our most vital organ: the human heart. The Man Who Touched His Own Heart tells the raucous, gory, mesmerizing story of the heart, from the first 'explorers' who dug up cadavers and plumbed their hearts' chambers, through the first heart surgeries -- which had to be completed in three minutes before death arrived -- to heart transplants and the latest medical efforts to prolong our hearts' lives, almost defying nature in the process. Thought of as the seat of our soul, then as a mysteriously animated object, the heart is still more a mystery than it is understood. Why do most animals only get one billion beats? (And how did modern humans get to over two billion, effectively letting us live out two lives?) Why are sufferers of gingivitis more likely to have heart attacks? Why do we often undergo expensive procedures when cheaper ones are just as effective? What do Da Vinci, Mary Shelley, and contemporary Egyptian archaeologists have in common? And what does it really feel like to touch your own heart, or to have someone else's beating inside your chest? Rob Dunn's fascinating history of our hearts brings us deep inside the science, history, and stories of the four chambers we depend on most. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226306]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Man Who Touched His Own Heart: True Tales of Science, Surgery, and Mystery Author: Rob Dunn Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 3, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: The secret history of our most vital organ: the human heart. The Man Who Touched His Own Heart tells the raucous, gory, mesmerizing story of the heart, from the first 'explorers' who dug up cadavers and plumbed their hearts' chambers, through the first heart surgeries -- which had to be completed in three minutes before death arrived -- to heart transplants and the latest medical efforts to prolong our hearts' lives, almost defying nature in the process. Thought of as the seat of our soul, then as a mysteriously animated object, the heart is still more a mystery than it is understood. Why do most animals only get one billion beats? (And how did modern humans get to over two billion, effectively letting us live out two lives?) Why are sufferers of gingivitis more likely to have heart attacks? Why do we often undergo expensive procedures when cheaper ones are just as effective? What do Da Vinci, Mary Shelley, and contemporary Egyptian archaeologists have in common? And what does it really feel like to touch your own heart, or to have someone else's beating inside your chest? Rob Dunn's fascinating history of our hearts brings us deep inside the science, history, and stories of the four chambers we depend on most. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218257 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218257]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dr. Mutter's Marvels: A True Tale of Intrigue and Innovation at the Dawn of Modern Medicine Author: Cristin O'keefe Aptowicz Narrator: Erik Singer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A mesmerizing biography of the brilliant and eccentric medical innovator who revolutionized American surgery and founded the country’s most famous museum of medical oddities   Imagine undergoing an operation without anesthesia performed by a surgeon who refuses to sterilize his tools—or even wash his hands. This was the world of medicine when Thomas Dent Mütter began his trailblazing career as a plastic surgeon in Philadelphia during the middle of the nineteenth century.   Although he died at just forty-eight, Mütter was an audacious medical innovator who pioneered the use of ether as anesthesia, the sterilization of surgical tools, and a compassion-based vision for helping the severely deformed, which clashed spectacularly with the sentiments of his time.   Brilliant, outspoken, and brazenly handsome, Mütter was flamboyant in every aspect of his life. He wore pink silk suits to perform surgery, added an umlaut to his last name just because he could, and amassed an immense collection of medical oddities that would later form the basis of Philadelphia’s Mütter Museum.   Award-winning writer Cristin O’Keefe Aptowicz vividly chronicles how Mütter’s efforts helped establish Philadelphia as a global mecca for medical innovation—despite intense resistance from his numerous rivals. (Foremost among them: Charles D. Meigs, an influential obstetrician who loathed Mütter’s 'overly' modern medical opinions.) In the narrative spirit of The Devil in the White City, Dr. Mütter’s Marvels interweaves an eye-opening portrait of nineteenth-century medicine with the riveting biography of a man once described as the 'P. T. Barnum of the surgery room.' Cristin O'keefe Aptowicz Thu, 04 Sep 2014 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218257 thebookvoice.com 8:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218257]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dr. Mutter's Marvels: A True Tale of Intrigue and Innovation at the Dawn of Modern Medicine Author: Cristin O'keefe Aptowicz Narrator: Erik Singer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A mesmerizing biography of the brilliant and eccentric medical innovator who revolutionized American surgery and founded the country’s most famous museum of medical oddities   Imagine undergoing an operation without anesthesia performed by a surgeon who refuses to sterilize his tools—or even wash his hands. This was the world of medicine when Thomas Dent Mütter began his trailblazing career as a plastic surgeon in Philadelphia during the middle of the nineteenth century.   Although he died at just forty-eight, Mütter was an audacious medical innovator who pioneered the use of ether as anesthesia, the sterilization of surgical tools, and a compassion-based vision for helping the severely deformed, which clashed spectacularly with the sentiments of his time.   Brilliant, outspoken, and brazenly handsome, Mütter was flamboyant in every aspect of his life. He wore pink silk suits to perform surgery, added an umlaut to his last name just because he could, and amassed an immense collection of medical oddities that would later form the basis of Philadelphia’s Mütter Museum.   Award-winning writer Cristin O’Keefe Aptowicz vividly chronicles how Mütter’s efforts helped establish Philadelphia as a global mecca for medical innovation—despite intense resistance from his numerous rivals. (Foremost among them: Charles D. Meigs, an influential obstetrician who loathed Mütter’s 'overly' modern medical opinions.) In the narrative spirit of The Devil in the White City, Dr. Mütter’s Marvels interweaves an eye-opening portrait of nineteenth-century medicine with the riveting biography of a man once described as the 'P. T. Barnum of the surgery room.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218257]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dr. Mutter's Marvels: A True Tale of Intrigue and Innovation at the Dawn of Modern Medicine Author: Cristin O'keefe Aptowicz Narrator: Erik Singer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: A mesmerizing biography of the brilliant and eccentric medical innovator who revolutionized American surgery and founded the country’s most famous museum of medical oddities   Imagine undergoing an operation without anesthesia performed by a surgeon who refuses to sterilize his tools—or even wash his hands. This was the world of medicine when Thomas Dent Mütter began his trailblazing career as a plastic surgeon in Philadelphia during the middle of the nineteenth century.   Although he died at just forty-eight, Mütter was an audacious medical innovator who pioneered the use of ether as anesthesia, the sterilization of surgical tools, and a compassion-based vision for helping the severely deformed, which clashed spectacularly with the sentiments of his time.   Brilliant, outspoken, and brazenly handsome, Mütter was flamboyant in every aspect of his life. He wore pink silk suits to perform surgery, added an umlaut to his last name just because he could, and amassed an immense collection of medical oddities that would later form the basis of Philadelphia’s Mütter Museum.   Award-winning writer Cristin O’Keefe Aptowicz vividly chronicles how Mütter’s efforts helped establish Philadelphia as a global mecca for medical innovation—despite intense resistance from his numerous rivals. (Foremost among them: Charles D. Meigs, an influential obstetrician who loathed Mütter’s 'overly' modern medical opinions.) In the narrative spirit of The Devil in the White City, Dr. Mütter’s Marvels interweaves an eye-opening portrait of nineteenth-century medicine with the riveting biography of a man once described as the 'P. T. Barnum of the surgery room.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213319 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wicked Plants: The Weed That Killed Lincoln's Mother and Other Botanical Atrocities Author: Amy Stewart Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 15, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Beware! The sordid lives of plants behaving badly. A tree that sheds poison daggers; a glistening red seed that stops the heart; a shrub that causes paralysis; a vine that strangles; and a leaf that triggered a war. Amy Stewart, bestselling author of Flower Confidential, takes on over two hundred of Mother Nature's most appalling creations in an A to Z of plants that kill, maim, intoxicate, and otherwise offend. Stewart renders a vivid portrait of evildoers that may be lurking in your own backyard. Drawing on history, medicine, science, and legend, this compendium of bloodcurdling botany will entertain, enlighten, and alarm even the most intrepid gardeners and nature lovers. Amy Stewart Wed, 15 Jun 2011 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213319 thebookvoice.com 4:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wicked Plants: The Weed That Killed Lincoln's Mother and Other Botanical Atrocities Author: Amy Stewart Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 15, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Beware! The sordid lives of plants behaving badly. A tree that sheds poison daggers; a glistening red seed that stops the heart; a shrub that causes paralysis; a vine that strangles; and a leaf that triggered a war. Amy Stewart, bestselling author of Flower Confidential, takes on over two hundred of Mother Nature's most appalling creations in an A to Z of plants that kill, maim, intoxicate, and otherwise offend. Stewart renders a vivid portrait of evildoers that may be lurking in your own backyard. Drawing on history, medicine, science, and legend, this compendium of bloodcurdling botany will entertain, enlighten, and alarm even the most intrepid gardeners and nature lovers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wicked Plants: The Weed That Killed Lincoln's Mother and Other Botanical Atrocities Author: Amy Stewart Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 15, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Beware! The sordid lives of plants behaving badly. A tree that sheds poison daggers; a glistening red seed that stops the heart; a shrub that causes paralysis; a vine that strangles; and a leaf that triggered a war. Amy Stewart, bestselling author of Flower Confidential, takes on over two hundred of Mother Nature's most appalling creations in an A to Z of plants that kill, maim, intoxicate, and otherwise offend. Stewart renders a vivid portrait of evildoers that may be lurking in your own backyard. Drawing on history, medicine, science, and legend, this compendium of bloodcurdling botany will entertain, enlighten, and alarm even the most intrepid gardeners and nature lovers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198469 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198469]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pure Joy: The Dogs We Love Author: Danielle Steel Narrator: Renée Raudman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 29, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Here from #1 New York Times bestselling author Danielle Steel is a charming love letter to the pet dogs that have enriched her life. In this funny, lovely, moving memoir, Danielle Steel tells the story of how she met a dog the size of a mouse with a personality that could light up an entire room. From Minnie's arrival at home in San Francisco to clothes-shopping jaunts in Paris, her adventures provide the perfect backdrop for a heartfelt look at the magic that dogs bring to our lives and how they become part of the family. We meet Steel's childhood pug, James; and Elmer, the basset hound who was steadfastly at her side in her struggling days as a young writer. We also meet Sweet Pea—unveiled in a Tiffany box for a dog-loving husband—and all those lucky dogs who shared a household of nine children, other canines, and one potbellied pig. As Steel reflects on the beloved pets who have brought joy—and sometimes chaos—to her home through the years, she also shares her thoughts on the trials and tribulations of bringing a new dog into a household, the challenges of housebreaking and compatibility, and the losses we feel forever. Filled with colorful characters (human and otherwise), delightful photographs, practical wisdom drawn from long experience, and brimming with warmth and insight on every page, Pure Joy is a love letter to this special relationship—and one of the most charming books yet from the incomparable Danielle Steel. Danielle Steel Tue, 29 Oct 2013 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198469 thebookvoice.com 3:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198469]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pure Joy: The Dogs We Love Author: Danielle Steel Narrator: Renée Raudman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 29, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Here from #1 New York Times bestselling author Danielle Steel is a charming love letter to the pet dogs that have enriched her life. In this funny, lovely, moving memoir, Danielle Steel tells the story of how she met a dog the size of a mouse with a personality that could light up an entire room. From Minnie's arrival at home in San Francisco to clothes-shopping jaunts in Paris, her adventures provide the perfect backdrop for a heartfelt look at the magic that dogs bring to our lives and how they become part of the family. We meet Steel's childhood pug, James; and Elmer, the basset hound who was steadfastly at her side in her struggling days as a young writer. We also meet Sweet Pea—unveiled in a Tiffany box for a dog-loving husband—and all those lucky dogs who shared a household of nine children, other canines, and one potbellied pig. As Steel reflects on the beloved pets who have brought joy—and sometimes chaos—to her home through the years, she also shares her thoughts on the trials and tribulations of bringing a new dog into a household, the challenges of housebreaking and compatibility, and the losses we feel forever. Filled with colorful characters (human and otherwise), delightful photographs, practical wisdom drawn from long experience, and brimming with warmth and insight on every page, Pure Joy is a love letter to this special relationship—and one of the most charming books yet from the incomparable Danielle Steel. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198469]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pure Joy: The Dogs We Love Author: Danielle Steel Narrator: Renée Raudman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 29, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Here from #1 New York Times bestselling author Danielle Steel is a charming love letter to the pet dogs that have enriched her life. In this funny, lovely, moving memoir, Danielle Steel tells the story of how she met a dog the size of a mouse with a personality that could light up an entire room. From Minnie's arrival at home in San Francisco to clothes-shopping jaunts in Paris, her adventures provide the perfect backdrop for a heartfelt look at the magic that dogs bring to our lives and how they become part of the family. We meet Steel's childhood pug, James; and Elmer, the basset hound who was steadfastly at her side in her struggling days as a young writer. We also meet Sweet Pea—unveiled in a Tiffany box for a dog-loving husband—and all those lucky dogs who shared a household of nine children, other canines, and one potbellied pig. As Steel reflects on the beloved pets who have brought joy—and sometimes chaos—to her home through the years, she also shares her thoughts on the trials and tribulations of bringing a new dog into a household, the challenges of housebreaking and compatibility, and the losses we feel forever. Filled with colorful characters (human and otherwise), delightful photographs, practical wisdom drawn from long experience, and brimming with warmth and insight on every page, Pure Joy is a love letter to this special relationship—and one of the most charming books yet from the incomparable Danielle Steel. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197945 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drunken Botanist: The Plants That Create the World's Great Drinks Author: Amy Stewart Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 19, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 81 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 10 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Every great drink starts with a plant. Sake began with a grain of rice. Scotch emerged from barley. Gin was born from a conifer shrub when medieval physicians boiled juniper berries with wine to treat stomach pain. The Drunken Botanist uncovers the surprising botanical history and fascinating science and chemistry of over 150 plants, flowers, trees, and fruits (and even a few fungi). Some of the most extraordinary and obscure plants have been fermented and distilled, and they each represent a unique cultural contribution to global drinking traditions and our history. Molasses was an essential ingredient of American independence when outrage over a mandate to buy British rather than French molasses for New World rum-making helped kindle the American Revolution. Captain James Cook harvested the young, green tips of spruce trees to make a vitamin C-rich beer that cured his crew of scurvy—a recipe that Jane Austen enjoyed so much that she used it as a plot point in Emma. With over fifty drink recipes, growing tips for gardeners, and advice that carries Stewart’s trademark wit, this is the perfect listen for gardeners and cocktail aficionados alike. Amy Stewart Tue, 19 Mar 2013 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197945 thebookvoice.com 10:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drunken Botanist: The Plants That Create the World's Great Drinks Author: Amy Stewart Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 19, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 81 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 10 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Every great drink starts with a plant. Sake began with a grain of rice. Scotch emerged from barley. Gin was born from a conifer shrub when medieval physicians boiled juniper berries with wine to treat stomach pain. The Drunken Botanist uncovers the surprising botanical history and fascinating science and chemistry of over 150 plants, flowers, trees, and fruits (and even a few fungi). Some of the most extraordinary and obscure plants have been fermented and distilled, and they each represent a unique cultural contribution to global drinking traditions and our history. Molasses was an essential ingredient of American independence when outrage over a mandate to buy British rather than French molasses for New World rum-making helped kindle the American Revolution. Captain James Cook harvested the young, green tips of spruce trees to make a vitamin C-rich beer that cured his crew of scurvy—a recipe that Jane Austen enjoyed so much that she used it as a plot point in Emma. With over fifty drink recipes, growing tips for gardeners, and advice that carries Stewart’s trademark wit, this is the perfect listen for gardeners and cocktail aficionados alike. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drunken Botanist: The Plants That Create the World's Great Drinks Author: Amy Stewart Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 19, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 81 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 10 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Every great drink starts with a plant. Sake began with a grain of rice. Scotch emerged from barley. Gin was born from a conifer shrub when medieval physicians boiled juniper berries with wine to treat stomach pain. The Drunken Botanist uncovers the surprising botanical history and fascinating science and chemistry of over 150 plants, flowers, trees, and fruits (and even a few fungi). Some of the most extraordinary and obscure plants have been fermented and distilled, and they each represent a unique cultural contribution to global drinking traditions and our history. Molasses was an essential ingredient of American independence when outrage over a mandate to buy British rather than French molasses for New World rum-making helped kindle the American Revolution. Captain James Cook harvested the young, green tips of spruce trees to make a vitamin C-rich beer that cured his crew of scurvy—a recipe that Jane Austen enjoyed so much that she used it as a plot point in Emma. With over fifty drink recipes, growing tips for gardeners, and advice that carries Stewart’s trademark wit, this is the perfect listen for gardeners and cocktail aficionados alike. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196737 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hallucinations Author: Oliver Sacks Narrator: Oliver Sacks, Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 6, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.91 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Hallucinations don’t belong wholly to the insane. Much more commonly, they are linked to sensory deprivation, intoxication, illness, or injury. Here Dr. Sacks weaves together stories of his patients and of his own mind-altering experiences to illuminate what hallucinations tell us about the organization and structure of our brains, how they have influenced every culture’s folklore and art, and why the potential for hallucination is present in us all. Grateful acknowledgment is made to the following for permission to reprint previously published material: American Academy of Neurology: Excerpt from “Anton’s Syndrome Accompanying Withdrawal Hallucinosis in a Blind Alcoholic” by Barbara E. Swartz and John C. M. Brust from Neurology 34 (1984). Reprinted by permission of the American Academy of Neurology as administered by Wolters Kluwer Health Medical Research. American Psychiatric Publishing: Excerpt from “Weir Mitchell’s Visual Hallucinations as a Grief Reaction” by Jerome S. Schneck, M.D., from American Journal of Psychiatry (1989). © 1989 by American Journal of Psychiatry. Reprinted by permission of American Psychiatric Publishing a division of American Psychiatric Association. BMJ Publishing Group Ltd.: Excerpt from “Heautoscopy, Epilepsy and Suicide” by P. Brugger, R. Agosti, M. Regard, H. G. Wieser and T. Landis from Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry, July 1, 1994. Reprinted by permission of BMJ Publishing Group Ltd. as administered by the Copyright Clearance Center. Cambridge University Press: Excerpts from Disturbances of the Mind by Douwe Draaisma, translated by Barbara Fasting. © 2006 by Douwe Draaisma. Reprinted by permission of Cambridge University Press. Canadian Psychological Association: Excerpt from “Effects of Decreased Variation of the Sensory Environment” by W. H. Bexton, W. Heron and T. H. Scott from Canadian Psychology (1954). © 1954 by Canadian Psychological Association. Excerpt from “Perceptual Changes after Prolonged Sensory Isolation (Darkness and Silence)” by John P. Zubek, Dolores Pushkar, Wilma Sansom and J. Gowing from Canadian Psychology (1961). © 1961 by Canadian Psychological Association. Reprinted by permission of Canadian Psychological Association. Elsevier Limited: Excerpt from “Migraine: From Cappadocia to Queen Square” in Background to Migraine, edited by Robert Smith (London: William Heinemann, 1967). Reprinted by permission of Elsevier Limited. The New York Times: Excerpts from “Lifting, Lights, and Little People” by Siri Hustvedt from The New York Times Blog, February 17, 2008. Reprinted by permission of The New York Times as administered by PARS International Corp. Oxford University Press: Excerpt from “Dostoiewski’s Epilepsy” by T. Alajouanine from Brain, June 1, 1963. Reprinted by permission of Oxford University Press as administered by Copyright Clearance Center. Royal College of Psychiatrists: Excerpt from “Sudden Religious Conversion in Temporal Lobe Epilepsy” by Kenneth Dewhurst and A. W. Beard from British Journal of Psychiatry 117 (1970). Reprinted by permission of the Royal College of Psychiatrists. Scientific American: Excerpt from “Abducted!” by Michael Shermer from Scientifi c American 292 (2005). © 2005 by Scientifi c American, Inc. All rights reserved. Reprinted by permission of Scientific American. Vintage Books: Excerpts from Speak, Memory by Vladimir Nabokov, © 1947, 1948, 1949, 1950, 1951, 1967, copyright renewed 1994 by the Estate of Vladimir Nabokov. Used by permission of Vintage Books, a division of Random House, Inc. Oliver Sacks Tue, 06 Nov 2012 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196737 thebookvoice.com 9:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hallucinations Author: Oliver Sacks Narrator: Oliver Sacks, Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 6, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.91 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Hallucinations don’t belong wholly to the insane. Much more commonly, they are linked to sensory deprivation, intoxication, illness, or injury. Here Dr. Sacks weaves together stories of his patients and of his own mind-altering experiences to illuminate what hallucinations tell us about the organization and structure of our brains, how they have influenced every culture’s folklore and art, and why the potential for hallucination is present in us all. Grateful acknowledgment is made to the following for permission to reprint previously published material: American Academy of Neurology: Excerpt from “Anton’s Syndrome Accompanying Withdrawal Hallucinosis in a Blind Alcoholic” by Barbara E. Swartz and John C. M. Brust from Neurology 34 (1984). Reprinted by permission of the American Academy of Neurology as administered by Wolters Kluwer Health Medical Research. American Psychiatric Publishing: Excerpt from “Weir Mitchell’s Visual Hallucinations as a Grief Reaction” by Jerome S. Schneck, M.D., from American Journal of Psychiatry (1989). © 1989 by American Journal of Psychiatry. Reprinted by permission of American Psychiatric Publishing a division of American Psychiatric Association. BMJ Publishing Group Ltd.: Excerpt from “Heautoscopy, Epilepsy and Suicide” by P. Brugger, R. Agosti, M. Regard, H. G. Wieser and T. Landis from Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry, July 1, 1994. Reprinted by permission of BMJ Publishing Group Ltd. as administered by the Copyright Clearance Center. Cambridge University Press: Excerpts from Disturbances of the Mind by Douwe Draaisma, translated by Barbara Fasting. © 2006 by Douwe Draaisma. Reprinted by permission of Cambridge University Press. Canadian Psychological Association: Excerpt from “Effects of Decreased Variation of the Sensory Environment” by W. H. Bexton, W. Heron and T. H. Scott from Canadian Psychology (1954). © 1954 by Canadian Psychological Association. Excerpt from “Perceptual Changes after Prolonged Sensory Isolation (Darkness and Silence)” by John P. Zubek, Dolores Pushkar, Wilma Sansom and J. Gowing from Canadian Psychology (1961). © 1961 by Canadian Psychological Association. Reprinted by permission of Canadian Psychological Association. Elsevier Limited: Excerpt from “Migraine: From Cappadocia to Queen Square” in Background to Migraine, edited by Robert Smith (London: William Heinemann, 1967). Reprinted by permission of Elsevier Limited. The New York Times: Excerpts from “Lifting, Lights, and Little People” by Siri Hustvedt from The New York Times Blog, February 17, 2008. Reprinted by permission of The New York Times as administered by PARS International Corp. Oxford University Press: Excerpt from “Dostoiewski’s Epilepsy” by T. Alajouanine from Brain, June 1, 1963. Reprinted by permission of Oxford University Press as administered by Copyright Clearance Center. Royal College of Psychiatrists: Excerpt from “Sudden Religious Conversion in Temporal Lobe Epilepsy” by Kenneth Dewhurst and A. W. Beard from British Journal of Psychiatry 117 (1970). Reprinted by permission of the Royal College of Psychiatrists. Scientific American: Excerpt from “Abducted!” by Michael Shermer from Scientifi c American 292 (2005). © 2005 by Scientifi c American, Inc. All rights reserved. Reprinted by permission of Scientific American. Vintage Books: Excerpts from Speak, Memory by Vladimir Nabokov, © 1947, 1948, 1949, 1950, 1951, 1967, copyright renewed 1994 by the Estate of Vladimir Nabokov. Used by permission of Vintage Books, a division of Random House, Inc. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hallucinations Author: Oliver Sacks Narrator: Oliver Sacks, Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 6, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.91 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Hallucinations don’t belong wholly to the insane. Much more commonly, they are linked to sensory deprivation, intoxication, illness, or injury. Here Dr. Sacks weaves together stories of his patients and of his own mind-altering experiences to illuminate what hallucinations tell us about the organization and structure of our brains, how they have influenced every culture’s folklore and art, and why the potential for hallucination is present in us all. Grateful acknowledgment is made to the following for permission to reprint previously published material: American Academy of Neurology: Excerpt from “Anton’s Syndrome Accompanying Withdrawal Hallucinosis in a Blind Alcoholic” by Barbara E. Swartz and John C. M. Brust from Neurology 34 (1984). Reprinted by permission of the American Academy of Neurology as administered by Wolters Kluwer Health Medical Research. American Psychiatric Publishing: Excerpt from “Weir Mitchell’s Visual Hallucinations as a Grief Reaction” by Jerome S. Schneck, M.D., from American Journal of Psychiatry (1989). © 1989 by American Journal of Psychiatry. Reprinted by permission of American Psychiatric Publishing a division of American Psychiatric Association. BMJ Publishing Group Ltd.: Excerpt from “Heautoscopy, Epilepsy and Suicide” by P. Brugger, R. Agosti, M. Regard, H. G. Wieser and T. Landis from Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry, July 1, 1994. Reprinted by permission of BMJ Publishing Group Ltd. as administered by the Copyright Clearance Center. Cambridge University Press: Excerpts from Disturbances of the Mind by Douwe Draaisma, translated by Barbara Fasting. © 2006 by Douwe Draaisma. Reprinted by permission of Cambridge University Press. Canadian Psychological Association: Excerpt from “Effects of Decreased Variation of the Sensory Environment” by W. H. Bexton, W. Heron and T. H. Scott from Canadian Psychology (1954). © 1954 by Canadian Psychological Association. Excerpt from “Perceptual Changes after Prolonged Sensory Isolation (Darkness and Silence)” by John P. Zubek, Dolores Pushkar, Wilma Sansom and J. Gowing from Canadian Psychology (1961). © 1961 by Canadian Psychological Association. Reprinted by permission of Canadian Psychological Association. Elsevier Limited: Excerpt from “Migraine: From Cappadocia to Queen Square” in Background to Migraine, edited by Robert Smith (London: William Heinemann, 1967). Reprinted by permission of Elsevier Limited. The New York Times: Excerpts from “Lifting, Lights, and Little People” by Siri Hustvedt from The New York Times Blog, February 17, 2008. Reprinted by permission of The New York Times as administered by PARS International Corp. Oxford University Press: Excerpt from “Dostoiewski’s Epilepsy” by T. Alajouanine from Brain, June 1, 1963. Reprinted by permission of Oxford University Press as administered by Copyright Clearance Center. Royal College of Psychiatrists: Excerpt from “Sudden Religious Conversion in Temporal Lobe Epilepsy” by Kenneth Dewhurst and A. W. Beard from British Journal of Psychiatry 117 (1970). Reprinted by permission of the Royal College of Psychiatrists. Scientific American: Excerpt from “Abducted!” by Michael Shermer from Scientifi c American 292 (2005). © 2005 by Scientifi c American, Inc. All rights reserved. Reprinted by permission of Scientific American. Vintage Books: Excerpts from Speak, Memory by Vladimir Nabokov, © 1947, 1948, 1949, 1950, 1951, 1967, copyright renewed 1994 by the Estate of Vladimir Nabokov. Used by permission of Vintage Books, a division of Random House, Inc. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194422 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194422]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Planet: Finding Humor in the Oddest Places Author: Mary Roach Narrator: Angela Dawe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: From acclaimed, New York Times bestselling author Mary Roach comes the complete collection of her “My Planet” articles published in Reader’s Digest. She was a hit columnist in the magazine, and this audiobook features the articles she wrote in that time. Insightful and hilarious, Mary explores the ins and outs of the modern world: marriage, friends, family, food, technology, customer service, dental floss, and ants—she leaves no element of the American experience unchecked for its inherent paradoxes, pleasures, and foibles. Mary Roach Sun, 01 Sep 2013 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194422 thebookvoice.com 4:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194422]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Planet: Finding Humor in the Oddest Places Author: Mary Roach Narrator: Angela Dawe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: From acclaimed, New York Times bestselling author Mary Roach comes the complete collection of her “My Planet” articles published in Reader’s Digest. She was a hit columnist in the magazine, and this audiobook features the articles she wrote in that time. Insightful and hilarious, Mary explores the ins and outs of the modern world: marriage, friends, family, food, technology, customer service, dental floss, and ants—she leaves no element of the American experience unchecked for its inherent paradoxes, pleasures, and foibles. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194422]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Planet: Finding Humor in the Oddest Places Author: Mary Roach Narrator: Angela Dawe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: From acclaimed, New York Times bestselling author Mary Roach comes the complete collection of her “My Planet” articles published in Reader’s Digest. She was a hit columnist in the magazine, and this audiobook features the articles she wrote in that time. Insightful and hilarious, Mary explores the ins and outs of the modern world: marriage, friends, family, food, technology, customer service, dental floss, and ants—she leaves no element of the American experience unchecked for its inherent paradoxes, pleasures, and foibles. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83155 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tiger: A True Story of Vengeance and Survival Author: John Vaillant Narrator: John Vaillant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 24, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: It’s December 1997, and a man-eating tiger is on the prowl outside a remote village in Russia’s Far East. The tiger isn’t just killing people, it’s annihilating them, and a team of men and their dogs must hunt it on foot through the forest in the brutal cold. As the trackers sift through the gruesome remains of the victims, they discover that these attacks aren’t random: the tiger is apparently engaged in a vendetta. Injured, starving, and extremely dangerous, the tiger must be found before it strikes again. As he re-creates these extraordinary events, John Vaillant gives us an unforgettable portrait of this spectacularly beautiful and mysterious region. We meet the native tribes who for centuries have worshipped and lived alongside tigers, even sharing their kills with them. We witness the arrival of Russian settlers in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, soldiers and hunters who greatly diminished the tiger populations. And we come to know their descendants, who, crushed by poverty, have turned to poaching and further upset the natural balance of the region. This ancient, tenuous relationship between man and predator is at the very heart of this remarkable book. Throughout we encounter surprising theories of how humans and tigers may have evolved to coexist, how we may have developed as scavengers rather than hunters, and how early Homo sapiens may have fit seamlessly into the tiger’s ecosystem. Above all, we come to understand the endangered Siberian tiger, a highly intelligent super-predator that can grow to ten feet long, weigh more than six hundred pounds, and range daily over vast territories of forest and mountain. Beautifully written and deeply informative, The Tiger circles around three main characters: Vladimir Markov, a poacher killed by the tiger; Yuri Trush, the lead tracker; and the tiger himself. It is an absolutely gripping tale of man and nature that leads inexorably to a final showdown in a clearing deep in the taiga. John Vaillant Tue, 24 Aug 2010 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83155 thebookvoice.com 12:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tiger: A True Story of Vengeance and Survival Author: John Vaillant Narrator: John Vaillant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 24, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: It’s December 1997, and a man-eating tiger is on the prowl outside a remote village in Russia’s Far East. The tiger isn’t just killing people, it’s annihilating them, and a team of men and their dogs must hunt it on foot through the forest in the brutal cold. As the trackers sift through the gruesome remains of the victims, they discover that these attacks aren’t random: the tiger is apparently engaged in a vendetta. Injured, starving, and extremely dangerous, the tiger must be found before it strikes again. As he re-creates these extraordinary events, John Vaillant gives us an unforgettable portrait of this spectacularly beautiful and mysterious region. We meet the native tribes who for centuries have worshipped and lived alongside tigers, even sharing their kills with them. We witness the arrival of Russian settlers in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, soldiers and hunters who greatly diminished the tiger populations. And we come to know their descendants, who, crushed by poverty, have turned to poaching and further upset the natural balance of the region. This ancient, tenuous relationship between man and predator is at the very heart of this remarkable book. Throughout we encounter surprising theories of how humans and tigers may have evolved to coexist, how we may have developed as scavengers rather than hunters, and how early Homo sapiens may have fit seamlessly into the tiger’s ecosystem. Above all, we come to understand the endangered Siberian tiger, a highly intelligent super-predator that can grow to ten feet long, weigh more than six hundred pounds, and range daily over vast territories of forest and mountain. Beautifully written and deeply informative, The Tiger circles around three main characters: Vladimir Markov, a poacher killed by the tiger; Yuri Trush, the lead tracker; and the tiger himself. It is an absolutely gripping tale of man and nature that leads inexorably to a final showdown in a clearing deep in the taiga. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tiger: A True Story of Vengeance and Survival Author: John Vaillant Narrator: John Vaillant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 24, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: It’s December 1997, and a man-eating tiger is on the prowl outside a remote village in Russia’s Far East. The tiger isn’t just killing people, it’s annihilating them, and a team of men and their dogs must hunt it on foot through the forest in the brutal cold. As the trackers sift through the gruesome remains of the victims, they discover that these attacks aren’t random: the tiger is apparently engaged in a vendetta. Injured, starving, and extremely dangerous, the tiger must be found before it strikes again. As he re-creates these extraordinary events, John Vaillant gives us an unforgettable portrait of this spectacularly beautiful and mysterious region. We meet the native tribes who for centuries have worshipped and lived alongside tigers, even sharing their kills with them. We witness the arrival of Russian settlers in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, soldiers and hunters who greatly diminished the tiger populations. And we come to know their descendants, who, crushed by poverty, have turned to poaching and further upset the natural balance of the region. This ancient, tenuous relationship between man and predator is at the very heart of this remarkable book. Throughout we encounter surprising theories of how humans and tigers may have evolved to coexist, how we may have developed as scavengers rather than hunters, and how early Homo sapiens may have fit seamlessly into the tiger’s ecosystem. Above all, we come to understand the endangered Siberian tiger, a highly intelligent super-predator that can grow to ten feet long, weigh more than six hundred pounds, and range daily over vast territories of forest and mountain. Beautifully written and deeply informative, The Tiger circles around three main characters: Vladimir Markov, a poacher killed by the tiger; Yuri Trush, the lead tracker; and the tiger himself. It is an absolutely gripping tale of man and nature that leads inexorably to a final showdown in a clearing deep in the taiga. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/50295 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/50295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Geography of Bliss: One Grump's Search for the Happiest Places in the World Author: Eric Weiner Narrator: Eric Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 3, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Now a new series on Peacock with Rainn Wilson, THE GEOGRAPHY OF BLISS is part travel memoir, part humor, and part twisted self-help guide that takes the viewer across the globe to investigate not what happiness is, but WHERE it is. Are people in Switzerland happier because it is the most democratic country in the world? Do citizens of Qatar, awash in petrodollars, find joy in all that cash? Is the King of Bhutan a visionary for his initiative to calculate Gross National Happiness? Why is Asheville, North Carolina so damn happy? In a unique mix of travel, psychology, science and humor, Eric Weiner answers those questions and many others, offering travelers of all moods some interesting new ideas for sunnier destinations and dispositions. Eric Weiner Thu, 03 Jan 2008 01:59:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/50295 thebookvoice.com 12:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/50295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Geography of Bliss: One Grump's Search for the Happiest Places in the World Author: Eric Weiner Narrator: Eric Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 3, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Now a new series on Peacock with Rainn Wilson, THE GEOGRAPHY OF BLISS is part travel memoir, part humor, and part twisted self-help guide that takes the viewer across the globe to investigate not what happiness is, but WHERE it is. Are people in Switzerland happier because it is the most democratic country in the world? Do citizens of Qatar, awash in petrodollars, find joy in all that cash? Is the King of Bhutan a visionary for his initiative to calculate Gross National Happiness? Why is Asheville, North Carolina so damn happy? In a unique mix of travel, psychology, science and humor, Eric Weiner answers those questions and many others, offering travelers of all moods some interesting new ideas for sunnier destinations and dispositions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/50295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Geography of Bliss: One Grump's Search for the Happiest Places in the World Author: Eric Weiner Narrator: Eric Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 3, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Unique Non-Fiction Publisher's Summary: Now a new series on Peacock with Rainn Wilson, THE GEOGRAPHY OF BLISS is part travel memoir, part humor, and part twisted self-help guide that takes the viewer across the globe to investigate not what happiness is, but WHERE it is. Are people in Switzerland happier because it is the most democratic country in the world? Do citizens of Qatar, awash in petrodollars, find joy in all that cash? Is the King of Bhutan a visionary for his initiative to calculate Gross National Happiness? Why is Asheville, North Carolina so damn happy? In a unique mix of travel, psychology, science and humor, Eric Weiner answers those questions and many others, offering travelers of all moods some interesting new ideas for sunnier destinations and dispositions.